<PAGE>
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 30 April 1999
Registration No. 33-58796
811-7534
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 11
TO
FORM S-6
FOR REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933 OF SECURITIES OF UNIT INVESTMENT
TRUSTS REGISTERED ON FORM N-8B-2
SEPARATE ACCOUNT B OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Exact Name of Registrant)
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood Boulevard
St. Louis, MO 63105
(Address of Principal Executive Office)
Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire
Paragon Life Insurance Company
700 Market Street
St. Louis, MO 63101
(Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process)
Copy to:
Stephen E. Roth, Esquire
Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP
1275 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004-2404
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate space)
[_] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b), of Rule 485
[X] 1 May 1999 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
[_] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
[_] on (date), pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of rule 485
[_] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485
[_] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
Title of securities being registered: Group and Individual Flexible Premium
Variable Life Insurance Policies.
<PAGE>
Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to the registration statement on Form S-6 (the
"Registration Statement") is being filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") to update the Registration
Statement, which describes five variable life insurance policies (the
"Policies") issued by the depositor and the registrant described in the five
prospectuses included in the Registration Statement. The Policies are
substantially identical, except that different subaccounts investing in
different underlying funds are available as allocation options under each of the
five Policies.
multi-pr
<PAGE>
[SCUDDER LOGO]
SCUDDER
VARIABLE LIFE
INVESTMENT FUND
[PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LOGO]
. GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE POLICIES
Prospectus dated May 1, 1999
50407
Com
<PAGE>
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
ISSUED BY
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood
St. Louis, MO 63105
(314) 862-2211
This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."
The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.
The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.
The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of Separate
Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to reflect the
investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner. Depending on the
death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit may also vary. The
Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies; there is no minimum
guaranteed value.
Each Division of the Separate Account will invest solely in Class A Shares of a
corresponding investment portfolio of Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund:
FUND FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Money Market Portfolio Global Discovery Portfolio
Bond Portfolio International Portfolio
Capital Growth Portfolio Small Company Growth Portfolio
Balanced Portfolio Large Company Growth Portfolio
Growth and Income Portfolio
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1999.
1
<PAGE>
Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.
It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for another
type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance protection
if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life insurance
policy.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Summary.................................................................. 4
The Company, The Separate Account, and The Funds......................... 9
The Company
The Separate Account
The Funds
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums....................................... 12
Issuance of a Policy
Premiums
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits.......................................................... 16
Death Benefit
Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges............................................. 21
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Loans
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
Transfers
Right to Examine Policy
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Eligibility Change Conversion
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions................................................... 26
Sales Charges
Premium Tax Charge
Monthly Deduction
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy................................... 29
Distribution of the Policies............................................. 33
General Provisions of the Group Contract................................. 33
Federal Tax Matters...................................................... 34
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets............................. 38
Voting Rights............................................................ 38
State Regulation of the Company.......................................... 39
Management of the Company................................................ 40
Legal Matters............................................................ 41
Legal Proceedings........................................................ 41
Experts.................................................................. 41
Additional Information................................................... 41
Definitions.............................................................. 41
Financial Statements..................................................... F-
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
The Policies are not available in all states.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF THE POLICY
The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.
The Policy
The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.
. First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
"General Provisions of the Group Contract");
. Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and
. Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.
The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. An Executive Program Policy is
issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under a Group Contract
or an employer-sponsored insurance program. Generally, only an employee
is eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").
On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.
The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
The Separate Account
The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds" for a complete description of the
available Funds.) An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.
4
<PAGE>
Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
Premiums
An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.
. Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.
. In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
schedule agreed to by the Company.
However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")
A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Death Benefit
Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:
. Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
Value; and
. Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
percentage of Cash Value.
So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")
The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")
Riders
Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored
5
<PAGE>
insurance programs may not provide each of the additional benefits described
above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the acceleration of
death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none of the additional
benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these additional
insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction. (See
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Cash Value
The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.
Charges and Deductions
Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.
Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")
Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:
. Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
specification pages of the Policy) based on 1) the number of Insureds
covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
program, and 2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.
. Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured. (see
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
. A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.
Separate Account Charges.
. Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
.0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
Account Charges.")
. Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
. Annual Expenses of the Funds (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
applicable). The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
owns the Policy. These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net
assets for the year ended December 31, 1998.
6
<PAGE>
The prospectus for each Fund contains more detail concerning a Fund's fees
and expenses. (See "The Company, The Separate Account and The Funds.")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Fees
(after fee Other Expenses Total
waiver (after reimbursement Annual
Fund as applicable) as applicable) Expenses
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market Portfolio 0.37% 0.07% 0.44%
Bond Portfolio 0.47% 0.09% 0.56%
Capital Growth Portfolio 0.47% 0.04% 0.51%
Balanced Portfolio 0.47% 0.08% 0.55%
Growth and Income Portfolio 0.47% 0.09% 0.56%
International Portfolio 0.87% 0.18% 1.05%
Global discovery
Portfolio(/1/) 0.91% 0.81% 1.72%
</TABLE>
(/1/)The Advisor agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee to
limit the expenses of the Global Discovery Portfolio to 1.50% of average
daily net assets until April 30, 1998. Without this reduction, expenses
would have been: Management Fee of .97%; Other Expenses of .81%; Total
Expenses of 1.78%.
The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that
the reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")
Policy Loans
After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")
Conversion Right
During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")
7
<PAGE>
Eligibility Change Conversion
In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.
If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Illustrations
Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Surrender Values
may vary based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as
assumptions pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not
guaranteed. They are illustrative only and do not show past or future
performance. If a Policy is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash
Surrender Value payable will be low compared to premiums accumulated with
interest, and consequently the insurance protection provided prior to surrender
will be costly.
Policy Tax Compliance
We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.
A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Specialized Uses of the Policy
Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Questions
If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.
8
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The Company
Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1998, we had assets in excess of $300 million. We
are admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by General American Mutual Holding Company,
a Missouri mutual insurance holding company.
Guarantee. In addition, the Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will
have sufficient funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event
a Policyholder presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance
Policy, the Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if
Paragon is unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.
Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.
Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.
Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.
The Separate Account
We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies.
9
<PAGE>
In addition, the Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other
flexible premium variable life insurance policies issued by us.
The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.
Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.
The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.
The Funds
The Separate Account invests in Class A shares of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Fund (the "Scudder Variable Fund"), a series-type mutual fund
registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management investment company.
The assets of the Fund used by the Policies are held separate from the assets
of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and policies which
are generally different from those of the other Funds. The income or losses of
one Fund generally have no effect on the investment performance of any other
Fund.
Investment Results. The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are
similar to the investment objectives and policies of other portfolios that may
be managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of
the Funds may differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can be
no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the investment results of any
of the Funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other
portfolio, even if the other portfolio has the same investment adviser or
manager.
The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund:
Money Market Portfolio
The Money Market Portfolio seeks to maintain the stability of capital and,
consistent therewith, to maintain the liquidity of capital and to provide
current income. The Portfolio seeks to maintain a net asset value of $1.00 per
share.
Bond Portfolio
The bond Portfolio pursues a policy of investing for a high level of income
consistent with a high quality portfolio of debt securities. The Portfolio
pursues its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 65% of
its assets in bonds, of any maturity, including those of the U.S. Government
and its agencies, corporate bonds of U.S. and foreign issuers, and other notes
and bonds paying high current income. In addition, the Portfolio may also
invest in mortgage and asset-backed securities and convertible securities.
10
<PAGE>
Capital Growth Portfolio
The Capital Growth Portfolio seeks to maximize long-term capital growth through
a broad and flexible investment program. The Portfolio invests in marketable
securities, principally common stocks and preferred stocks. In selecting stocks
for the Portfolio, the investment adviser considers a number of factors,
including the issuer's financial strength, management reputation, absolute size
and overall industry position.
Balanced Portfolio
The Balanced Portfolio seeks a balance of growth and income from a diversified
portfolio of equity and fixed income securities. The Portfolio also seeks long-
term preservation of capital through a quality-oriented investment approach
that is designed to reduce risk. The Portfolio normally invests between 50% and
75% of its net assets in common stocks and other equity securities including
preferred stocks, convertible securities and warrants. The remainder of the
Portfolio's assets will be invested in investment-grade debt securities or
cash.
Growth and Income Portfolio
The Growth and Oncome Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital, current
income and growth of income. The Portfolio invests primarily in common stocks,
preferred stocks, and securities convertible into common stocks of companies
which offer the prospect for growth of earnings while paying higher than
average current dividends. The Portfolio may also purchase such securities
which don't pay current dividends but which offer prospects for growth of
capital and future income.
Global Discovery Portfolio
The Global Discovery Portfolio pursues above-average capital appreciation over
the long term by investing primarily in the equity securities of small
companies located throughout the world. The Portfolio invests primarily in a
diversified portfolio of equity securities of small rapidly growing companies
that the Portfolio's management believes offer the potential for above-average
returns relative to larger companies, yet are frequently overlooked and thus
undervalued by the market.
International Portfolio
The International Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily through
diversified holdings of marketable foreign equity investments. The Portfolio
pursues its objective by investing primarily in common stocks of established
companies, listed on foreign exchanges, which the investment adviser believes
have favorable characteristics. The companies in which the Portfolio invests do
business primarily outside the United States. The Portfolio intends to
diversify its investments among several countries and its holdings will include
business activities in at least three different countries, excluding the U.S.
Small Company Growth Portfolio
Small Company Growth Portfolio pursues long-term growth of capital by investing
primarily in the common stocks of emerging growth companies that are poised to
be leaders in the next century. The Portfolio pursues its investment objective
by investing primarily in the equity securities issued by emerging growth
companies. Emerging growth companies tend to be small or little-known companies
that have strong prospects for growth because they may offer such things as
cutting edge products, unique services, innovative distribution channels or
technological advances.
Large Company Growth Portfolio
Large Company Growth Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital through
investment primarily in the equity securities of seasoned, financially strong
U.S. growth companies. The Portfolio pursues its investment objective by
investing at least 65% of its assets in the equity securities issued by large-
sized domestic companies that
11
<PAGE>
offer above-average appreciation potential. These companies typically have
market capitalization in excess of $1 billion, are of above-average financial
quality and offer the prospect for above-average growth in earnings, cash flow
or assets relative to the overall market as defined by the Standard & Poor's
Composite 500 Price Index.
There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.
Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with Funds
pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual percentage of the
average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the Separate Account and
other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements are entered into
because of administrative services provided by the Company.
Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required
We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
conditions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:
. Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;
. Substitute one Division for another Division; or
. Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
conditions warrant.
We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.
If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:
(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;
(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
required; or
(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.
We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and
12
<PAGE>
us. Should this agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any
other reason, the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing
Fund shares. Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to
allocate Cash Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate
Account investing in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer
available, we will take reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment
options.
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS
Issuance of a Policy
We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.
Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued:
(1) to independent contractors of the employer;
(2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
terminated;
(3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
employed by the Group Contractholder;
(4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
impracticable; or
(5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
that does not involve a Group Contract.
Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.
Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.
Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.
In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract
13
<PAGE>
specifications pages. Employees of any Associated Companies of the
Contractholder will be considered employees of the Contractholder. We may also
allow an individual who is an independent contractor working primarily for the
sponsoring employer to be considered an eligible employee. An independent
contractor may receive an Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending
upon state law applicable to the contracts. An employee may include a partner
in a partnership if the employer is a partnership.
Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed
issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is required to
answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual Insurance, but is
not required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The maximum
Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue
procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up
to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs depending upon the number
of eligible employees or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.
Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:
. where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;
. where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;
. where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance are not met; or
. in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
guaranteed issue
A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.
Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.
Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.
Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.
Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:
. the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;
. the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;
. the Insured is eligible for it; and
. the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
Company.
Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue
14
<PAGE>
Amount. If available, interim insurance will start as of the date of the
application. Interim insurance ends on the earliest of the following dates:
. the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;
. the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
applicant;
. the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
proposed Insured is declined;
. 60 days from the date of application; or
. termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.
Premiums
The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.
We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the premiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.
Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.
The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.
Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will generally be no change in planned
or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the employment of an Insured.
15
<PAGE>
Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the
current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal
Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.
Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1) as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less
(2) the premium expense charge;
(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")
Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.
The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.
The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned
16
<PAGE>
premiums have been paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is
insufficient to cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without
a sufficient payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group
Contract--Grace Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any
amount does not guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the
Maturity Date.
The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.
Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:
. Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us (including
evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to reinstate
the rider).
. Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.
. Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness reinstated
will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.
The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.
POLICY BENEFITS
Death Benefit
As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.
If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")
The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.
17
<PAGE>
The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.
Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:
(1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.
The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
40...................... 250%
41...................... 243
42...................... 236
43...................... 229
44...................... 222
45...................... 215
46...................... 209
47...................... 203
48...................... 197
49...................... 191
50...................... 185
51...................... 178
52...................... 171
53...................... 164
54...................... 157
55...................... 150
56...................... 146
57...................... 142
58...................... 138
59...................... 134
60...................... 130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
61...................... 128%
62...................... 126
63...................... 124
64...................... 122
65...................... 120
66...................... 119
67...................... 118
68...................... 117
69...................... 116
70...................... 115
71...................... 113
72...................... 111
73...................... 109
74...................... 107
75 to 90................ 105
91...................... 104
92...................... 103
93...................... 102
94...................... 101
95 or older............. 100
</TABLE>
The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.
Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:
(1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
greater,
18
<PAGE>
(2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.
Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).
Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B Provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.
Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.
A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:
(1)The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;
(2) The next most recent increases successively; and
(3) The initial Face Amount.
19
<PAGE>
This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").
Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")
Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
page for the increase;
. within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
or
. within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.
Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")
Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:
(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable percentage
limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease the pure insurance
protection and the cost of insurance charges under the Policy without reducing
the Cash Value.
(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure insurance
protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the resultant applicable
percentage limitation. If the insurance protection is increased, the Policy
charges generally will increase as well.
(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable percentage of
Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is in effect) or the
Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in effect), increased premium
payments will increase the pure insurance protection. Increased premiums should
also increase the amount of funds available to keep the Policy in force.
(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount of
pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage limitations.
If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient to cover monthly
deductions or to offset negative investment performance, Cash Value may also
decrease, which in turn will increase the possibility that the Policy will
lapse. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and
Reinstatement.")
20
<PAGE>
(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only affects the
amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance charges if the death
benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on the applicable percentage of
Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease in the death benefit is offset by
the amount of Cash Value withdrawn. The primary use of a partial withdrawal is
to withdraw Cash Value.
Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")
When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")
An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.
Cash Value
The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:
. the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;
. the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;
. transfers;
. partial withdrawals;
. Policy Loans;
. Loan account interest rate credited; and
. the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.
An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.
Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:
(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date, multiplied
by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for the current
Valuation Period; plus
(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period which
are allocated to the Division; plus
(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current Valuation
Period; plus
21
<PAGE>
(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the
current Valuation Period; plus
(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which is
allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period plus transfer charges if any; minus
(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period, the
portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts during that Valuation
Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.
Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:
(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period; plus
(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--credited
to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net Investment Factor is
being determined; minus
(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those assets
during the Valuation Period; minus
(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the Company to be
properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or any amount set aside
during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense
risks; divided by
(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:
(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus
(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets
for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds to 0.90% per
year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by
(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.
POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium
22
<PAGE>
allocations, borrow, etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home
Office. We will send all reports and other notices described herein or in the
Policy directly to the Owner.
Loans
Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where
. (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
requested; and
. (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.
Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan will be
transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan. Unless the Owner
requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred from the Divisions
of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in
each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value (not including the Cash
Value in the Loan Account), at the end of the Valuation Period during which the
request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be considered transfers
for purposes of the limitations on transfers between Divisions.
Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.
Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account).
Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the selected Division, the Policy values will be
lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan Account interest
credited is higher than the investment performance of the Division, the Policy
values may be higher.
In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:
23
<PAGE>
(1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or
(2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
sufficient payment has been mailed.
If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.
Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.
Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy, (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,)
on the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.
A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
the death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face
24
<PAGE>
Amount. The death benefit also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option
B is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash
Value, the partial withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will
reduce the Cash Value and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will
be decreased in the following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any
increases in the same order in which they were issued.
Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.
The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.
Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")
Transfers
Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value (not including amounts
credited to the Loan Account), may be transferred among the Divisions available
with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must be made in
writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month. Transfers must
be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash Value in a
Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in connection with
transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which the transfer
request is received.
All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.
Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
pages for the increase;
. 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or
. 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.
25
<PAGE>
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.
Eligibility Change Conversion
If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.
If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")
If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.
When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.
26
<PAGE>
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Payment of Policy Benefits
A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.
Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.
Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.
Sales Charges
Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.
In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for
the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such
a Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.
The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:
. the premium expense charge less;
. any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
. the premium tax charge (described below).
The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.
27
<PAGE>
Premium Tax Charge
Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.
Monthly Deduction
Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.
Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Eligible First Subsequent
Employees Year Years
--------- ----- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
250-499..................................................... $5.00 $2.50
500-999..................................................... $4.75 $2.25
1000+....................................................... $4.50 $2.00
</TABLE>
For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1) with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.
These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.
Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.
Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is
28
<PAGE>
issued on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis does not affect
the cost of insurance charge determined for that Policy.
The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we assume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.
If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.
The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)
Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.
The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.
Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.
29
<PAGE>
Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")
Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.
Separate Account Charges
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.
The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.
Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")
GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY
Postponement of Payments
Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the SEC;
(2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or
(3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
net assets.
Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
The Contract
The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from
30
<PAGE>
the rights and benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and
incorporated by reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights
under the Group Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application
are considered representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud.
Only statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be
used to contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy
must be approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the
Secretary of the Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of
the terms, conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its
provisions.
Control of Policy
The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy,
prior to its Maturity Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change
the payee nor the mode of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any
person whose rights of ownership depend upon some future event will not possess
any present rights of ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given
time, all must exercise the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and
the Owner is not the Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate
unless otherwise provided.
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.
Change of Owner or Beneficiary
The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action taken before we receive the
written request for change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at
the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's
death, designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds.
Policy Changes
We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.
Conformity with Statutes
If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.
Claims of Creditors
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.
31
<PAGE>
Incontestability
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.
Assignment
We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.
Suicide
Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.
Misstatement of Age and Corrections
If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.
Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.
Additional Insurance Benefits
Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.
Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy
32
<PAGE>
will be paid upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from
accidental injury and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120
days from the date of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary
nearest age 70 of the Insured.
Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named
Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon receipt of proof of the
Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider will be continued on a
fully paid-up term insurance basis.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner
in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The
rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets
certain underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV
test result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.
The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit. The Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is
not available with Corporate Programs.
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance added
by other riders), plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
Pursuant to the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, we believe that for federal income tax purposes an
accelerated death benefit payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit
Settlement Option Rider should be fully excludable from the gross income of the
Beneficiary, as long as the Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy.
However, you should consult a qualified tax advisor about the consequences of
adding this Rider to a Policy or requesting an accelerated death benefit
payment under this Rider.
Records and Reports
We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid,
33
<PAGE>
deductions made since the last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The
Owner will also be sent without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a
list of the portfolio securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments
directly from the Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan
repayments, changes in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face
Amount, surrenders and reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each
transaction.
An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES
Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation. Walnut Street is
registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-
dealer and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers.
Walnut Street's Internal Revenue Service employer identification No. is 43-
1333368. It is a Missouri corporation formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's
address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite 1000, St. Louis, MO 63102. The Policies
will be sold by broker-dealers who have entered into written sales agreements
with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies may take place in all states (except
New York) and the District of Columbia.
Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of
the part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums
received in excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may
be up to 0.25% per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy
Year or calendar year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20
years.
GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT
Issuance
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.
Premium Payments
The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.
Grace Period
If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given.
34
<PAGE>
If the Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace
period, the Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance
will continue following the Group Contract's termination, provided such
insurance is not surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Termination
Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."
Right to Examine Group Contract
The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.
Entire Contract
The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.
Incontestability
We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.
Ownership of Group Contract
The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon the Company's understanding of the
present federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted by the
Internal Revenue Service. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or of the current
interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service.
Taxation of the Policy
Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") sets
forth a definition of a life insurance contract for federal tax purposes.
Although the Secretary of the Treasury (the "Treasury") is
35
<PAGE>
authorized to prescribe regulations implementing Section 7702, while proposed
regulations and other interim guidance has been issued, final regulations have
not been adopted. In short, guidance as to how Section 7702 is
to be applied is limited. The Company nonetheless believes (largely in reliance
on IRS Notice 88-128 and the proposed regulations under Section 7702, issued on
July 5, 1991) that the Policy should meet the Section 7702 definition of a life
insurance contract. If a Policy were determined not to be a life insurance
contract for purposes of Section 7702, such Policy would not provide the tax
advantages normally provided by a life insurance policy. Therefore, if it is
subsequently determined that a Policy does not satisfy Section 7702, we will
take whatever steps are appropriate and necessary to attempt to cause such
Policy to comply with Section 7702, including possibly refunding any premiums
paid that exceed the limitations allowable under Section 7702 (together with
interest or other earnings on any such premiums refunded as required by law).
For these reasons, we reserve the right to modify the Policy as necessary to
attempt to qualify it as a life insurance contract under Section 7702.
Section 817(h) of the Code authorizes the Treasury to set standards by
regulation or otherwise for the investments of each Division to be "adequately
diversified" in order for the Policy to be treated as a life insurance contract
for federal tax purposes. Although we do not control the investment management
companies or their investments, the investment management companies have
represented that they intend to comply with the diversification requirements
prescribed by the Treasury in Reg. Section 1.817-5. Thus, the Company believes
that each Division of the Separate Account will be in compliance with the
requirements prescribed by the Treasury.
The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be
considered the owner of separate account assets, for federal income tax
purposes, if the contract owner possesses incidents of ownership in those
assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. If
that were determined to be the case, income and gains from the separate account
assets would be includible in the variable contract owner's gross income. The
Treasury Department has also announced, in connection with the issuance of
regulations concerning diversification, that those regulations "do not provide
guidance concerning the circumstances in which investor control of the
investments of a segregated asset account may cause the investor (i.e., the
Owner), rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the
assets in the account." This announcement also stated that guidance would be
issued by way of regulations or rulings on the "extent to which policyholders
may direct their investments to particular subaccounts without being treated as
owners of the underlying assets."
The ownership rights under the Policy are similar to, but different in certain
respects from, those described by the IRS in rulings in which it was determined
that policy owners were not owners of separate account assets. For example, the
Owner has additional flexibility in allocating Premium payments and Policy
Values. These differences could result in an Owner being treated as the owner
of a pro rata portion of the assets of the Separate Account. In addition, we do
not know what standards will be set forth, if any, in the regulations or
rulings which the Treasury Department has stated it expects to issue. We
therefore reserve the right to modify the Policy as necessary to attempt to
prevent an Owner from being considered the owner of a pro rata share of the
assets of the Separate Account.
The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits
1. In general. As a life insurance contract, the proceeds and Cash Value
increases of a Policy should be treated in a manner consistent with a fixed-
benefit life insurance policy for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the death
benefit under the Policy should be excludable from the gross income of the
Beneficiary under Section 101(a)(1) of the Code.
36
<PAGE>
The exchange of a Policy, a change in the Policy's death benefit option (e.g.,
a change from Option B to Option A), a change in the Policy's Face Amount, a
conversion to a fixed policy, an exchange, a Policy loan, an unscheduled
premium payment, a Policy lapse with an outstanding loan, a partial withdrawal,
a surrender, or an assignment of the Policy may have federal income tax
consequences depending on the circumstances. In addition, federal estate and
state and local estate, inheritance, and other tax consequences of ownership or
receipt of Policy proceeds depend on the circumstances of each Policy Owner or
Beneficiary. A competent tax advisor should be consulted for further
information.
Pursuant to the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, the Company believes that for federal income tax
purposes an accelerated death benefit payment made under the Accelerated Death
Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be fully excludable from the gross
income of the Beneficiary, as long as the Beneficiary is the Insured under the
Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax advisor about the
consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy or requesting an accelerated
death benefit payment under this Rider.
The Policies may be used in various arrangements, such as nonqualified deferred
compensation or salary continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans,
executive bonus plans, retiree medical benefit plans and others. The tax
consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular facts and
circumstances of each individual arrangement. Therefore, if you are
contemplating the use of such Policies in any arrangement the value of which
depends in part on its tax consequences, you should be sure to consult a
qualified tax advisor regarding the tax attributes of the particular
arrangement. In recent years, Congress has adopted new rules relating to life
insurance owned by businesses. Any business contemplating the purchase of a new
Policy or a change in an existing Policy should consult a tax advisor.
Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Cash Value, including increments thereof, under the Policy until there is a
distribution. The tax consequences of distributions from, and loans taken from
or secured by, a Policy depend on whether the Policy is classified as a
"modified endowment contract". Whether a Policy is or is not classified as a
modified endowment contract, upon a complete surrender or lapse of the Policy
or when benefits are paid at the maturity date, if the amount received plus the
amount of Indebtedness exceeds the total investment in the Policy, the excess
will generally be treated as ordinary income subject to tax.
2. Policies classified as modified endowment contracts. In general, a Policy
will be a modified endowment contract if the accumulated premiums paid at any
time during the first seven Policy years exceeds the sum of the net level
premiums which would have been paid on or before such time if the Policy
provided for paid-up future benefits after the payment of seven level annual
premiums. Further, a Policy that is not otherwise a modified endowment contract
may become a modified endowment contract if it is "materially changed." The
determination whether a Policy will be a modified endowment contract may become
a modified endowment contract if it is "materially changed." The determination
whether a Policy will be a modified endowment contract after a material change
generally depends upon the relationship of the death benefit and the Cash Value
at the time of such change and the additional premiums paid in the seven years
following the material change.
Due to the Policy's flexibility, classification as a modified endowment
contract will depend on the individual circumstances of each Policy. Moreover,
the rules relating to whether a Policy will be treated as a modified endowment
contract are extremely complex. Therefore, a current or prospective Policy
Owner is strongly advised to retain and consult with a competent advisor before
purchasing a Policy, making an unscheduled premium payment on an existing
Policy or making any change in an existing Policy, to determine whether the
Policy will be treated as a modified endowment contract.
The Company has adopted administrative steps designed to protect a Policy Owner
against inadvertently having the Policy become a modified endowment contract.
Although the Company cannot provide complete assurance at this time that a
Policy will not inadvertently become a modified endowment contract, it is
continuing its
37
<PAGE>
efforts to enhance its administrative systems to monitor potential modified
endowment classifications automatically.
3. Distributions from Policies Classified as Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts will be subject to the
following tax rules: First, all distributions, including distributions upon
surrender and benefits paid at maturity, from such a Policy are treated as
ordinary income subject to tax up to the amount equal to the excess (if any) of
the Cash Value immediately before the distribution over the investment in the
Policy (described below) at such time. Second, loans taken from, or secured by,
such a Policy (as well as due but unpaid interest that is added to the loan
amount) are treated as distributions from such a Policy and taxed accordingly.
Third, a 10 % additional income tax is imposed on the portion of any
distribution from, or loan taken from or secured by, such a Policy that is
included in income except where the distributions or loan is made on or after
the Policy Owner attains age 59 1/2, is attributable to the Policy Owner's
becoming disabled, or is part of a series of substantially equal periodic
payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the Policy Owner or the joint
lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Policy Owner and the Policy Owner's
Beneficiary.
If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract after it is issued,
distributions made during the Policy year in which it becomes a modified
endowment contract, distributions in any subsequent Policy year and
distributions within two years before the Policy becomes a modified endowment
contract will be subject to the tax treatment described above. This means that
a distribution from a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract could
later become taxable as a distribution from a modified endowment contract.
4. Distributions From Policies Not Classified as Modified Endowment Contracts.
Distributions from a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract, and
which is not materially changed, or, if materially changed, is not classified
as a modified endowment contract after such material change, are generally
treated as first recovering the investment in the Policy (described below) and
then, only after the return of all such investment in the Policy, as
distributing taxable income. An exception to this general rule occurs in the
case of a decrease in the Policy's death benefit (e.g., partial withdrawal or a
change from Option B to Option A) or any other change that reduces benefits
under the Policy in the first 15-years after the Policy is issued and that
results in a cash distribution to the Policy Owner in order for the Policy to
continue complying with the Section 7702 definitional limits. Such a cash
distribution will be taxed in whole or in part as ordinary income (to the
extent of any gain in the Policy) under rules prescribed in Section 7702.
Loans from, or secured by, a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract
are not treated as distributions. Instead, such loans are treated as
Indebtedness of the Owner.
Finally, neither distributions (including distributions upon surrender or
lapse) nor loans from, or secured by, a Policy that is not a modified endowment
contract are subject to the 10% additional income tax.
5. Policy loan interest. If there is any borrowing against a Policy, the
interest paid on the loan generally will not be tax deductible. A Policy Owner
should consult a qualified tax adviser before deducting interest on a Policy
loan.
6. Investment in the Policy. Investment in the Policy means (i) the aggregate
amount of any premiums or other consideration paid for a Policy, minus (ii) the
aggregate amount received under the Policy which is excluded from gross income
of the Policy Owner (except that the amount of any loan from, or secured by, a
Policy that is a modified endowment contract, to the extent such amount is
excluded from gross income, will be disregarded), plus (iii) the amount of any
loan from, or secured by, a Policy that is a modified endowment contract to the
extent that such amount is included in the gross income of the Owner.
7. Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us
(or our affiliates) to the same Policy Owner during any calendar year are
treated as one modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the
amount includible in gross income.
38
<PAGE>
Possible Charge for Taxes
At the present time, the Company makes no charge to the Separate Account for
any federal, state or local taxes we incur that may be attributable to the
Separate Account or to the Policies. We reserve the right in the future to make
a charge for any such tax or other economic burden resulting from the
application of the tax laws that we determine to be properly attributable to
the Separate Account or to the Policies.
Possible Changes in Taxation
Although the likelihood of legislative changes is uncertain, there is always
the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy could change by
legislation or otherwise. It is possible that any legislative change could be
retroactive (that is, effective prior to the date of the date of the change). A
tax advisor should be consulted with respect to legislative developments and
their effect on the Policy.
SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS
The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for the assets of the Separate Account is
afforded by a blended executive risk insurance program, including blanket
fidelity coverage issued by CNA and Chubb Insurance Companies with a limit of
$25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who have access
to the assets of the Separate Account.
VOTING RIGHTS
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.
The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.
Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.
Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
39
<PAGE>
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.
IMSA
The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.
In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.
Preparing for Year 2000
Like all financial service providers, we utilizes systems that may be affected
by Year 2000 transition issues and rely on service providers, including the
Funds, that also may be affected. We have developed and implemented a Year 2000
transition plan, and sought disclosure from our service providers that they are
also so engaged. The resources devoted to this effort that have been, and
continue to be, substantial. It is difficult to predict with precision whether
the amount of resources ultimately devoted, or the outcome of these efforts,
will have any negative impact. However, as of the date of this prospectus, it
is not anticipated that Policy Owners will experience negative effects on their
investment, or on the services provided in connection therewith, as a result of
Year 2000 transition implementation We have examined our systems and made the
necessary changes to ensure proper Year 2000 transition, and put in place the
proper processes to ensure continued Year 2000 transition success. The results
of that examination have been independently reviewed, but there can be no
assurance that we will be completely successful, or that interaction with other
service providers will not impair our services at that time.
40
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years/1/
--------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
Executive Officers/2/
Carl H. Anderson/4/ President and Chief Executive Officer since June,
1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June
1986, General American Life Insurance Co., St.
Louis, Mo (GenAm).
Matthew K. Duffy Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
July, 1996. Formerly Director of Accounting,
Prudential Insurance Company of America, March,
1987-June, 1996.
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4/ Treasurer since December, 1994. Corporate Actuary
General American Life and Treasurer, GenAm since October, 1994.
Insurance Company Executive Vice President--Group Pensions, GenAm
700 Market Street January, 1990-October, 1994.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Matthew P. McCauley/4/ Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
General American Life Secretary since August, 1981. Vice President and
Insurance Company Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December
700 Market Street 30, 1995.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Craig K. Nordyke/4/ Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
November, 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
August, 1990-November, 1996; Second Vice President
and Chief Actuary, May, 1987-August, 1990.
John R. Tremmel Vice President--Operations and System Development
since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating
Officer, ISP Alliance, April 1998-December 1998.
Vice President and General Manager of National
Operations Centers, Norell Corporation, January
1995-March 1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp
Insurance Group, September 1986-December 1995.
Directors/3/
Richard A. Liddy Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer,
GenAm, since May, 1992. President and Chief
Operating Officer, GenAm, May, 1988-May, 1992.
Leonard M. Rubenstein Chairman and Chief Executive Officer--Conning
Corporation and Conning Asset Management Company
since January, 1997. Executive Vice President--
Investments, GenAm, February, 1991-January, 1997.
Warren J. Winer Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
September, 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm.
M. Mercer, July, 1993-August, 1995; President, WF
Corroon, September, 1990-July, 1993.
Bernard H Wolzenski Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
November, 1991. Vice President--Life Product
Management, GenAm, May, 1989-November, 1991.
A. Greig Woodring President, Reinsurance Group of America, Inc.,
since May, 1993, and Executive Vice President--
Reinsurance, GenAm, since January, 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
/1 /All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
/2 /The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
noted.
41
<PAGE>
/3 /The principal business address of each person listed is General American
Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 660 Mason Ridge Center Drive,
St. Louis, MO 63141.
/4 /Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.
LEGAL MATTERS
Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning Policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.
42
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.
Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.
Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.
Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.
Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.
Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.
Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.
Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.
Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.
Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.
Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.
Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.
Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.
Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.
Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.
Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.
Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.
43
<PAGE>
Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.
Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.
Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.
Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.
Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.
Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.
Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.
Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.
Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.
Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.
Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.
Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.
Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.
Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.
Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.
44
<PAGE>
[KPMG LOGO]
10 South Broadway
Suite 900
St. Louis, MO 63102-1761
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
[LOGO SIGNATURE OF KPMG LLP]
February 3, 1999
F-1
[LOGO OF FOUR BOXES]
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Balance Sheets
December 31, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
--------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, available for sale....................... $ 83,384 75,704
Policy loans............................................... 14,135 11,487
Cash and cash equivalents.................................. 7,439 5,733
--------- -------
Total cash and invested assets......................... 104,958 92,924
Reinsurance recoverables................................... 1,170 1,733
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder account
balances.................................................. 6,688 6,416
Accrued investment income.................................. 1,545 1,377
Deferred policy acquisition costs.......................... 20,602 17,980
Fixed assets and leasehold improvements, net............... 4,504 2,609
Other assets............................................... 105 179
Separate account assets.................................... 168,222 118,051
--------- -------
Total assets........................................... $ 307,794 241,269
========= =======
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account balances.............................. 93,334 85,152
Policy and contract claims................................. 1,672 1,085
Federal income taxes payable............................... 281 163
Other liabilities and accrued expenses..................... 3,943 3,486
Payable to affiliates...................................... 2,062 1,620
Due to separate account.................................... 183 61
Deferred tax liability..................................... 5,591 4,394
Separate account liabilities............................... 168,222 118,051
--------- -------
Total liabilities...................................... $ 275,288 214,012
--------- -------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value $25; 100,000 shares authorized;
82,000 shares issued and outstanding.................... 2,050 2,050
Additional paid-in capital............................... 17,950 17,950
Accumulated other comprehensive income................... 2,809 1,958
Retained earnings........................................ 9,697 5,299
--------- -------
Total stockholder's equity............................. $ 32,506 27,257
--------- -------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity............. $ 307,794 241,269
========= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Policy contract charges............................... $20,437 16,417 13,719
Net investment income................................. 6,983 6,288 5,663
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
ceded................................................ 124 10 114
Net realized investment gains......................... 53 69 72
------- ------ ------
Total revenues...................................... 27,597 22,784 19,568
======= ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
Policy benefits....................................... 4,774 3,876 3,326
Interest credited to policyholder account balances.... 5,228 4,738 4,126
Commissions, net of capitalized costs................. 167 227 79
General and administration expenses, net of
capitalized costs.................................... 9,512 7,743 6,798
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..... 1,150 424 285
------- ------ ------
Total benefits and expenses......................... 20,831 17,008 14,614
======= ====== ======
Income before federal income tax expense............ 6,766 5,775 4,954
Federal income tax expense.............................. 2,368 1,885 1,738
------- ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 4,398 3,890 3,216
Other comprehensive income (loss)....................... 851 1,636 (1,261)
------- ------ ------
Comprehensive income.................................... $ 5,249 5,526 1,955
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Stockholder's Equity
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Additional other Retained Total
Common paid-in comprehensive earnings stockholder's
Stock capital income (deficit) equity
------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1995................... $2,050 17,950 1,583 (1,807) 19,776
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,216 3,216
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- (1,261) -- (1,261)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1996................... $2,050 17,950 322 1,409 21,731
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,890 3,890
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 1,636 -- 1,636
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... $2,050 17,950 1,958 5,299 27,257
Net income............ -- -- -- 4,398 4,398
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 851 -- 851
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... $2,050 17,950 2,809 9,697 32,506
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 4,398 3,890 3,216
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in:
Reinsurance recoverables..................... 563 (892) 407
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
account balances............................ (272) (342) (378)
Accrued investment income.................... (168) (79) (257)
Federal income tax payable................... 118 (648) 811
Other assets................................. (1,821) (1,280) (1,019)
Policy and contract claims................... 587 (23) 12
Other liabilities and accrued expenses....... 457 782 741
Payable to affiliates........................ 442 (669) 397
Due to separate account...................... 122 (34) (108)
Deferred tax expense........................... 740 732 615
Policy acquisition costs deferred.............. (3,808) (2,972) (2,447)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs......................................... 1,150 424 285
Interest credited to policyholder accounts..... 5,228 4,738 4,126
Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
maturities.................................... (53) (69) (72)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 7,683 3,558 6,329
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of fixed maturities..................... (14,915) (12,557) (15,290)
Sale or maturity of fixed maturities............. 8,632 5,255 6,860
Increase in policy loans, net.................... (2,648) (1,923) (2,358)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities.............. (8,931) (9,225) (10,788)
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net policyholder account deposits................ 2,954 2,294 6,509
-------- ------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents....................................... 1,706 (3,373) 2,050
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..... 5,733 9,106 7,056
-------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 7,439 5,733 9,106
======== ======= =======
Income taxes paid.................................. $ (1,460) (1,801) (198)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.
General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents
a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.
The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates
include deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.
The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:
(a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses
Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.
Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.
(b) Invested Assets
Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1998
and 1997, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes,
being reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate
component of stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid
balances.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.
Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the
actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences
occur, the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the
amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since
the acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to
interest income.
F-6
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(c) Policyholder Account Balances
Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest
general account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1998, 1997 and
1996. The actual crediting rate was 6.5% in 1998 and 1997, and ranged from
6.5% to 7.0% in 1996.
(d) Federal Income Taxes
The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on
deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is
paid to, or received from, General American. Paragon recognizes a tax benefit
to the extent that its tax losses are utilized by other members of the General
American consolidated tax group.
(e) Reinsurance
Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges.
Amounts applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.
(f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for
the impact on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on
investment securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated
regularly and are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates
that revision is appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to
date is adjusted by a charge or credit to income.
(g) Separate Account Business
The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding
variable life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life
insurance contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for
risks it assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal
charges to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract
holders. The assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at
fair value.
F-7
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used
with care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate
fair value:
Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.
Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
approximates fair value.
Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
account assets.
Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.
(j) Reclassifications
The Company has reclassified the presentation of certain prior period
information to conform to the 1998 presentation.
(2) Investments
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 6,705 267 -- 6,972
Corporate securities............ 64,607 4,481 (208) 68,881
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,854 192 (25) 7,021
Asset-backed securities......... 500 10 -- 510
------- ----- ---- ------
$78,666 4,950 (233) 83,384
======= ===== ==== ======
<CAPTION>
1997
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 4,472 131 -- 4,603
Corporate securities............ 56,973 3,098 (142) 59,929
Mortgage-backed securities...... 9,124 233 (48) 9,309
Asset-backed securities......... 1,762 101 -- 1,863
------- ----- ---- ------
$72,331 3,563 (190) 75,704
======= ===== ==== ======
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1998, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected
maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Amortized fair
cost value
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less............................... $ 605 616
Due after one year through five years................. 20,733 21,528
Due after five years through ten years................ 12,600 13,338
Due after ten years through twenty years.............. 37,873 40,881
Mortgage-backed securities............................ 6,855 7,021
------- ------
$78,666 83,384
======= ======
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
$4,069,000, $1,328,585 and $4,129,254 respectively. Gross gains of $53,180,
$68,876 and $71,604 were realized on those sales in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
The sources of net investment income follow (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Maturities.................................... $5,603 4,941 4,626
Short-term investments.............................. 535 608 449
Policy loans and other.............................. 924 807 680
------ ----- -----
$7,062 6,356 5,755
Investment expenses................................. (79) (68) (92)
------ ----- -----
Net investment income........................... $6,983 6,288 5,663
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in
000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Fixed maturities available-for-sale.............. $ 4,717 3,373 513
Deferred policy acquisition costs................ (396) (361) (17)
Deferred income taxes.............................. (1,512) (1,054) (174)
------- ------ ----
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)......... $ 2,809 1,958 322
======= ====== ====
</TABLE>
The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,121,000 and $3,982,000
at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
(3) Reinsurance
The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.
F-9
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $14,723 13,001 10,264
Policy benefits ceded............................. 17,071 14,070 6,274
Commissions and expenses ceded.................... 123 195 114
Reinsurance recoverables.......................... 1,109 1,661 774
</TABLE>
Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
insignificant.
(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.................... $17,980 15,776 13,006
Policy acquisition costs deferred............... 3,808 2,972 2,447
Policy acquisition costs amortized.............. (1,150) (424) (285)
Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
available for sale............................. (36) (344) 608
------- ------ ------
Balance at end of year.......................... $20,602 17,980 15,776
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
(5) Federal Income Taxes
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal
income tax expense is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax (benefit) expense.......................... $1,628 1,153 1,123
Deferred tax expense................................... 740 732 615
------ ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................. $2,368 1,885 1,738
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense....................... $2,368 2,022 1,734
Other, net............................................ 0 (137) 4
------ ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................ $2,368 1,885 1,738
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1998 and 1997
are presented below (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned reinsurance allowances...................... $ 218 217 153
Policy and contract liabilities...................... 709 1,031 1,305
Tax capitalization of acquisition costs.............. 2,147 1,755 1,386
Other, net........................................... 58 76 69
------ ----- -----
Total deferred tax assets.......................... $3,132 3,079 2,913
====== ===== =====
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on investments....................... $1,512 1,054 174
Deferred policy acquisition costs.................... 7,211 6,419 5,520
------ ----- -----
Total gross deferred tax liabilities............... $8,723 7,473 5,694
------ ----- -----
Net deferred tax liabilities....................... $5,591 4,394 2,781
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers
whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon
the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those
temporary differences become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax
return with its Parent. Realization of the gross tax asset will not be
dependent solely on the Company's ability to generate its own taxable income.
General American has a proven history of earnings and it appears more likely
than not that the Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully
realized.
(6) Related-Party Transactions
Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1998, 1997 and
1996 were $1,513,433, $1,348,198 and $1,250,396, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.
(7) Pension Plan
Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General
American. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level.
No pension expense was recognized in 1998, 1997 or 1996 due to overfunding of
the plan.
In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$188,316, $198,972 and $80,434 for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106--Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.
(8) Statutory Financial Information
The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements,
generally referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a
basis of accounting which varies in some
F-11
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
respects from generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Statutory
accounting principles include: (1) charging of policy acquisition costs to
income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and contract liabilities
computed using required valuation standards which may vary in methodology
utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes resulting from
temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset impairments
and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to maturity with
asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae and interest
stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their original purchase
maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities at amortized
cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; and (7) recognition of
deposits and withdrawals on universal life policies as revenues and expenses.
The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income (loss) of the Company at
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, as determined using statutory accounting
practices, is summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $10,500 10,725 10,751
Net income (loss) as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $ 1,596 1,397 982
</TABLE>
(9) Dividend Restrictions
Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to
the amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1998 without prior
notice or approval is $1,596,000. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1998, 1997
or 1996.
(10) Risk-Based Capital
The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a benchmark for the
regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance regulators. The
requirements apply various weighted factors to financial balances or activity
levels based on their perceived degree of risk.
The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the
Company or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual
total adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At
December 31, 1998, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess
of minimum levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory
authorities under the RBC formula.
(11) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31:
1999............................................................. $ 626
2000............................................................. 598
2001............................................................. 256
2002............................................................. 53
------
$1,533
======
</TABLE>
Rent expense totaled $489,999, $433,864 and $388,976 in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
F-12
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Concluded)
(12) Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and
its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of
general-purpose financial statements. The most significant items of
comprehensive income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses
on securities. The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of
operations or financial position, but affects their presentation and
disclosure. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and
the following summaries present the components of the Company's comprehensive
income, other than net income, for the periods ending December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996 (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $ 1,361 (476) 885
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (53) 19 (34)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income.................... 1,308 (457) 851
------- ---- ------
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $ 2,585 (904) 1,681
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (69) 24 (45)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income.................... 2,516 (880) 1,636
------- ---- ------
<CAPTION>
1996
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $(1,868) 654 (1,214)
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (72) 25 (47)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income (loss)............. (1,940) 679 (1,261)
------- ---- ------
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
[KPMG LOGO]
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's Scudder Divisions:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Money Market, International, Capital Growth,
Balanced, Bond, Growth and Income, and Global Discovery Divisions of Paragon
Separate Account B as of December 31, 1998, and related statements of
operations and changes in net assets for the periods presented. These
financial statements are the responsibility of Paragon Separate Account B's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1998 by
correspondence with the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Money Market,
International, Capital Growth, Balanced, Bond, Growth and Income, and Global
Discovery Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1998, and
the results of their operations and changes in their net assets for the
periods presented, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
[KPMG SIGNATURE LOGO]
April 2, 1999
[KPMG 4-SQUARES LOGO]
F-14
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Capital Growth & Global
Market International Growth Balanced Bond Income Discovery
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- ------------- --------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Scudder
Investments, at
Market Value (See
Schedule of
Investments.......... $77,390 603,661 1,553,902 746,033 177,500 357,104 573
Receivable(payable)
from/to Paragon Life
Insurance Company.... 221 2,350 11,968 14,035 422 931 --
------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ----
Total Net Assets.... 77,611 606,011 1,565,870 760,068 177,922 358,035 573
======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ====
Group Variable Univer-
sal Life Cash Value
Invested in Separate
Account.............. 77,611 606,011 1,565,870 760,068 177,922 358,035 573
------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ----
$77,611 606,011 1,565,870 760,068 177,922 358,035 573
======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ====
Total Units Held........ 64,421 35,777 51,535 39,810 19,458 26,465 71
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 1.20 16.94 30.38 19.09 9.14 13.53 8.06
Cost of Investments..... $77,390 517,133 1,096,376 572,381 176,965 336,244 514
======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ====
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-15
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Global
Discovery Division
which is for the period from May 15, 1998 (Inception) to December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
International
Money Market Division Division Capital Growth Division Balanced Division
---------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------- ---------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ --------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income....... $ 2,514 1,697 1,156 9,586 6,239 6,611 10,625 67,231 7,660 16,634 12,268 8,168
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................ 364 260 211 4,279 3,814 3,190 10,303 8,396 5,890 4,734 3,712 2,869
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Net Investment
Income (Expense).... 2,150 1,437 945 5,307 2,425 3,421 322 58,835 1,770 11,900 8,556 5,299
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions......... -- -- -- 63,044 3,268 -- 67,200 2,366 40,680 26,776 20,984 6,958
Proceeds from Sales... 11,296 18,673 6,474 112,597 68,547 64,427 264,342 149,231 113,945 83,851 70,741 60,612
Cost of Investments
Sold.................. 11,296 18,673 6,474 100,354 56,471 56,562 202,151 104,692 92,669 69,758 56,070 51,183
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Net Realized Gain on
Investments......... -- -- -- 75,287 15,344 7,865 129,391 46,905 61,956 40,869 35,655 16,387
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) Beginning of
Year.................. -- -- -- 78,522 59,971 25,477 316,515 120,746 72,588 97,262 43,162 32,744
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) End of Year.... -- -- -- 86,528 78,522 59,971 457,526 316,515 120,746 173,652 97,262 43,162
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... -- -- -- 8,006 18,551 34,494 141,011 195,769 48,158 76,390 54,100 10,418
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments......... -- -- -- 83,293 33,895 42,359 270,402 242,674 110,114 117,259 89,755 26,805
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations............. $ 2,150 1,437 945 88,600 36,320 45,780 270,724 301,509 111,884 129,159 98,311 32,104
======= ====== ====== ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Growth & Income Global
Bond Division Division Discovery
---------------------- ---------------------- ---------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income....... $ 8,740 5,950 7,646 6,710 3,833 1,558 --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................ 1,121 930 840 2,254 1,275 562 1
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ -------
Net Investment
Income (Expense).... 7,619 5,020 6,806 4,456 2,558 996 (1)
Net Realized Gain on
Investments............
Realized Gain from
Distributions......... 481 1,659 -- 15,633 3,309 208
Proceeds from Sales... 30,061 27,553 14,092 67,098 26,569 50,395 52
Cost of Investments
Sold.................. 30,206 24,606 12,863 62,590 22,348 45,641 51
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ -------
Net Realized Gain on
Investments......... 336 4,606 1,229 20,141 7,530 4,962 1
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) Beginning of
Year.................. 35 51 5,666 37,619 7,630 1,300 --
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) End of Year.... 535 35 51 20,860 37,619 7,630 59
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ -------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... 500 (16) (5,615) (16,759) 29,989 6,330 59
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ -------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments......... 836 4,590 (4,386) 3,382 37,519 11,292 60
------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ -------
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations............. $ 8,455 9,610 2,420 7,838 40,077 12,288 59
======= ====== ====== ======= ====== ====== =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-16
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, except for the Global
Discovery Division which
is for the period from May 15, 1998 (inception) to December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market Division International Division Capital Growth Division
------------------------ ------------------------ ----------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(Expense).............. $ 2,150 1,437 945 5,307 2,425 3,421 322 58,835 1,770
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. -- -- -- 75,287 15,344 7,865 129,391 46,905 61,956
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. -- -- -- 8,006 18,551 34,494 141,011 195,769 48,158
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- -------
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations........ 2,150 1,437 945 88,600 36,320 45,780 270,724 301,509 111,884
Net Deposits into Sep-
arate Account.......... 42,677 5,480 7,609 5,924 73,456 90,073 75,940 140,956 186,952
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- -------
Increase in Net As-
sets................. 44,827 6,917 8,554 94,524 109,776 135,853 346,664 442,465 298,836
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year.................... 32,784 25,867 17,313 511,487 401,711 265,858 1,219,206 776,741 477,905
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- -------
Net Assets, End of Year. $ 77,611 32,784 25,867 606,011 511,487 401,711 1,565,870 1,219,206 776,741
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= =======
<CAPTION>
Global
Balanced Division Bond Division Growth & Income Division Discovery
------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------------------- ---------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(Expense).............. $ 11,900 8,556 5,299 7,619 5,020 6,806 4,456 2,558 996 (1)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. 40,869 35,655 16,387 336 4,606 1,229 20,141 7,530 4,962 1
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. 76,390 54,100 10,418 500 (16) (5,615) (16,759) 29,989 6,330 59
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ---
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations........ 129,159 98,311 32,104 8,455 9,610 2,420 7,838 40,077 12,288 59
Net Deposits into Sep-
arate Account.......... 93,743 69,393 93,679 41,324 14,364 31,680 131,034 97,894 6,848 514
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ---
Increase in Net As-
sets................. 222,902 167,704 125,783 49,779 23,974 34,100 138,872 137,971 68,661 573
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year.................... 537,166 369,462 243,679 128,143 104,169 70,069 219,163 81,192 12,531 --
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ---
Net Assets, End of Year. $760,068 537,166 369,462 177,922 128,143 104,169 358,035 219,163 81,192 573
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= ======= ===
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-17
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1998
(1) Organization
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate
Account B on January 4, 1991. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate
Account) commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division
options included herein commenced operations on March 3, 1994. The Separate
Account receives and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable
life insurance policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is
divided into Divisions, seven of which invest exclusively in shares of a
single fund of Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund (Scudder), an open-end,
diversified management investment company. These funds are the Money Market
Fund, International Fund, Capital Growth Fund, Balanced Fund, Bond Fund,
Growth and Income Fund and Global Discovery Fund (the Funds). Policyholders
have the option of directing their premium payments into any or all of the
Divisions.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by
the Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The
policies are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Investments
The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Scudder are valued daily
based on the net asset values of the respective fund shares held. The average
cost method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on withdrawals by
the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent with trade
date accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested on the ex-
dividend date.
Federal Income Taxes
The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make
estimates and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial
statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) Policy Charges
Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to
compensate Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the
contracts and any additional benefits added by rider, administering the
policies, incurring expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming
certain risks in connection with the policy.
Premium Expense Charge
Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the
costs associated with distributing the policy and, if applicable, is equal to
1% of the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates Paragon for
providing the
F-18
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
insurance benefits set forth in the policies, incurring expenses of
distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
policies. In addition, some policies have a premium tax assessment equal to 2%
or 2.25% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred. The premium payment
less premium expense and premium tax charges equals the net premium that is
invested in the underlying separate account.
Monthly Expense Charge
Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a
monthly administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to
the size of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12
policy months and $3.50 per month thereafter.
Cost of Insurance
The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the
net amount at risk for each policy month.
Optional Rider Benefits Charge
The monthly deduction charge for any additional benefits provided by rider.
Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full
surrender or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums
received by Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event
takes place.
Mortality and Expense Charge
In addition to the above contract charges, a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks
assumed by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account
at the rate of .00206% of the net assets of each division of the Separate
Account which equals an annual rate of .75% of those net assets. The mortality
risk assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and
that, therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits
greater than anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred
in issuing and administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from
the administrative charges assessed against the policy.
F-19
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(4) Purchases and Sales of Scudder Investment Series Shares
For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996 except for the Global
Discovery Division which is for the period from May 15, 1998 (Inception) to
December 31, 1998; purchases and proceeds from sales of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Funds were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market Division International Division Capital Growth Division
--------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $53,364 23,916 13,868 111,520 138,552 151,355 317,123 282,658 294,894
Sales................... $11,296 18,673 6,474 112,597 68,547 64,427 264,342 149,231 113,945
======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Growth & Income Global
Balanced Division Bond Division Division Discovery
------------------------ -------------------- ----------------------- ---------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $158,435 136,801 151,544 69,750 41,077 44,942 194,789 123,344 106,656 565
Sales................... $ 83,851 70,741 60,612 30,061 27,553 14,092 67,098 26,569 50,395 52
======== ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ===
</TABLE>
(5) Accumulation of Unit Activity
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Global
Discovery Division which is for the period from May 15, 1998 (Inception) to
December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market International Capital Growth
Division Division Division
-------------------- -------------------- --------------------
1997 1996 1995 1997 1996 1995 1997 1996 1995
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 45,369 21,325 12,898 7,107 10,046 12,404 11,935 13,559 17,686
Withdrawals............ 9,370 16,319 5,806 6,829 4,720 4,940 9,447 6,577 6,420
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in Unit. 35,999 5,006 7,092 278 5,326 7,464 2,488 6,982 11,266
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 28,422 23,416 16,324 35,499 30,173 22,709 49,047 42,065 30,799
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 64,421 28,422 23,416 35,777 35,499 30,173 51,535 49,047 42,065
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Global
Growth & Income Discovery
Balanced Division Bond Division Division Division
-------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ---------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 10,163 10,116 12,690 7,938 5,071 5,817 14,262 11,243 11,954 78
Withdrawals............ 4,734 4,939 4,836 3,295 3,293 1,717 4,975 2,275 5,278 7
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ---
Net Increase in Unit. 5,429 5,177 7,854 4,643 1,778 4,100 9,287 8,968 6,676 71
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 34,381 29,204 21,350 14,815 13,037 8,937 17,178 8,210 1,534 --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ---
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 39,810 34,381 29,204 19,458 14,815 13,037 26,465 17,178 8,210 71
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===
</TABLE>
F-20
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(6)--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Fund. Net deposits represent the amount available for investment in
such shares after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense
charges, cost of insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider.
The following is a summary of net deposits made for the years ended December
31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Global Discovery Division which is
for the period from May 15, 1998 (Inception) to December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market International Capital Growth
Division Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 25,225 18,433 17,177 164,286 172,592 183,290 377,928 334,899 333,168
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (505) (13,596) (1,433) (84,896) (30,987) (20,546) (150,589) (56,497) (19,152)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... 25,891 8,319 (1,387) (15,319) (12,712) (10,737) (101) (1,888) (9,053)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers........... 50,611 13,156 14,357 64,071 128,893 152,007 227,238 276,514 304,963
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 740 543 501 4,819 5,084 5,346 11,085 9,865 9,718
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 497 433 305 3,685 4,050 4,714 9,690 7,859 8,860
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 6,697 6,700 5,942 49,643 46,303 51,874 130,523 117,834 99,433
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Total Deductions..... 7,934 7,676 6,748 58,147 55,437 61,934 151,298 135,558 118,011
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $ 42,677 5,480 7,609 5,924 73,456 90,073 75,940 140,956 186,952
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Balanced Bond Growth & Income Global
Division Division Division Discovery
-------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------- ---------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $208,733 168,771 183,446 79,806 52,193 54,516 209,544 129,485 83,186 1,239
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (28,227) (34,296) (19,050) (4,783) (9,875) (3,481) (17,789) (7,167) (37,530) (11)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... (14,287) (2,412) (9,771) (12,203) (9,318) (1,088) 1,021 15,123 32,036 --
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -----
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers........... 166,219 132,063 154,625 62,820 33,000 49,947 192,776 137,441 77,692 1,228
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 6,122 4,971 5,351 2,341 1,537 1,590 6,146 3,814 2,426 36
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 4,586 3,961 4,330 1,324 1,225 1,230 3,842 3,039 662 47
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 61,768 53,738 51,265 17,831 15,874 15,447 51,754 32,694 18,231 631
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -----
Total Deductions..... 72,476 62,670 60,946 21,496 18,636 18,267 61,742 39,547 21,319 714
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -----
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $ 93,743 69,393 93,679 41,324 14,364 31,680 131,034 97,894 56,373 514
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======= ======= =====
</TABLE>
F-21
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number Market
of Shares Value Cost
--------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Scudder Variable Insurance Series:
Money Market Division........................ 77,390 $ 77,390 $ 77,390
International Division....................... 41,460 603,661 517,133
Capital Growth Division...................... 64,881 1,553,902 1,096,376
Balanced Division............................ 49,049 746,033 572,381
Bond Division................................ 25,799 177,500 176,965
Growth & Income Division..................... 31,827 357,104 336,244
Global Discovery............................. 71 573 514
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Independent Auditor's Report.
F-22
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values
The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.
The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy. This assumes the maximum monthly
administrative charge. If a particular Policy has different sales or
administrative charges or if a particular group is larger or smaller or has a
different gender mix, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would vary from those
shown in the tables.
The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.
The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a
maximum .90% charge for mortality and expense risk, an assumed combined
investment advisory fee (representing the average of the fees incurred by the
Funds in which the Divisions invest) and the Funds' expenses (based on the
average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1998) of .770%. These
charges take into account expense reimbursement arrangements expected to be in
place for 1999 for some of the Funds. In the absence of the reimbursement
arrangements for some of the Funds, the charges would have totaled .584% and
.194%, respectively. See the respective Fund prospectus for details. After
deduction for these amounts, the illustrated gross annual investment rates of
return of 0%, 6% and 12% correspond to approximate net annual rates of -1.670%,
4.330%, and 10.330%, respectively.
The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.
The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.
Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.
A-1
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.670%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,047 $500,000 $ 4,877 $500,000
2 12,630 5,889 500,000 9,588 500,000
3 19,423 8,484 500,000 14,171 500,000
4 26,555 10,825 500,000 18,561 500,000
5 34,045 12,887 500,000 22,769 500,000
6 41,908 14,652 500,000 26,798 500,000
7 50,165 16,091 500,000 30,655 500,000
8 58,834 17,161 500,000 34,281 500,000
9 67,937 17,828 500,000 37,743 500,000
10 77,496 18,061 500,000 40,986 500,000
11 87,532 17,852 500,000 43,954 500,000
12 98,070 17,167 500,000 46,714 500,000
13 109,134 16,001 500,000 49,216 500,000
14 120,752 14,326 500,000 51,407 500,000
15 132,951 12,086 500,000 53,294 500,000
16 145,760 9,217 500,000 54,881 500,000
17 159,209 5,607 500,000 56,116 500,000
18 173,331 1,119 500,000 56,945 500,000
19 188,159 0 0 57,379 500,000
20 203,728 0 0 57,363 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 47,631 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 8,780 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-2
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.330%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,146 $500,000 $ 5,036 $500,000
2 12,630 6,272 500,000 10,204 500,000
3 19,423 9,328 500,000 15,546 500,000
4 26,555 12,303 500,000 21,002 500,000
5 34,045 15,165 500,000 26,584 500,000
6 41,908 17,889 500,000 32,302 500,000
7 50,165 20,434 500,000 38,165 500,000
8 58,834 22,748 500,000 44,121 500,000
9 67,937 24,781 500,000 50,240 500,000
10 77,496 26,488 500,000 56,472 500,000
11 87,532 27,840 500,000 62,769 500,000
12 98,070 28,787 500,000 69,199 500,000
13 109,134 29,302 500,000 75,721 500,000
14 120,752 29,332 500,000 82,290 500,000
15 132,951 28,796 500,000 88,916 500,000
16 145,760 27,601 500,000 95,611 500,000
17 159,209 25,597 500,000 102,333 500,000
18 173,331 22,606 500,000 109,041 500,000
19 188,159 18,426 500,000 115,752 500,000
20 203,728 12,849 500,000 122,426 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 153,160 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 170,188 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-3
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
10.330%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,244 $500,000 $ 5,193 $500,000
2 12,630 6,663 500,000 10,833 500,000
3 19,423 10,226 500,000 17,007 500,000
4 26,555 13,942 500,000 23,700 500,000
5 34,045 17,800 500,000 30,976 500,000
6 41,908 21,796 500,000 38,900 500,000
7 50,165 25,914 500,000 47,547 500,000
8 58,834 30,126 500,000 56,935 500,000
9 67,937 34,407 500,000 67,212 500,000
10 77,496 38,738 500,000 78,421 500,000
11 87,532 43,122 500,000 90,612 500,000
12 98,070 47,538 500,000 103,962 500,000
13 109,134 51,994 500,000 118,558 500,000
14 120,752 56,476 500,000 134,500 500,000
15 132,951 60,946 500,000 151,958 500,000
16 145,760 65,360 500,000 171,123 500,000
17 159,209 69,622 500,000 192,166 500,000
18 173,331 73,615 500,000 215,292 500,000
19 188,159 77,205 500,000 240,785 500,000
20 203,728 80,254 500,000 268,927 500,000
25 294,060 82,560 500,000 463,238 537,356
30 409,348 31,725 500,000 783,934 838,810
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-4
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.670%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,804 $508,804 $ 10,640 $510,640
2 25,261 17,290 517,290 21,007 521,007
3 38,846 25,415 525,415 31,143 531,143
4 53,111 33,175 533,175 40,979 540,979
5 68,090 40,544 540,544 50,527 550,527
6 83,817 47,506 547,506 59,791 559,791
7 100,330 54,033 554,033 68,776 568,776
8 117,669 60,083 560,083 77,422 577,422
9 135,875 65,625 565,625 85,799 585,799
10 154,992 70,631 570,631 93,847 593,847
11 175,064 75,097 575,097 101,507 601,507
12 196,140 78,998 578,998 108,849 608,849
13 218,269 82,337 582,337 115,820 615,820
14 241,505 85,093 585,093 122,362 622,362
15 265,903 87,224 587,224 128,481 628,481
16 291,521 88,680 588,680 134,184 634,184
17 318,419 89,367 589,367 139,414 639,414
18 346,663 89,172 589,172 144,113 644,113
19 376,319 87,986 587,986 148,296 648,296
20 407,457 85,714 585,714 151,907 651,907
25 588,120 56,384 556,384 158,477 658,477
30 818,697 0 0 134,603 634,603
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-5
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT 4.330%)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,092 $ 509,092 $ 10,987 $ 510,987
2 25,261 18,400 518,400 22,353 522,353
3 38,846 27,886 527,886 34,150 534,150
4 53,111 37,545 537,545 46,323 546,323
5 68,090 47,353 547,353 58,895 558,895
6 83,817 57,292 557,292 71,884 571,884
7 100,330 67,332 567,332 85,306 585,306
8 117,669 77,429 577,429 99,114 599,114
9 135,875 87,541 587,541 113,393 613,393
10 154,992 97,634 597,634 128,094 628,094
11 175,064 107,693 607,693 143,169 643,169
12 196,140 117,681 617,681 158,702 658,702
13 218,269 127,590 627,590 174,651 674,651
14 241,505 137,384 637,384 190,968 690,968
15 265,903 147,004 647,004 207,668 707,668
16 291,521 156,382 656,382 224,769 724,769
17 318,419 165,397 665,397 242,219 742,219
18 346,663 173,906 673,906 259,968 759,968
19 376,319 181,758 681,758 278,035 778,015
20 407,457 188,809 688,809 296,366 796,366
25 588,120 208,283 708,283 388,922 888,922
30 818,697 181,402 681,402 469,084 969,084
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-6
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT 10.330%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- ---------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,374 $ 509,374 $ 11,329 $ 511,329
2 25,261 19,535 519,535 23,728 523,728
3 38,846 30,512 530,512 37,344 537,344
4 53,111 42,378 542,378 52,229 552,229
5 68,090 55,192 555,192 68,519 568,519
6 83,817 69,029 569,029 86,360 586,360
7 100,330 83,954 583,954 105,912 605,912
8 117,669 100,032 600,032 127,282 627,282
9 135,875 117,336 617,336 150,728 650,728
10 154,992 135,956 635,956 176,395 676,395
11 175,064 156,016 656,016 204,442 704,442
12 196,140 177,626 677,626 235,186 735,186
13 218,269 200,941 700,941 268,843 768,843
14 241,505 226,105 726,105 305,644 805,644
15 265,903 253,255 753,255 345,914 845,914
16 291,521 282,531 782,531 390,011 890,011
17 318,419 314,041 814,041 438,264 938,264
18 346,663 347,884 847,884 491,032 991,032
19 376,319 384,171 884,171 548,788 1,048,788
20 407,457 423,034 923,034 611,979 1,111,979
25 588,120 663,663 1,163,663 1,027,549 1,527,549
30 818,697 999,199 1,499,199 1,668,095 2,168,095
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-7
<PAGE>
Morgan Stanley
Dean Witter
Variable
Investment
Series
[PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LOGO]
. GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE POLICIES
Prospectus dated May 1, 1999
50450
<PAGE>
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
ISSUED BY
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood
St. Louis, MO 63105
(314) 862-2211
This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."
The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.
The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.
The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.
Each of the 13 Divisions of the Separate Account will invest solely in one of
the corresponding Funds managed by Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Advisors Inc.:
Money Market Portfolio Global Dividend Growth Portfolio
Quality Income Plus Portfolio European Growth Portfolio
High Yield Portfolio Pacific Growth Portfolio
Utilities Portfolio Equity Portfolio
Income Builder Portfolio Competitive Edge "Best Ideas"
Dividend Growth Portfolio Portfolio
Capital Growth Portfolio Portfolio Strategist Portfolio
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1999.
1
<PAGE>
Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.
It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for
another type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance
protection if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life
insurance policy.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Summary.................................................................. 4
The Company The Separate Account, and The Funds.......................... 10
The Company
The Separate Account
The Funds
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums....................................... 14
Issuance of a Policy
Premiums
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits.......................................................... 18
Death Benefit
Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges............................................. 23
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Loans
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
Transfers
Right to Examine Policy
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Eligibility Change Conversion
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions................................................... 27
Sales Charges
Premium Tax Charge
Monthly Deduction
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy................................... 30
Distribution of the Policies............................................. 34
General Provisions of the Group Contract................................. 34
Federal Tax Matters...................................................... 35
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets............................. 39
Voting Rights............................................................ 39
State Regulation of the Company.......................................... 40
Management of the Company................................................ 42
Legal Matters............................................................ 42
Legal Proceedings........................................................ 42
Experts.................................................................. 42
Additional Information................................................... 42
Definitions.............................................................. 42
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
The Policies are not available in all states.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF THE POLICY
The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.
The Policy
The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.
. First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
"General Provisions of the Group Contract");
. Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and
The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. An Executive Program Policy is
issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under a Group Contract
or an employer sponsored insurance program. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").
On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.
The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
The Separate Account
The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds" for a complete description of the
available Funds.) An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.
4
<PAGE>
Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
Premiums
An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.
. Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.
However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")
A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Death Benefit
Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:
. Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
Value; and
. Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
percentage of Cash Value.
So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")
The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive Program Policies. The
Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the minimum and maximum
amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death benefit option, but in
certain cases evidence of insurability may be required. (See "Policy Benefits--
Death Benefit.")
Riders
Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an accelerated death benefit settlement option
rider, an accidental death benefit rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions
rider. Some Group Contracts and employer-sponsored insurance programs may not
provide each of the additional benefits described above. Generally, Executive
Program Policies only have the acceleration of death benefits rider. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We
will deduct the cost of these additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as
part of the monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction.")
5
<PAGE>
Cash Value
The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.
Charges and Deductions
Sales Charges. Generally, there are no sales charges under a Policy. However, a
front-end charge will be imposed on Policies that are deemed to be individual
Policies under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The
additional charge, which is for federal income taxes measured by premiums, is
equal to 1% of each premium payment, and compensates the Company for a
significantly higher corporate income tax liability resulting from changes made
to the Internal Revenue Code by OBRA.
Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2.25% to cover state premium taxes
from premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")
Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:
. Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
specification pages of the Policy) based on 1) the number of Insureds
covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
program, and 2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.
. Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured (see
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
. A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.
Separate Account Charges.
. Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
.0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
Account Charges.")
. Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
. Annual Expenses of the Funds (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
applicable). The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
owns the Policy. These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net
assets for the year ended December 31, 1998. The prospectus for each Fund
contains more detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds.")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Other
Fees Expenses
(after fee (after
waiver reimbursement Total
as as Annual
Fund applicable) applicable) Expenses
---- ---------- ------------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market Portfolio.. 0.50% 0.02% 0.52%
Quality Income Plus
Portfolio.............. 0.50% 0.02% 0.52%
</TABLE>
6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Other
Fees Expenses
(after fee (after
waiver reimbursement Total
as as Annual
Fund applicable) applicable) Expenses
---- ---------- ------------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
High Yield Portfolio............. 0.50% 0.03% 0.53%
Utilities Portfolio.............. 0.65% 0.02% 0.67%
Income Builder Portfolio......... 0.75% 0.06% 0.81%
Dividend Growth Portfolio........ 0.52% 0.01% 0.53%
Capital Growth Portfolio......... 0.65% 0.05% 0.70%
Global Dividend Growth Portfolio. 0.75% 0.09% 0.84%
European Growth Portfolio........ 0.99% 0.12% 1.11%
Pacific Growth Portfolio......... 0.99% 0.52% 1.51%
Capital Appreciation
Portfolio(/1/)(/2/)............. 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
Equity Portfolio................. 0.50% 0.02% 0.52%
Competitive Edge "Best Ideas"
Portfolio(/1/).................. 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
Strategist Portfolio............. 0.50% 0.02% 0.52%
</TABLE>
(/1/)The Investment manager waived its management fee and assumed all
expenses for the Capital Appreciation Portfolio and the Competitive Edge
"Best Ideas" Portfolio. Without this arrangement, Capital Appreciation
Portfolio's management fee would have been 0.75% and expenses would have
been 0.11% for total expenses of 0.86%. Competitive Edge "Best Ideas"
Portfolio's management fee would have been 0.65% and expenses would have
been 0.27% for total expenses of 0.92%.
(/2/)The Capital Appreciation Portfolio was closed on March 22, 1999. All
remaining shares were transferred to the Equity Portfolio.
The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that
the reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")
Policy Loans
After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
7
<PAGE>
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")
Conversion Right
During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")
Eligibility Change Conversion
In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.
If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Illustrations
Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Surrender Values
may vary based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as
assumptions pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not
guaranteed. They are illustrative only and do not show past or future
performance. If a Policy is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash
Surrender Value payable will be low compared to premiums accumulated with
interest, and consequently the insurance protection provided prior to surrender
will be costly.
Policy Tax Compliance
We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.
A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Specialized Uses of the Policy
Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is
8
<PAGE>
allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient premiums are not paid, the
Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient Cash Value to fund the
purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial withdrawals and Policy
Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division investment
performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a Policy to
lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-term basis,
before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser should
consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with the
purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Questions
If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.
9
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The Company
Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1998, we had assets in excess of $300 million. We
are admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by General American Mutual Holding Company,
a Missouri mutual insurance holding company.
Guarantee. In addition, the Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will
have sufficient funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event
a Policyholder presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance
Policy, the Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if
Paragon is unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.
Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should not be
considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in the
Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial status
of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's ratings.
These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial strength
and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the norms of
the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying ability of
the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings Services or Duff
& Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales literature or in reports
to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are opinions of an operating
insurance company's financial capacity to meet the obligations of its insurance
policies in accordance with their terms. These ratings do not reflect the
investment performance of the Separate Account or the degree of risk associated
with an investment in the Separate Account.
Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.
Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.
10
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.
The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.
Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.
The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.
The Funds
The Separate Account invests in shares of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable
Investment Series (referred to as the "Fund"), a series-type mutual fund
registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management investment company.
Only the funds described in this section of the prospectus are currently
available as investment choices of the policies even though additional Funds
may be described in the prospectus for the Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable
Investment Series. The assets of each Portfolio used by the Policies are held
separate from the assets of the other Portfolios, and each Portfolio has
investment objectives and policies which are generally different from those of
the other Portfolios. The income or losses of one Portfolio generally have no
effect on the investment performance of any other Portfolios.
Investment Results. The investment objectives and policies of certain
Portfolios are similar to the investment objectives and policies of other
portfolios that may be managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The
investment results of the Portfolios may differ from the results of these other
portfolios. There can be no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the
investment results of any of the Portfolios will be comparable to the
investment results of any other portfolio, even if the other portfolio has the
same investment adviser or manager.
The following summarizes the investment policies of each Portfolio:
Money Market Portfolio
The investment objectives of the Money Market Portfolio are high current
income, preservation of capital and liquidity. The Money Market Portfolio seeks
to achieve those objectives by investing in high quality, short-term debt
obligations. In selecting investments, the Investment Manager seeks to manage
the Portfolio's share price to remain stable at $1.00.
11
<PAGE>
Quality Income Plus Portfolio
The primary investment objective of the Quality Income Plus Portfolio is to
provide a high level of current income by investing primarily in U.S.
Government securities and other fixed-income securities. As a secondary
objective, the Portfolio seeks capital appreciation but only when consistent
with its primary objective.
High Yield Portfolio
The primary investment objective of the High Yield Portfolio is to provide a
high level of current income by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting
principally of fixed-income securities, which may include both non-convertible
and convertible debt securities and preferred stocks. As a secondary objective,
the Portfolio will seek capital appreciation, but only when consistent with its
primary objective.
Utilities Portfolio
The investment objective of the Utilities Portfolio is to provide current
income and long-term growth of income and capital, by investing primarily in
equity and fixed-income securities of companies engaged in the public utilities
industry.
Income Builder Portfolio
The primary investment objective of the Income Builder Portfolio is to seek
reasonable income. Growth of capital is a secondary objective.
Dividend Growth Portfolio
The investment objective of the Dividend Growth Portfolio is to provide
reasonable current income and long-term growth of income and capital. The
Portfolio invests primarily in common stock of companies with a record of
paying dividends and the potential for increasing dividends.
Capital Growth Portfolio
The investment objective of the Capital Growth Portfolio is long-term capital
growth. The Portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its assets in common
stocks.
Global Dividend Growth Portfolio
The investment objective of the Global Dividend Growth Portfolio is to provide
reasonable current income and long-term growth of income and capital. The
Portfolio will normally invest at least 65% of its assets in dividend paying
equity securities issued by issuers located in various countries around the
world.
European Growth Portfolio
The investment objective of the European Growth Portfolio is to maximize the
capital appreciation of its investments. The Portfolio normally invests at
least 65% of its assets in securities issued by issuers located in European
countries.
Pacific Growth Portfolio
The investment objective of the Pacific Growth Portfolio is to maximize the
capital appreciation of its investments. The Portfolio normally invests at
least 65% of its assets in common stocks and other securities of companies
which are (i) organized under the laws of and have a principal place of
business in Asia, Australia, or New Zealand or (ii) derives at least 50% of
their total revenues from businesses in such areas.
12
<PAGE>
Equity Portfolio
The primary investment objective of the Equity Portfolio is growth of capital
through investments in common stocks of companies believed by the Investment
Manager to have potential for superior growth. As a secondary objective the
Equity Portfolio seeks income but only when consistent with its primary
objective.
Competitive Edge "Best Ideas" Portfolio
The investment objective of the Competitive Edge "Best Ideas" Portfolio is
long-term capital growth. The Portfolio normally invests primarily in the
common stock of U.S. and non-U.S. companies included in the "Best Ideas"
subgroup of "Global Investing: The Competitive Edge," a research compilation
assembled and maintained by Morgan Stanley Dean Witter ("MSDW") Equity
Research.
Strategist Portfolio
The investment objective of the Strategist Portfolio is to seek a high total
investment return through a fully managed investment policy utilizing equity,
fixed-income and money market securities, and the writing of covered call and
put options.
There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must preceede this Prospectus and which should
be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of the Funds".
Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with Funds
pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual percentage of the
average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the Separate Account and
other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements are entered into
because of administrative services provided by the Company.
Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments.
We reserve the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to make
additions to, deletions from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that
are held by the Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We
reserve the right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2)
substitute shares of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer
available for investment, or further investment in any Fund becomes
inappropriate in view of the purposes of the Separate Account. We will not
substitute any shares without notice to the Owner and prior approval of the
SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, as
required
We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:
.Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;
.Substitute one Division for another Division; or
.Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
conditions warrant.
13
<PAGE>
We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.
If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:
(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;
(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
required; or
(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.
We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS
Issuance of a Policy
We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.
Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued
(1) to independent contractors of the employer;
(2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
terminated;
(3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
employed by the Group Contractholder;
(4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
impracticable; or
(5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
that does not involve a Group Contract.
Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.
Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder
14
<PAGE>
may determine specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible
to purchase a Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for
the Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work
(or such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer)
in the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of
pay, as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time
worked per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right
to waive or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.
In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.
Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs, we will issue the Policy
and any children's insurance rider applied for by the employee pursuant to our
guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed issue procedure only when
an employee is given the opportunity to purdchase a Policy for the first time.
Under this procedure the employee is required to answer qualifying questions in
the application for Individual Insurance, but is not required to submit to a
medical or paramedical examination. The maximum Face Amount that an employee
can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue procedure ("Guaranteed Issue
Amount") is three times the employee's salary up to a ceiling that is based on
the number of eligible employees under a Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed issue with Executive
Programs depending upon the number of eligible employees or if other existing
insurance coverage is cancelled.
Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:
. where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;
. where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;
. where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance are not met; or
. in connection with certain programs that may be offered without guaranteed
issue
A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs.
Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.
Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.
Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies.
Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:
15
<PAGE>
. the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;
. the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;
. the Insured is eligible for it; and
. the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
Company.
Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue Amount. If available, interim
insurance will start as of the date of the application. Interim insurance ends
on the earliest of the following dates:
. the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;
. the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
applicant;
. the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
proposed Insured is declined;
. 60 days from the date of application; or
. termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.
Premiums
The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the
planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications pages.
The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based on the
requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the charges
under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not required to
pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.
We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the prmeiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.
Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.
The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.
Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--
16
<PAGE>
Termination.") Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to
prevent the Policy from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will
automatically continue in the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance
will also continue if the employee's employment with the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an
Individual Policy (or a Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual
Policy) will establish a new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule
will have the same planned annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no
more frequent than quarterly.
Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the
current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal
Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.
Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1)as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less
(2) the premium expense charge;
(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income taxes
resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")
Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.
The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.
The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.
17
<PAGE>
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned premiums have been
paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without a sufficient
payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Grace
Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any amount does not
guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the Maturity Date.
The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.
Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:
. Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us
(including evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to
reinstate the rider).
. Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.
. Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness
reinstated will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be
reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.
The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.
POLICY BENEFITS
Death Benefit
As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.
If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")
18
<PAGE>
The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.
The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.
Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:
(1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.
The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
---------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
40................................ 250%
41................................ 243
42................................ 236
43................................ 229
44................................ 222
45................................ 215
46................................ 209
47................................ 203
48................................ 197
49................................ 191
50................................ 185
51................................ 178
52................................ 171
53................................ 164
54................................ 157
55................................ 150
56................................ 146
57................................ 142
58................................ 138
59................................ 134
60................................ 130
</TABLE>
19
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
---------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
61................................ 128%
62................................ 126
63................................ 124
64................................ 122
65................................ 120
66................................ 119
67................................ 118
68................................ 117
69................................ 116
70................................ 115
71................................ 113
72................................ 111
73................................ 109
74................................ 107
75 to 90.......................... 105
91................................ 104
92................................ 103
93................................ 102
94................................ 101
95 or older....................... 100
</TABLE>
The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.
Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:
(1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.
Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).
Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B Provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.
Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.
A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option
20
<PAGE>
A. Changing from Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in
the Face Amount. In addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the
death benefit option, there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost
of insurance charge may be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges
and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:
(1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;
(2) The next most recent increases successively; and
(3) The initial Face Amount.
This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").
Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")
Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
page for the increase;
. within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
or
. within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.
Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the
21
<PAGE>
Policy's Cash Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were
deducted. Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the
time the right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's
Cash Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:
(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable percentage
limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease the pure insurance
protection and the cost of insurance charges under the Policy without reducing
the Cash Value.
(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure insurance
protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the resultant applicable
percentage limitation. If the insurance protection is increased, the Policy
charges generally will increase as well.
(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable percentage of
Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is in effect) or the
Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in effect), increased premium
payments will increase the pure insurance protection. Increased premiums should
also increase the amount of funds available to keep the Policy in force.
(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount of
pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage limitations.
If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient to cover monthly
deductions or to offset negative investment performance, Cash Value may also
decrease, which in turn will increase the possibility that the Policy will
lapse. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and
Reinstatement.")
(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only affects the
amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance charges if the death
benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on the applicable percentage of
Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease in the death benefit is offset by
the amount of Cash Value withdrawn. The primary use of a partial withdrawal is
to withdraw Cash Value.
Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")
When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")
An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.
22
<PAGE>
Cash Value
The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:
. the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;
. the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;
. transfers;
. partial withdrawals;
. Policy Loans;
. Loan account interest rate credited; and
. the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.
An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.
Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:
(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date, multiplied
by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for the current
Valuation Period; plus
(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period which
are allocated to the Division; plus
(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current Valuation
Period; plus
(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the
current Valuation Period; plus
(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which is
allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period plus transfer charges if any; minus
(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period, the
portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts during that Valuation
Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.
Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:
23
<PAGE>
(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period; plus
(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--credited
to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net Investment Factor is
being determined; minus
(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those assets
during the Valuation Period; minus
(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the Company to be
properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or any amount set aside
during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense
risks; divided by
(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:
(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus
(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets
for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds to 0.90% per
year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by
(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.
POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.
Loans
Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where
. (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
requested; and
. (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.
Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
24
<PAGE>
When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan will be
transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan. Unless the Owner
requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred from the Divisions
of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in
each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value, (not including the Cash
Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation Period during which the
request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be considered transfers
for purposes of the limitations on transfers between Divisions.
Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.
Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account.
Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the selected Division, the Policy values will be
lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan Account interest
credited is higher than the investment performance of the Division, the Policy
values may be higher.
In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:
(1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or
(2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
sufficient payment has been mailed.
If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.
Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan
25
<PAGE>
Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts transferred to the Loan Account to
secure Indebtedness are allocated to the appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect
their origin.
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.
Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy, (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,)
on the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.
A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
the death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.
Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.
The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.
26
<PAGE>
Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")
Transfers
Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value, (not including
amounts credited to the Loan Account,) may be transferred among the Divisions
available with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must
be made in writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month.
Transfers must be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash
Value in a Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in
connection with transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which
the transfer request is received.
All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.
Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
pages for the increase;
. 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or
. 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be
27
<PAGE>
measured from the Issue Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights
and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability
will be required when this right is exercised. However, we will require that
the Policy be in force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At
the time of the conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option,
either the same death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original
Policy. The new Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the
original Policy. The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in
effect for the same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.
Eligibility Change Conversion
If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.
If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")
If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including an Executive Program, the Policy will
continue in force following the change in eligibility. The rights, benefits,
and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same following this
change in eligibility.
When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Payment of Policy Benefits
A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.
28
<PAGE>
Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.
Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.
Sales Charges
Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.
In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for
the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such
a Policy.
The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:
. the premium expense charge;
. any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
. the premium tax charge (described below).
The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.
Premium Tax Charge
Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2
1/4% from all Policies.
Monthly Deduction
Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to
29
<PAGE>
the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan
Account,) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the monthly
deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month, the
monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.
Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
First Subsequent
Eligible Employees Year Years
--------------------------------------- ----- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
250--499............................... $5.00 $2.50
500--999............................... $4.75 $2.25
1000+.................................. $4.50 $2.00
</TABLE>
For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1)with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs, the monthly administrative charge
may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first Policy Year
and $3.50 per month in renewal years.
These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.
Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.
Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.
The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we asume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.
30
<PAGE>
If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.
The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gener mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)
Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.
The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.
Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.
Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")
Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.
31
<PAGE>
Separate Account Charges
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.
The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.
Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")
GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY
Postponement of Payments
Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the SEC;
(2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or
(3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
net assets.
Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
The Contract
The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.
Control of Policy
The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy,
32
<PAGE>
prior to its Maturity Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change
the payee nor the mode of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any
person whose rights of ownership depend upon some future event will not possess
any present rights of ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given
time, all must exercise the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and
the Owner is not the Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate
unless otherwise provided.
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.
Change of Owner or Beneficiary
The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action taken before we receive the
written request for change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at
the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's
death, designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds.
Policy Changes
We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.
Conformity with Statutes
If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.
Claims of Creditors
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.
Incontestability
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.
Assignment
We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We
33
<PAGE>
are not responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of
Policy proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim
is based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the
claimant. A valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a
Beneficiary.
Suicide
Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.
Misstatement of Age and Corrections
If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.
Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.
Additional Insurance Benefits
Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.
Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.
Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the
34
<PAGE>
human immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are
issued. We will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any
term insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced
by a $100 administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to
the Owner in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the
Policy. The rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured
satisfactorily meets certain underwriting requirements which will generally
include a negative HIV test result to a blood or other screening test
acceptable to us.
The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit.
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
Pursuant to the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, we believe that for federal income tax purposes an
accelerated death benefit payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit
Settlement Option Rider should be fully excludable from the gross income of the
Beneficiary, as long as the Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy.
However, you should consult a qualified tax advisor about the consequences of
adding this Rider to a Policy or requesting an accelerated death benefit
payment under this Rider.
Records and Reports
We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.
An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES
Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation.
35
<PAGE>
Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers. Walnut Street's Internal Revenue Service employer
identification No. is 43-1333368. It is a Missouri corporation formed May 4,
1984. Walnut Street's address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite 1000, St. Louis,
MO. 63102. The Policies will be sold by broker-dealers who have entered into
written sales agreements with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies may take
place in all states (except New York) and the District of Columbia.
Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company as well as Policy Cash Surrender Value.
Maximum commissions payable to a broker-dealer during the first year of a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program are (a) 15% of premiums
that do not exceed the cost of insurance assessed during the first Policy Year.
In addition, maximum commissions, based on Policy Cash surrender Value, in all
Policy Years through Policy Year 20 are 0.2% of the average of the beginning
and ending Policy Year Net Cash Surrender Value. In no event will commissions
be payable for more than 20 years.
GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT
Issuance
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.
Premium Payments
The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.
Grace Period
If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Termination
Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."
36
<PAGE>
Right to Examine Group Contract
The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.
Entire Contract
The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.
Incontestability
We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.
Ownership of Group Contract
The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon the Company's understanding of the
present federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted by the
Internal Revenue Service. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or of the current
interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service.
Taxation of the Policy
Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") sets
forth a definition of a life insurance contract for federal tax purposes.
Although the Secretary of the Treasury (the "Treasury") is authorized to
prescribe regulations implementing Section 7702, while proposed regulations and
other interim guidance has been issued, final regulations have not been
adopted. In short, guidance as to how Section 7702 is to be applied is limited.
The Company nonetheless believes (largely in reliance on IRS Notice 88-128 and
the proposed regulations under Section 7702, issued on July 5, 1991) that the
Policy should meet the Section 7702 definition of a life insurance contract. If
a Policy were determined not to be a life insurance contract for purposes of
Section 7702, such Policy would not provide the tax advantages normally
provided by a life insurance policy. Therefore, if it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy Section 7702, we will take whatever
steps are appropriate and necessary to attempt to cause such Policy to comply
with Section 7702, including possibly refunding any premiums paid that exceed
the limitations allowable under Section 7702 (together with interest or other
earnings on any such premiums refunded as required by law). For these reasons,
37
<PAGE>
we reserve the right to modify the Policy as necessary to attempt to qualify it
as a life insurance contract under Section 7702.
Section 817(h) of the Code authorizes the Treasury to set standards by
regulation or otherwise for the investments of each Division to be "adequately
diversified" in order for the Policy to be treated as a life insurance contract
for federal tax purposes. Although we do not control the investment management
companies or their investments, the investment management companies have
represented that they intend to comply with the diversification requirements
prescribed by the Treasury in Reg. Section 1.817-5. Thus, the Company believes
that each Division of the Separate Account will be in compliance with the
requirements prescribed by the Treasury.
The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be
considered the owner of separate account assets, for federal income tax
purposes, if the contract owner possesses incidents of ownership in those
assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. If
that were determined to be the case, income and gains from the separate account
assets would be includible in the variable contract owner's gross income. The
Treasury Department has also announced, in connection with the issuance of
regulations concerning diversification, that those regulations "do not provide
guidance concerning the circumstances in which investor control of the
investments of a segregated asset account may cause the investor (i.e., the
Owner), rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the
assets in the account." This announcement also stated that guidance would be
issued by way of regulations or rulings on the "extent to which policyholders
may direct their investments to particular subaccounts without being treated as
owners of the underlying assets."
The ownership rights under the Policy are similar to, but different in certain
respects from, those described by the IRS in rulings in which it was determined
that policy owners were not owners of separate account assets. For example, the
Owner has additional flexibility in allocating Premium payments and Policy
Values. These differences could result in an Owner being treated as the owner
of a pro rata portion of the assets of the Separate Account. In addition, we do
not know what standards will be set forth, if any, in the regulations or
rulings which the Treasury Department has stated it expects to issue. We
therefore reserve the right to modify the Policy as necessary to attempt to
prevent an Owner from being considered the owner of a pro rata share of the
assets of the Separate Account.
The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits
1. In general. As a life insurance contract, the proceeds and Cash Value
increases of a Policy should be treated in a manner consistent with a fixed-
benefit life insurance policy for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the death
benefit under the Policy should be excludable from the gross income of the
Beneficiary under Section 101(a)(1) of the Code.
The exchange of a Policy, a change in the Policy's death benefit option (e.g.,
a change from Option B to Option A), a change in the Policy's Face Amount, a
conversion to a fixed policy, an exchange, a Policy loan, an unscheduled
premium payment, a Policy lapse with an outstanding loan, a partial withdrawal,
a surrender, or an assignment of the Policy may have federal income tax
consequences depending on the circumstances. In addition, federal estate and
state and local estate, inheritance, and other tax consequences of ownership or
receipt of Policy proceeds depend on the circumstances of each Policy Owner or
Beneficiary. A competent tax advisor should be consulted for further
information.
Pursuant to the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, the Company believes that for federal income tax
purposes an accelerated death benefit payment made under the Accelerated
38
<PAGE>
Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be fully excludable from the gross
income of the Beneficiary, as long as the Beneficiary is the Insured under the
Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax advisor about the
consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy or requesting an accelerated
death benefit payment under this Rider.
The Policies may be used in various arrangements, such as nonqualified deferred
compensation or salary continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans,
executive bonus plans, retiree medical benefit plans and others. The tax
consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular facts and
circumstances of each individual arrangement. Therefore, if you are
contemplating the use of such Policies in any arrangement the value of which
depends in part on its tax consequences, you should be sure to consult a
qualified tax advisor regarding the tax attributes of the particular
arrangement. In recent years, Congress has adopted new rules relating to life
insurance owned by businesses. Any business contemplating the purchase of a new
Policy or a change in an existing Policy should consult a tax advisor.
Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Cash Value, including increments thereof, under the Policy until there is a
distribution. The tax consequences of distributions from, and loans taken from
or secured by, a Policy depend on whether the Policy is classified as a
"modified endowment contract". Whether a Policy is or is not classified as a
modified endowment contract, upon a complete surrender or lapse of the Policy
or when benefits are paid at the maturity date, if the amount received plus the
amount of Indebtedness exceeds the total investment in the Policy, the excess
will generally be treated as ordinary income subject to tax.
2. Policies classified as modified endowment contracts. In general, a Policy
will be a modified endowment contract if the accumulated premiums paid at any
time during the first seven Policy years exceeds the sum of the net level
premiums which would have been paid on or before such time if the Policy
provided for paid-up future benefits after the payment of seven level annual
premiums. Further, a Policy that is not otherwise a modified endowment contract
may become a modified endowment contract if it is "materially changed." The
determination whether a Policy will be a modified endowment contract may become
a modified endowment contract if it is "materially changed." The determination
whether a Policy will be a modified endowment contract after a material change
generally depends upon the relationship of the death benefit and the Cash Value
at the time of such change and the additional premiums paid in the seven years
following the material change.
Due to the Policy's flexibility, classification as a modified endowment
contract will depend on the individual circumstances of each Policy. Moreover,
the rules relating to whether a Policy will be treated as a modified endowment
contract are extremely complex. Therefore, a current or prospective Policy
Owner is strongly advised to retain and consult with a competent advisor before
purchasing a Policy, making an unscheduled premium payment on an existing
Policy or making any change in an existing Policy, to determine whether the
Policy will be treated as a modified endowment contract.
The Company has adopted administrative steps designed to protect a Policy Owner
against inadvertently having the Policy become a modified endowment contract.
Although the Company cannot provide complete assurance at this time that a
Policy will not inadvertently become a modified endowment contract, it is
continuing its efforts to enhance its administrative systems to monitor
potential modified endowment classifications automatically.
3. Distributions from Policies Classified as Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts will be subject to the
following tax rules: First, all distributions, including distributions upon
surrender and benefits paid at maturity, from such a Policy are treated as
ordinary income subject to tax up to the amount equal to the excess (if any) of
the Cash Value immediately before the distribution over the investment in the
Policy (described below) at such time. Second, loans taken from, or secured by,
such a Policy (as well as due but unpaid interest that is added to the loan
amount) are treated as distributions from such a Policy and taxed accordingly.
Third, a 10 % additional income tax is imposed on the portion of any
distribution
39
<PAGE>
from, or loan taken from or secured by, such a Policy that is included in
income except where the distributions or loan is made on or after the Policy
Owner attains age 591/2, is attributable to the Policy Owner's becoming
disabled, or is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments for
the life (or life expectancy) of the Policy Owner or the joint lives (or joint
life expectancies) of the Policy Owner and the Policy Owner's Beneficiary.
If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract after it is issued,
distributions made during the Policy year in which it becomes a modified
endowment contract, distributions in any subsequent Policy year and
distributions within two years before the Policy becomes a modified endowment
contract will be subject to the tax treatment described above. This means that
a distribution from a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract could
later become taxable as a distribution from a modified endowment contract.
4. Distributions From Policies Not Classified as Modified Endowment Contracts.
Distributions from a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract, and
which is not materially changed, or, if materially changed, is not classified
as a modified endowment contract after such material change, are generally
treated as first recovering the investment in the Policy (described below) and
then, only after the return of all such investment in the Policy, as
distributing taxable income. An exception to this general rule occurs in the
case of a decrease in the Policy's death benefit (e.g., partial withdrawal or a
change from Option B to Option A) or any other change that reduces benefits
under the Policy in the first 15-years after the Policy is issued and that
results in a cash distribution to the Policy Owner in order for the Policy to
continue complying with the Section 7702 definitional limits. Such a cash
distribution will be taxed in whole or in part as ordinary income (to the
extent of any gain in the Policy) under rules prescribed in Section 7702.
Loans from, or secured by, a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract
are not treated as distributions. Instead, such loans are treated as
Indebtedness of the Owner.
Finally, neither distributions (including distributions upon surrender or
lapse) nor loans from, or secured by, a Policy that is not a modified endowment
contract are subject to the 10% additional income tax.
5. Policy loan interest. If there is any borrowing against a Policy, the
interest paid on the loan generally will not be tax deductible. A Policy Owner
should consult a qualified tax adviser before deducting interest on a Policy
loan.
6. Investment in the Policy. Investment in the Policy means (i) the aggregate
amount of any premiums or other consideration paid for a Policy, minus (ii) the
aggregate amount received under the Policy which is excluded from gross income
of the Policy Owner (except that the amount of any loan from, or secured by, a
Policy that is a modified endowment contract, to the extent such amount is
excluded from gross income, will be disregarded), plus (iii) the amount of any
loan from, or secured by, a Policy that is a modified endowment contract to the
extent that such amount is included in the gross income of the Owner.
7. Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us
(or our affiliates) to the same Policy Owner during any calendar year are
treated as one modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the
amount includible in gross income.
Possible Charge for Taxes
At the present time, the Company makes no charge to the Separate Account for
any federal, state or local taxes we incur that may be attributable to the
Separate Account or to the Policies. We reserve the right in the future to make
a charge for any such tax or other economic burden resulting from the
application of the tax laws that we determine to be properly attributable to
the Separate Account or to the Policies.
40
<PAGE>
Possible Changes in Taxation
Although the likelihood of legislative changes is uncertain, there is always
the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy could change by
legislation or otherwise. It is possible that any legislative change could be
retroactive (that is, effective prior to the date of the date of the change). A
tax advisor should be consulted with respect to legislative developments and
their effect on the Policy.
SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS
The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for the assets of the Separate Account is
afforded by a blended executive risk insurance program, including blanket
fidelity coverage issued by CNA and Chubb Insurance Companies with a limit of
$25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who have access
to the assets of the Separate Account.
VOTING RIGHTS
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.
The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.
Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.
Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.
41
<PAGE>
IMSA
The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.
In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.
Preparing for Year 2000
Like all financial service providers, we utilizes systems that may be affected
by Year 2000 transition issues and rely on service providers, including the
Funds, that also may be affected. We have developed and implemented a Year 2000
transition plan, and sought disclosure from our service providers that they are
also so engaged. The resources devoted to this effort that have been, and
continue to be, substantial. It is difficult to predict with precision whether
the amount of resources ultimately devoted, or the outcome of these efforts,
will have any negative impact. However, as of the date of this prospectus, it
is not anticipated that Policy Owners will experience negative effects on their
investment, or on the services provided in connection therewith, as a result of
Year 2000 transition implementation We have examined our systems and made the
necessary changes to ensure proper Year 2000 transition, and put in place the
proper processes to ensure continued Year 2000 transition success. The results
of that examination have been independently reviewed, but there can be no
assurance that we will be completely successful, or that interaction with other
service providers will not impair our services at that time.
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years /1/
--------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
Executive Officers/2/
Carl H. Anderson/4/ President and Chief Executive Officer since June, 1986.
Vice President, New Ventures, since June 1986, General
American Life Insurance Co., St. Louis, Mo. (GenAm).
Matthew K. Duffy Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July,
1996. Formerly Director of Accounting, Prudential
Insurance Company of America, March, 1987 -- June, 1996.
</TABLE>
42
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years /1/
------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4/ Treasurer since December, 1994. Corporate Actuary and
General American Life Treasurer, GenAm since October, 1994. Executive Vice
Insurance Company President--Group Pensions, GenAm January, 1990--
700 Market Street October, 1994.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Matthew P. McCauley/4/ Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
General American Life Secretary since August, 1981. Vice President and
Insurance Company Associate General Counsel , GenAm, since December 30,
700 Market Street 1995.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Craig K. Nordyke/4/ Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
November, 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
August, 1990--November, 1996; Second Vice President
and Chief Actuary, May, 1987--August, 1990.
John R. Tremmel Vice President--Operations and System Development
since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating Officer,
ISP Alliance, April 1998--December 1998. Vice
President and General Manager of National Operations
Centers, Norell Corporation, January 1995--March
1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp Insurance
Group, September 1986--December 1995.
Directors/3/
Richard A. Liddy Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer,
GenAm, since May, 1992. President and Chief Operating
Officer, GenAm, May, 1988--May, 1992.
Leonard M. Rubenstein Chairman and Chief Executive Officer--Conning
Corporation and Conning Asset Management Company
since January, 1997. Executive Vice President--
Investments, GenAm, February, 1991--January, 1997.
Warren J. Winer Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
September, 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm. M.
Mercer, July, 1993--August, 1995; President, WF
Corroon, September, 1990--July, 1993.
Bernard H Wolzenski Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
November, 1991. Vice President--Life Product
Management, GenAm, May, 1989--November, 1991.
A. Greig Woodring President, Reinsurance Group of America, Inc., since
May, 1993, and Executive Vice President--Reinsurance,
GenAm, since January, 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
/1/ All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
/2/ The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
noted.
43
<PAGE>
/3/ The principal business address of each person listed is General American
Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 660 Mason Ridge Center Drive,
St. Louis, MO 63141.
/4/ Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.
LEGAL MATTERS
Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of Federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.
44
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.
Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.
Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.
Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.
Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.
Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.
Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.
Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.
Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.
Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.
Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.
Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.
Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.
Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.
Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.
Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.
Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.
Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.
45
<PAGE>
Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.
Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.
Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.
Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.
Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.
Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.
Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.
Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.
Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.
Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.
Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.
Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.
Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.
46
<PAGE>
[KPMG LOGO]
10 South Broadway
Suite 900
St. Louis, MO 63102-1761
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
[LOGO SIGNATURE OF KPMG LLP]
February 3, 1999
F-1
[LOGO OF FOUR BOXES]
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Balance Sheets
December 31, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
--------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, available for sale....................... $ 83,384 75,704
Policy loans............................................... 14,135 11,487
Cash and cash equivalents.................................. 7,439 5,733
--------- -------
Total cash and invested assets......................... 104,958 92,924
Reinsurance recoverables................................... 1,170 1,733
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder account
balances.................................................. 6,688 6,416
Accrued investment income.................................. 1,545 1,377
Deferred policy acquisition costs.......................... 20,602 17,980
Fixed assets and leasehold improvements, net............... 4,504 2,609
Other assets............................................... 105 179
Separate account assets.................................... 168,222 118,051
--------- -------
Total assets........................................... $ 307,794 241,269
========= =======
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account balances.............................. 93,334 85,152
Policy and contract claims................................. 1,672 1,085
Federal income taxes payable............................... 281 163
Other liabilities and accrued expenses..................... 3,943 3,486
Payable to affiliates...................................... 2,062 1,620
Due to separate account.................................... 183 61
Deferred tax liability..................................... 5,591 4,394
Separate account liabilities............................... 168,222 118,051
--------- -------
Total liabilities...................................... $ 275,288 214,012
--------- -------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value $25; 100,000 shares authorized;
82,000 shares issued and outstanding.................... 2,050 2,050
Additional paid-in capital............................... 17,950 17,950
Accumulated other comprehensive income................... 2,809 1,958
Retained earnings........................................ 9,697 5,299
--------- -------
Total stockholder's equity............................. $ 32,506 27,257
--------- -------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity............. $ 307,794 241,269
========= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Policy contract charges............................... $20,437 16,417 13,719
Net investment income................................. 6,983 6,288 5,663
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
ceded................................................ 124 10 114
Net realized investment gains......................... 53 69 72
------- ------ ------
Total revenues...................................... 27,597 22,784 19,568
======= ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
Policy benefits....................................... 4,774 3,876 3,326
Interest credited to policyholder account balances.... 5,228 4,738 4,126
Commissions, net of capitalized costs................. 167 227 79
General and administration expenses, net of
capitalized costs.................................... 9,512 7,743 6,798
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..... 1,150 424 285
------- ------ ------
Total benefits and expenses......................... 20,831 17,008 14,614
======= ====== ======
Income before federal income tax expense............ 6,766 5,775 4,954
Federal income tax expense.............................. 2,368 1,885 1,738
------- ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 4,398 3,890 3,216
Other comprehensive income (loss)....................... 851 1,636 (1,261)
------- ------ ------
Comprehensive income.................................... $ 5,249 5,526 1,955
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Stockholder's Equity
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Additional other Retained Total
Common paid-in comprehensive earnings stockholder's
Stock capital income (deficit) equity
------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1995................... $2,050 17,950 1,583 (1,807) 19,776
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,216 3,216
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- (1,261) -- (1,261)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1996................... $2,050 17,950 322 1,409 21,731
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,890 3,890
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 1,636 -- 1,636
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... $2,050 17,950 1,958 5,299 27,257
Net income............ -- -- -- 4,398 4,398
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 851 -- 851
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... $2,050 17,950 2,809 9,697 32,506
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 4,398 3,890 3,216
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in:
Reinsurance recoverables..................... 563 (892) 407
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
account balances............................ (272) (342) (378)
Accrued investment income.................... (168) (79) (257)
Federal income tax payable................... 118 (648) 811
Other assets................................. (1,821) (1,280) (1,019)
Policy and contract claims................... 587 (23) 12
Other liabilities and accrued expenses....... 457 782 741
Payable to affiliates........................ 442 (669) 397
Due to separate account...................... 122 (34) (108)
Deferred tax expense........................... 740 732 615
Policy acquisition costs deferred.............. (3,808) (2,972) (2,447)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs......................................... 1,150 424 285
Interest credited to policyholder accounts..... 5,228 4,738 4,126
Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
maturities.................................... (53) (69) (72)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 7,683 3,558 6,329
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of fixed maturities..................... (14,915) (12,557) (15,290)
Sale or maturity of fixed maturities............. 8,632 5,255 6,860
Increase in policy loans, net.................... (2,648) (1,923) (2,358)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities.............. (8,931) (9,225) (10,788)
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net policyholder account deposits................ 2,954 2,294 6,509
-------- ------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents....................................... 1,706 (3,373) 2,050
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..... 5,733 9,106 7,056
-------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 7,439 5,733 9,106
======== ======= =======
Income taxes paid.................................. $ (1,460) (1,801) (198)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.
General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents
a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.
The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates
include deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.
The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:
(a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses
Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.
Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.
(b) Invested Assets
Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1998
and 1997, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes,
being reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate
component of stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid
balances.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.
Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the
actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences
occur, the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the
amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since
the acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to
interest income.
F-6
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(c) Policyholder Account Balances
Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest
general account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1998, 1997 and
1996. The actual crediting rate was 6.5% in 1998 and 1997, and ranged from
6.5% to 7.0% in 1996.
(d) Federal Income Taxes
The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on
deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is
paid to, or received from, General American. Paragon recognizes a tax benefit
to the extent that its tax losses are utilized by other members of the General
American consolidated tax group.
(e) Reinsurance
Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges.
Amounts applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.
(f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for
the impact on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on
investment securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated
regularly and are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates
that revision is appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to
date is adjusted by a charge or credit to income.
(g) Separate Account Business
The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding
variable life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life
insurance contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for
risks it assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal
charges to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract
holders. The assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at
fair value.
F-7
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used
with care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate
fair value:
Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.
Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
approximates fair value.
Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
account assets.
Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.
(j) Reclassifications
The Company has reclassified the presentation of certain prior period
information to conform to the 1998 presentation.
(2) Investments
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 6,705 267 -- 6,972
Corporate securities............ 64,607 4,481 (208) 68,881
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,854 192 (25) 7,021
Asset-backed securities......... 500 10 -- 510
------- ----- ---- ------
$78,666 4,950 (233) 83,384
======= ===== ==== ======
<CAPTION>
1997
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 4,472 131 -- 4,603
Corporate securities............ 56,973 3,098 (142) 59,929
Mortgage-backed securities...... 9,124 233 (48) 9,309
Asset-backed securities......... 1,762 101 -- 1,863
------- ----- ---- ------
$72,331 3,563 (190) 75,704
======= ===== ==== ======
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1998, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected
maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Amortized fair
cost value
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less............................... $ 605 616
Due after one year through five years................. 20,733 21,528
Due after five years through ten years................ 12,600 13,338
Due after ten years through twenty years.............. 37,873 40,881
Mortgage-backed securities............................ 6,855 7,021
------- ------
$78,666 83,384
======= ======
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
$4,069,000, $1,328,585 and $4,129,254 respectively. Gross gains of $53,180,
$68,876 and $71,604 were realized on those sales in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
The sources of net investment income follow (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Maturities.................................... $5,603 4,941 4,626
Short-term investments.............................. 535 608 449
Policy loans and other.............................. 924 807 680
------ ----- -----
$7,062 6,356 5,755
Investment expenses................................. (79) (68) (92)
------ ----- -----
Net investment income........................... $6,983 6,288 5,663
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in
000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Fixed maturities available-for-sale.............. $ 4,717 3,373 513
Deferred policy acquisition costs................ (396) (361) (17)
Deferred income taxes.............................. (1,512) (1,054) (174)
------- ------ ----
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)......... $ 2,809 1,958 322
======= ====== ====
</TABLE>
The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,121,000 and $3,982,000
at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
(3) Reinsurance
The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.
F-9
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $14,723 13,001 10,264
Policy benefits ceded............................. 17,071 14,070 6,274
Commissions and expenses ceded.................... 123 195 114
Reinsurance recoverables.......................... 1,109 1,661 774
</TABLE>
Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
insignificant.
(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.................... $17,980 15,776 13,006
Policy acquisition costs deferred............... 3,808 2,972 2,447
Policy acquisition costs amortized.............. (1,150) (424) (285)
Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
available for sale............................. (36) (344) 608
------- ------ ------
Balance at end of year.......................... $20,602 17,980 15,776
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
(5) Federal Income Taxes
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal
income tax expense is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax (benefit) expense.......................... $1,628 1,153 1,123
Deferred tax expense................................... 740 732 615
------ ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................. $2,368 1,885 1,738
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense....................... $2,368 2,022 1,734
Other, net............................................ 0 (137) 4
------ ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................ $2,368 1,885 1,738
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1998 and 1997
are presented below (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned reinsurance allowances...................... $ 218 217 153
Policy and contract liabilities...................... 709 1,031 1,305
Tax capitalization of acquisition costs.............. 2,147 1,755 1,386
Other, net........................................... 58 76 69
------ ----- -----
Total deferred tax assets.......................... $3,132 3,079 2,913
====== ===== =====
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on investments....................... $1,512 1,054 174
Deferred policy acquisition costs.................... 7,211 6,419 5,520
------ ----- -----
Total gross deferred tax liabilities............... $8,723 7,473 5,694
------ ----- -----
Net deferred tax liabilities....................... $5,591 4,394 2,781
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers
whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon
the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those
temporary differences become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax
return with its Parent. Realization of the gross tax asset will not be
dependent solely on the Company's ability to generate its own taxable income.
General American has a proven history of earnings and it appears more likely
than not that the Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully
realized.
(6) Related-Party Transactions
Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1998, 1997 and
1996 were $1,513,433, $1,348,198 and $1,250,396, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.
(7) Pension Plan
Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General
American. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level.
No pension expense was recognized in 1998, 1997 or 1996 due to overfunding of
the plan.
In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$188,316, $198,972 and $80,434 for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106--Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.
(8) Statutory Financial Information
The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements,
generally referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a
basis of accounting which varies in some
F-11
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
respects from generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Statutory
accounting principles include: (1) charging of policy acquisition costs to
income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and contract liabilities
computed using required valuation standards which may vary in methodology
utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes resulting from
temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset impairments
and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to maturity with
asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae and interest
stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their original purchase
maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities at amortized
cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; and (7) recognition of
deposits and withdrawals on universal life policies as revenues and expenses.
The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income (loss) of the Company at
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, as determined using statutory accounting
practices, is summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $10,500 10,725 10,751
Net income (loss) as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $ 1,596 1,397 982
</TABLE>
(9) Dividend Restrictions
Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to
the amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1998 without prior
notice or approval is $1,596,000. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1998, 1997
or 1996.
(10) Risk-Based Capital
The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a benchmark for the
regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance regulators. The
requirements apply various weighted factors to financial balances or activity
levels based on their perceived degree of risk.
The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the
Company or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual
total adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At
December 31, 1998, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess
of minimum levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory
authorities under the RBC formula.
(11) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31:
1999............................................................. $ 626
2000............................................................. 598
2001............................................................. 256
2002............................................................. 53
------
$1,533
======
</TABLE>
Rent expense totaled $489,999, $433,864 and $388,976 in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
F-12
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Concluded)
(12) Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and
its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of
general-purpose financial statements. The most significant items of
comprehensive income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses
on securities. The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of
operations or financial position, but affects their presentation and
disclosure. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and
the following summaries present the components of the Company's comprehensive
income, other than net income, for the periods ending December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996 (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $ 1,361 (476) 885
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (53) 19 (34)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income.................... 1,308 (457) 851
------- ---- ------
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $ 2,585 (904) 1,681
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (69) 24 (45)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income.................... 2,516 (880) 1,636
------- ---- ------
<CAPTION>
1996
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $(1,868) 654 (1,214)
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (72) 25 (47)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income (loss)............. (1,940) 679 (1,261)
------- ---- ------
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
[LETTERHEAD OF KPMG]
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Divisions:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Money Market, High Yield, Equity, Strategist,
Quality Income Plus, Dividend Growth, Utilities, Capital Growth, European,
Pacific Growth, Global Dividend Growth, Income Builder, Capital Appreciation,
and Competitive Edge "Best Ideas" Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as
of December 31, 1998, and the related statements of operations and changes in
net assets for the periods presented. These financial statements are the
responsibility of Paragon Separate Account B's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1997 by
correspondence with the Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable Investment Series.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Money Market, High
Yield, Equity, Strategist, Quality Income Plus, Dividend Growth, Utilities,
Capital Growth, European, Pacific Growth, Global Dividend Growth, Income
Builder, Capital Appreciation, and Competitive Edge "Best Ideas" Divisions of
Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1998, and the results of their
operations and changes in their net assets for the periods presented, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
[SIGNATURE OF KPMG LLP]
April 2, 1999
F-14
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Quality Dividend Capital
Market High Yield Equity Strategist Income Plus Growth Utilities Growth
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ ------------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Morgan
Stanley Dean Witter
Variable Investment
Series, at Market
Value (See Schedule
of Investments)....... $150,980 188,062 614,406 181,718 54,116 1,439,703 54,824 270,864
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- ------ -------
Receivable (payable)
from/to Paragon Life
Insurance Company..... (113) (142) (438) (131) (42) (1,066) (41) (188)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- ------ -------
Total Net Assets..... 150,867 187,920 613,968 181,587 54,074 1,438,637 54,783 270,676
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ========= ====== =======
Total Net Assets
Represented By:
Group Variable
Universal Life Cash
Value Invested in
Separate Account...... 150,867 187,920 613,968 181,587 54,074 1,438,637 54,783 270,676
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- ------ -------
$150,867 187,920 613,968 181,587 54,074 1,438,637 54,783 270,676
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ========= ====== =======
Total Units Held........ 131,292 25,431 11,580 8,996 4,072 53,123 2,224 11,061
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 1.15 7.39 53.02 20.18 13.28 27.08 24.63 24.47
Cost of Investments..... $150,980 224,275 484,137 155,015 53,076 1,209,968 41,837 224,872
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ========= ====== =======
<CAPTION>
Global Competitive
Pacific Dividend Income Capital Edge
European Growth Growth Builder Appreciation ""Best Ideas"
Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Morgan
Stanley Dean Witter
Variable Investment
Series, at Market
Value (See Schedule
of Investments)....... $531,224 629,503 731,702 1,457 1,354 18,892
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ---------
Receivable (payable)
from/to Paragon Life
Insurance Company..... (388) (462) (538) (1) (1) (14)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ---------
Total Net Assets..... 530,836 629,041 731,164 1,456 1,353 18,878
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== =========
Total Net Assets
Represented By:
Group Variable
Universal Life Cash
Value Invested in
Separate Account...... 530,836 629,041 731,164 1,456 1,353 18,878
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ---------
$530,836 629,041 731,164 1,456 1,353 18,878
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== =========
Total Units Held........ 16,716 115,459 43,441 121 131 1,932
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 31.76 5.45 16.83 12.04 10.34 9.77
Cost of Investments..... $432,960 885,216 691,427 1,453 1,391 17,888
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== =========
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-15
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Income
Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from May
1, 1997 (Inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge "Best
Ideas" Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (Inception) through
December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market High Yield Equity
Division Division Division
---------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income....... $ 7,158 6,775 3,789 22,700 15,138 8,280 3,713 2,078 1,148
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge............... 1,254 1,160 687 1,607 1,075 590 4,478 3,039 1,791
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Investment
Income (Expense)... 5,904 5,595 3,101 21,093 14,063 7,690 (765) (961) (643)
Net Realized Gain on
Investments:
Realized Gain from
Distributions........ -- -- -- -- -- 59,774 22,106 24,488
Proceeds from Sales... 55,996 125,617 25,758 23,423 21,931 5,902 115,177 62,902 33,967
Cost of Investments
Sold................. 55,996 125,617 25,758 26,109 19,948 5,514 96,763 50,493 30,654
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........ -- -- -- (2,686) 1,983 388 78,188 34,515 27,801
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year.... -- -- -- (4,982) (1,865) 76 73,339 2,835 8,898
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year.......... -- -- -- (36,213) (4,982) (1,865) 130,269 73,339 2,835
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... -- -- -- (31,231) (3,117) (1,941) 56,930 70,504 (6,062)
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments........ -- -- -- (33,917) (1,134) (1,553) 135,118 105,019 21,739
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations............. $ 5,904 5,595 3,101 (12,824) 12,929 6,137 134,352 104,058 21,096
======= ======= ====== ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-16
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS--(Continued)
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Income
Builder Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period
from May 1, 1997 (Inception) through December 31, 1997 and for the Competitive
Edge "Best Ideas" Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998
(Inception) through December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Strategist Quality Income Plus Dividend Growth
Division Division Division
-------------------- -------------------- ------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income....... $ 3,488 2,963 1,749 2,746 1,559 1,366 24,526 20,643 15,978
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge............... 1,292 834 441 379 207 176 11,708 8,929 5,833
------- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- -------
Net Investment In-
come (Expense)..... 2,196 2,129 1,308 2,367 1,352 1,190 12,818 11,714 10,145
Net Realized Gain on In-
vestments
Realized Gain from
Distributions........ 13,853 1,943 429 -- -- 116,995 46,805 15,743
Proceeds from Sales... 9,976 10,046 4,702 7,815 9,791 969 229,964 183,012 76,973
Cost of Investments
Sold................. 8,897 8,592 4,419 7,666 9,003 915 194,242 135,818 65,715
------- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- -------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Invest-
ments.............. 14,932 3,397 712 149 788 54 152,717 93,999 27,000
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year.... 9,875 5,142 682 343 206 643 234,467 128,860 32,703
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year.......... 26,703 9,875 5,142 1,040 343 206 229,735 234,467 128,860
------- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- -------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Invest-
ments................ 16,828 4,733 4,460 697 137 (437) (4,732) 105,606 96,158
------- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- -------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments........ 31,760 8,130 5,172 846 925 (383) 147,985 199,605 123,158
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations............. $33,956 10,259 6,480 3,213 2,277 807 160,803 211,319 133,303
======= ====== ===== ====== ====== ====== ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-17
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS--(Continued)
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Income
Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from May
1, 1997 (Inception) through December 31, 1997 and for the Competitive Edge
"Best Ideas" Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (Inception)
through December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Capital Growth
Utilities Division Division European Division
-------------------- ---------------------- --------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income....... $ 1,395 1,315 1,197 17 724 213 5,489 3,083 372
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge............... 426 328 287 2,099 1,676 1,159 4,201 2,695 1,473
------- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Investment
Income (Expense)... 969 987 910 (2,082) (952) (946) 1,288 388 (1,101)
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions........ 2,323 479 85 17,323 20,724 2,148 30,332 15,138 8,408
Proceeds from Sales... 13,062 12,068 5,942 45,333 50,041 18,288 74,099 35,610 21,184
Cost of Investments
Sold................. 10,220 10,478 5,369 39,779 40,214 15,806 61,617 28,179 18,499
------- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........ 5,165 2,069 658 22,877 30,551 4,630 42,814 22,569 11,093
Net Unrealized
Gain(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized Gain(Loss)
Beginning of Year.... 8,928 2,803 1,769 25,565 17,315 9,079 55,867 36,882 4,106
Unrealized Gain(Loss)
End of Year.......... 12,987 8,928 2,803 45,992 25,565 17,315 98,264 55,867 36,882
------- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Unrealized
Gain(Loss) on
Investmemts.......... 4,059 6,125 1,034 20,427 8,250 8,236 42,397 18,985 32,776
------- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Gain(Loss) on
Investments........ 9,224 8,194 1,692 43,304 38,801 12,866 85,211 41,554 43,869
Increase(Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations............. $10,193 9,181 2,602 41,222 37,849 11,920 86,499 41,942 42,768
======= ====== ===== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-18
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS--(Continued)
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Income
Builder and the Capital Appreciation Divisionwhich are for the period from May
1, 1997 (Inception) through December 31, 1997 and for the Competitive Edge
"BestIdeas'' Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (Inception)
through December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Competitive
Global Dividend Income Capital Edge "Best
Growth Builder Appreciation Ideas"
Pacific Growth Division Division Division Division Division
---------------------------- ---------------------- -------- ------------ -----------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1998 1998
--------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ------ -------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income....... $ 25,728 8,299 4,916 11,342 9,443 6,350 37 5 --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge............... 4,246 4,822 4,035 5,967 4,941 2,968 5 8 38
<CAPTION>
--------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ------ -------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Investment
Income (Expense)... 21,482 3,477 881 5,375 4,502 3,382 32 (3) (38)
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions........ -- -- -- 68,547 23,555 8,388 1 -- --
Proceeds from Sales... 61,430 97,967 136,464 165,949 80,262 41,702 12 37 598
Cost of Investments
Sold................. 102,232 104,807 129,725 154,978 66,550 37,949 12 35 644
<CAPTION>
--------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ------ -------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........ (40,802) (6,840) 6,739 79,518 37,267 12,140 1 2 (46)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year.... (237,617) 7,836 5,229 50,203 38,176 11,634 0 0 0
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year.......... (255,713) (237,617) 7,836 40,275 50,203 38,176 4 (37) 1,004
<CAPTION>
--------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ------ -------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... (18,096) (245,453) 2,607 (9,928) 12,027 26,542 4 (37) 1,004
<CAPTION>
--------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ------ -------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments............ (58,898) (252,293) 9,346 69,590 49,294 38,682 5 (35) 958
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations............. $ (37,416) (248,816) 10,227 74,965 53,796 42,064 37 (38) 920
<CAPTION>
========= ======== ======= ======= ====== ====== ======== ============ ===========
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-19
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Income
Builder and the Capital Appreciation Divisionwhich are for the period from May
1, 1997 (Inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge
"BestIdeas'' Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (Inception)
through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market Division High Yield Division Equity Division
------------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(expense)............. $ 5,904 5,595 3,101 21,093 14,063 7,690 (765) (961) (643)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... -- -- -- (2,686) 1,983 388 78,188 34,515 27,801
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... -- -- -- (31,231) (3,117) (1,941) 56,930 70,504 (6,062)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- -------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.......... 5,904 5,595 3,101 (12,824) 12,929 6,137 134,353 104,058 21,096
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.... 29,356 8,391 43,073 32,111 73,622 27,243 35,309 88,708 81,442
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets............ 35,260 13,986 46,174 19,287 86,551 33,380 169,662 192,766 102,538
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 115,607 101,621 55,447 168,633 82,082 48,702 444,306 251,540 149,002
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- -------
Net Assets, End of Year. $150,867 115,607 101,621 187,920 168,633 82,082 613,968 444,306 251,540
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ========= ========= =======
<CAPTION>
Quality Income Plus
Strategist Division Division Dividend Growth Division
------------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(expense)............. $ 2,196 2,129 1,308 2,367 1,352 1,190 12,818 11,714 10,145
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... 14,932 3,397 712 149 788 54 152,717 93,999 27,000
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... 16,828 4,733 4,460 697 137 (437) (4,732) 105,606 96,158
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- -------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.......... 33,956 10,259 6,480 3,213 2,277 807 160,803 211,319 133,303
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.... 31,816 36,030 30,335 23,059 1,992 6,604 96,482 144,340 205,363
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets............ 65,772 46,289 36,815 26,272 4,269 7,411 257,285 355,659 338,666
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 115,815 69,526 32,711 27,802 23,533 16,122 1,181,352 825,693 487,027
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- -------
Net Assets, End of Year. $181,587 115,815 69,526 54,074 27,802 23,533 1,438,637 1,181,352 825,693
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ========= ========= =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-20
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS--(Continued)
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Income
Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division which arefor the period from May
1, 1997 (Inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge "Best
Ideas" Divisionwhich is for the period from May 19, 1998 (Inception) through
December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Utilities Division Capital Growth Division European Division
--------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(expense)............. $ 969 987 910 (2,082) (952) (946) 1,288 388 (1,101)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... 5,165 2,069 658 22,877 30,551 4,630 42,814 22,569 11,093
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... 4,059 6,125 1,034 20,427 8,250 8,236 42,397 18,985 32,776
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.......... 10,193 9,181 2,602 41,222 37,849 11,920 86,499 41,942 42,768
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.... (1,350) (112) 8,358 14,267 20,698 44,782 74,213 104,536 67,117
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets............ 8,843 9,069 10,960 55,489 58,547 56,702 160,711 146,478 109,885
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 45,940 36,871 25,911 215,187 156,640 99,938 370,124 223,646 113,761
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net Assets, End of Year. 54,783 45,940 36,871 270,676 215,187 156,640 530,835 370,124 223,646
======== ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Competitive
Income Capital Edge
Pacific Growth Global Dividend Growth Builder Appreciation "Best Ideas"
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------------- ------------------------- -------- ------------ ------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1998 1998
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(expense)............. $ 21,482 3,477 881 5,375 4,502 3,382 32 (3) (38)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... (40,802) (6,840) 6,739 79,518 37,267 12,140 1 2 (46)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... (18,096) (245,453) 2,607 (9,928) 12,027 26,542 4 (37) 1,004
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations..... (37,416) (248,816) 10,227 74,965 53,796 42,064 37 (38) 920
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.... 217,960 172,283 147,253 7,793 182,583 113,688 1,419 1,391 17,958
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets............ 180,544 (76,533) 157,480 82,758 236,379 155,752 1,456 1,353 18,878
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 448,497 525,030 367,550 648,406 412,027 256,275 -- -- --
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net Assets, End of Year. $629,041 448,497 525,030 731,164 648,406 412,027 1,456 1,353 18,878
======== ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-21
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1998
(1) Organization
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on December 1, 1995. The Separate Account receives
and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into
divisions, fourteen of which invest exclusively in shares of a single fund of
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable Investment Series (Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter), an open-end, diversified management investment company. These funds
are the Money Market, High Yield, Equity, Strategist, Quality Income Plus,
Dividend Growth, Utilities, Capital Growth, European, Pacific Growth, Global
Dividend Growth, Income Builder, Capital Appreciation and Competitive Edge
"Best Ideas" (the Divisions). Policyholders have the option of directing their
premium payments into any or all of the Divisions.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Investments
The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
are valued daily based on the net asset values of the respective fund shares
held. The average cost method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on
withdrawals by the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent
with trade date accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested
on the ex-dividend date.
Federal Income Taxes
The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) Policy Charges
Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.
Premium Expense Charge
Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge, if any, is determined by
the costs associated with distributing the policy and is
F-22
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
equal to 1% of the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates Paragon
for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the policies, incurring
expenses of distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policies. In addition, some policies have a premium tax assessment
equal to 2% or 2.25% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred. The
premium payment less premium expense and premium tax charges equals the net
premium that is invested in the underlying separate account.
Monthly Expense Charge
Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.
Cost of Insurance
The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.
Optional Rider Benefits Charge
The monthly deduction charge for any additional benefits provided by rider.
Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.
Mortality and Expense Charge
In addition to the above contract charges, a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed
by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the
rate of .0024547% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account
which equals an annual rate of .90% of those net assets. The mortality risk
assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.
F-23
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(4) Purchases and Sales of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Investment Shares
For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Income
Builder Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period
from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997 and for the Competitive Edge
"Best Ideas" Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (Inception)
through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market High Yield Equity
Division Division Division
------------------------ ----------------------- -------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 84,104 132,963 69,349 53,931 93,779 36,118 146,072 148,683 123,387
Sales................... $ 55,996 125,617 25,758 23,423 21,931 5,902 115,177 62,902 33,967
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Strategist Quality Income Plus Dividend Growth
Division Division Division
------------------------ ----------------------- -------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 40,532 44,691 37,264 30,513 11,458 8,159 316,061 314,169 302,318
Sales................... $ 9,976 10,046 4,702 7,815 9,791 969 229,964 183,012 76,973
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Utilities Capital Growth European
Division Division Division
------------------------ ----------------------- -------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 11,288 11,329 15,468 57,789 68,959 66,446 144,181 137,762 93,814
Sales................... $ 13,062 12,068 5,942 45,333 50,041 18,288 74,099 35,610 21,184
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Income Capital
Pacific Growth Global Dividend Growth Builder Appreciation Competitive Edge
Division Division Division Division "Best Ideas" Division
------------------------ ----------------------- -------- ------------ ---------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1998 1998
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $275,498 265,523 302,083 168,043 257,005 165,847 1,428 1,420 18,532
Sales................... $ 61,430 97,967 136,464 165,949 80,262 41,702 12 37 598
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(5) Accumulation of Unit Activity
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the year ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996 except for the Income Builder
Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the Period from
May 1, 1997 (Inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge
"Best Ideas" Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (Inception)
through December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market High Yield Equity
Division Division Division
---------------------- -------------------- --------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits.............. 75,146 123,611 65,803 7,099 12,526 4,827 3,257 4,229 3,964
Withdrawals........... 48,733 114,886 24,292 2,879 2,863 792 2,493 1,745 1,122
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units.............. 26,413 8,725 41,511 4,220 9,663 4,035 764 2,484 2,842
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 104,879 96,154 54,643 21,211 11,548 7,513 10,816 8,332 5,490
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 131,292 104,879 96,154 25,431 21,211 11,548 11,580 10,816 8,332
======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Strategist Quality Income Plus Dividend Growth
Division Division Division
---------------------- -------------------- --------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits.............. 2,306 2,898 2,627 2,394 988 745 12,475 14,308 16,062
Withdrawals........... 494 613 329 576 845 80 8,689 8,129 3,995
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units.............. 1,812 2,285 2,298 1,818 143 665 3,786 6,179 12,067
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 7,184 4,899 2,601 2,254 2,111 1,446 49,337 43,158 31,091
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 8,996 7,184 4,899 4,072 2,254 2,111 53,123 49,337 43,158
======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(5) Accumulation of Unit Activity--(continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Utilities Capital Growth European
Division Division Division
----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits.............. 511 673 954 2,633 3,685 3,392 4,841 5,762 4,440
Withdrawals........... 574 719 370 1,989 2,603 641 2,433 1,385 1,017
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ -----
Net Increase in
Units.............. (63) (46) 584 644 1,082 2,751 2,408 4,377 3,423
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 2,287 2,333 1,749 10,417 9,335 6,584 14,308 9,931 6,508
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ -----
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 2,224 2,287 2,333 11,061 10,417 9,335 16,716 14,308 9,931
======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== =====
e
<CAPTION>
Competitive
Income Capital Edge "Best
Pacific Growth Global Dividend Growth Builder Appreciation Ideas"
Division Division Division Division Division
----------------------- ----------------------- -------- ------------ -----------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1998 1998
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits.............. 54,035 30,646 26,500 10,749 17,660 11,283 122 134 1,998
Withdrawals........... 11,602 10,382 11,745 10,200 5,080 2,874 1 3 66
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ -----
Net Increase in
Units.............. 42,433 20,264 14,755 549 12,580 8,409 121 131 1,932
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 73,026 52,762 38,007 42,892 30,312 21,903 -- -- --
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ -----
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 115,459 73,026 52,762 43,441 42,892 30,312 121 131 1,932
======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== =====
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(6) Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter Variable Investment Series. Net deposits represent the amounts
available for investment in such shares after deduction of premium expense
charges, monthly expense charges, cost of insurance and the cost of optional
benefits added by rider. The following is a summary of net deposits made for
the year ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996 except for the Income Builder
Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from
May 1, 1997 (Inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge
"Best Ideas" Division which is for the period May 19, 1998 (Inception) through
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market Division High Yield Division Equity Division
-------------------------- ------------------------ --------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ -------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $191,717 192,847 163,831 72,480 107,577 52,228 238,128 217,652 192,620
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............. (4,672) (59,511) (125) (10,809) (1,778) (301) (43,978) (20,977) (18,453)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account..... 13,902 34,673 17,683 (276) (5,540) (2,480) (37,101) (9,857) (5,089)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ -------- ------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............ 200,947 168,009 181,389 61,395 100,259 49,447 157,049 186,818 169,078
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges................ 4,292 4,356 3,688 1,623 2,430 1,176 5,331 4,916 4,337
Monthly Expense
Charges................ 2,796 1,712 688 462 955 573 1,946 1,932 1,756
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits...... 164,503 153,550 133,940 27,199 23,252 20,455 114,463 91,262 81,543
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ -------- ------- -------
Total Deductions..... 171,591 159,618 138,316 29,284 26,637 22,204 121,740 98,110 87,636
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ -------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders........... $ 29,356 8,391 43,073 32,111 73,622 27,243 35,309 88,708 61,442
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======== ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Strategist Quality Income Plus
Division Division Dividend Growth Division
-------------------------- ------------------------ --------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ -------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $110,145 61,958 52,618 14,325 16,285 13,259 615,565 558,109 497,684
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............. (2,953) (7) -- (1,743) (4,917) -- (131,059) (79,140) (15,152)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account..... (3,566) (4,902) (2,051) 17,741 (1,578) 580 (57,102) (64,590) (22,936)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ -------- ------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............ 103,626 57,049 50,567 30,323 9,790 13,839 427,404 414,379 459,596
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges................ 2,466 1,399 1,185 321 368 298 13,780 12,605 11,205
Monthly Expense
Charges................ 1,159 550 448 116 145 174 5,300 4,954 5,754
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits...... 68,185 19,070 18,599 6,827 7,285 6,763 311,842 252,480 237,274
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ -------- ------- -------
Total Deductions..... 71,810 21,019 20,232 7,264 7,798 7,235 330,922 270,039 254,233
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ -------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders........... $ 31,816 36,030 30,335 23,059 1,992 6,604 96,482 144,340 205,363
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-27
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(6) Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account--
(continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Utilities Division Capital Growth Division European Division
-------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 19,568 18,704 24,449 108,976 103,008 97,128 189,749 185,513 133,887
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (2,300) (1,988) (2,534) (3,599) (17,555) (4,890) (30,281) (17,034) (6,275)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... (6,116) (7,220) (1,433) (34,994) (16,678) (203) 8,469 7,159 (3,877)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers........... 11,152 9,496 20,482 70,383 68,775 92,035 167,937 175,638 123,735
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 438 422 550 2,440 2,326 2,187 4,248 4,190 3,014
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 202 166 275 897 914 1,125 1,495 1,647 1,479
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 11,862 9,020 11,299 52,779 44,837 43,941 87,981 65,265 52,125
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total Deductions..... 12,502 9,608 12,124 56,116 48,077 47,253 93,724 71,102 56,618
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $ (1,350) (112) 8,358 14,267 20,698 44,782 74,213 104,536 67,117
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Competitive
Income Capital Edge "Best
Global Dividend Growth Builder Appreciation Ideas"
Pacific Growth Division Division Division Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------------- -------- ------------ -----------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1998 1998
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $410,061 417,748 423,099 347,530 337,424 272,229 263 1,382 2,108
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (23,248) (17,101) (14,571) (63,645) (33,272) (12,740) -- -- --
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... (15,033) (61,270) (82,867) (83,766) 43,872 (6,818) 1,265 520 17,576
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............. 371,780 339,377 325,661 200,119 348,024 252,671 1,528 1,902 19,684
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 9,179 9,435 9,525 7,780 7,621 6,129 6 31 47
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 2,417 3,708 3,912 3,084 2,995 2,929 2 8 28
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 142,224 153,951 164,971 181,462 154,825 129,925 101 472 1,651
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
153,820 167,094 178,408 192,326 165,441 138,983 109 511 1,726
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $217,960 172,283 147,253 7,793 182,583 113,688 1,419 1,391 17,958
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-28
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number Market
of Shares Value Cost
--------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable Investment
Series:
Money Market Division....................... 150,980 $ 150,980 $ 150,980
High Yield Division......................... 37,093 188,062 224,275
Equity Division............................. 15,926 614,406 484,137
Strategist Division......................... 10,921 181,718 155,015
Quality Income Plus Division................ 4,920 54,116 53,076
Dividend Growth Division.................... 65,057 1,439,703 1,209,968
Utilities Division.......................... 2,580 54,824 41,837
Capital Growth Division..................... 13,304 270,864 224,872
European Growth Division.................... 19,545 531,224 432,960
Pacific Growth Division..................... 122,234 629,503 885,216
Global Dividend Growth Division............. 52,907 731,702 691,427
Income Builder.............................. 127 1,457 1,453
Capital Appreciation........................ 131 1,354 1,391
Competitive Edge "Best Ideas"............... 1,926 18,892 17,888
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.
F-29
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values
The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.
The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy. This assumes the maximum monthly
administrative charge. If a particular Policy has different sales or
administrative charges or if a particular group is larger or smaller or has a
different gender mix, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would vary from those
shown in the tables.
The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.
The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a .90%
charge for mortality and expense risk, an investment advisory fee of .557%,
(representing the average of the fees incurred by the Portfolios in which the
Divisions invest the actual investment advisory fee is shown in the Fund
prospectus), and a .070% charge that is an estimate of the Portfolios' expenses
based on the average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1998. After
deduction for these amounts, the illustrated gross annual investment rates of
return of 0%, 6% and 12% correspond to approximate net annual rates of -1.527%,
4.473%, 10.473%, respectively. No expense reimbursement arrangement exists
between the Company and the Fund.
The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.
The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.
Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.
A-1
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.527%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,094 $500,000 $ 4,955 $500,000
2 12,630 5,987 500,000 9,749 500,000
3 19,423 8,637 500,000 14,422 500,000
4 26,555 11,035 500,000 18,917 500,000
5 34,045 13,157 500,000 23,235 500,000
6 41,908 14,985 500,000 27,379 500,000
7 50,165 16,489 500,000 31,359 500,000
8 58,834 17,626 500,000 35,118 500,000
9 67,937 18,361 500,000 38,718 500,000
10 77,496 18,663 500,000 42,106 500,000
11 87,532 18,522 500,000 45,233 500,000
12 98,070 17,905 500,000 48,160 500,000
13 109,134 16,808 500,000 50,837 500,000
14 120,752 15,199 500,000 53,216 500,000
15 132,951 13,023 500,000 55,298 500,000
16 145,760 10,217 500,000 57,092 500,000
17 159,209 6,666 500,000 58,547 500,000
18 173,331 2,233 500,000 59,613 500,000
19 188,159 0 0 60,296 500,000
20 203,728 0 0 60,542 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 52,476 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 16,453 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, the investment management company, or any representative thereof,
that this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or
sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-2
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
4.473%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,195 $500,000 $ 5,117 $500,000
2 12,630 6,376 500,000 10,375 500,000
3 19,423 9,495 500,000 15,820 500,000
4 26,555 12,540 500,000 21,401 500,000
5 34,045 15,480 500,000 27,123 500,000
6 41,908 18,290 500,000 32,995 500,000
7 50,165 20,930 500,000 39,032 500,000
8 58,834 23,348 500,000 45,184 500,000
9 67,937 25,494 500,000 51,517 500,000
10 77,496 27,323 500,000 57,988 500,000
11 87,532 28,808 500,000 64,555 500,000
12 98,070 29,898 500,000 71,282 500,000
13 109,134 30,566 500,000 78,130 500,000
14 120,752 30,759 500,000 85,061 500,000
15 132,951 30,399 500,000 92,083 500,000
16 145,760 29,390 500,000 99,214 500,000
17 159,209 27,587 500,000 106,416 500,000
18 173,331 24,808 500,000 113,656 500,000
19 188,159 20,856 500,000 120,947 500,000
20 203,728 15,519 500,000 128,257 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 163,319 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 187,978 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, the investment management company, or any representative thereof,
that this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or
sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-3
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.473%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,294 $500,000 $ 5,275 $500,000
2 12,630 6,773 500,000 11,015 500,000
3 19,423 10,408 500,000 17,305 500,000
4 26,555 14,208 500,000 24,148 500,000
5 34,045 18,165 500,000 31,598 500,000
6 41,908 22,278 500,000 39,726 500,000
7 50,165 26,531 500,000 48,615 500,000
8 58,834 30,900 500,000 58,288 500,000
9 67,937 35,363 500,000 68,895 500,000
10 77,496 39,904 500,000 80,488 500,000
11 87,532 44,529 500,000 93,132 500,000
12 98,070 49,222 500,000 107,006 500,000
13 109,134 53,996 500,000 122,207 500,000
14 120,752 58,843 500,000 138,851 500,000
15 132,951 63,732 500,000 157,116 500,000
16 145,760 68,626 500,000 177,211 500,000
17 159,209 73,440 500,000 199,326 500,000
18 173,331 78,067 500,000 223,688 500,000
19 188,159 82,387 500,000 250,599 500,000
20 203,728 86,280 500,000 280,368 500,000
25 294,060 95,316 500,000 486,882 564,783
30 409,348 59,811 500,000 827,922 885,877
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-4
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.527%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,900 $508,900 $ 10,767 $510,767
2 25,261 17,493 517,493 21,275 521,275
3 38,846 25,736 525,736 31,564 531,564
4 53,111 33,622 533,622 41,577 541,577
5 68,090 41,128 541,128 51,313 551,313
6 83,817 48,234 548,234 60,776 560,776
7 100,330 54,913 554,913 69,976 569,976
8 117,669 61,122 561,122 78,852 578,852
9 135,875 66,828 566,828 87,468 587,468
10 154,992 72,003 572,003 95,769 595,769
11 175,064 76,644 576,644 103,701 603,701
12 196,140 80,722 580,722 111,329 611,329
13 218,269 84,240 584,240 118,597 618,597
14 241,505 87,178 587,178 125,453 625,453
15 265,903 89,491 589,491 131,896 631,896
16 291,521 91,129 591,129 137,939 637,939
17 318,419 91,996 591,996 143,523 643,523
18 346,663 91,979 591,979 148,595 648,595
19 376,319 90,968 590,968 153,165 653,165
20 407,457 88,865 588,865 157,173 657,173
25 588,120 60,248 560,248 166,028 666,028
30 818,697 0 0 145,140 645,140
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-5
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
4.473%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,191 $509,191 $ 11,118 $511,118
2 25,261 18,616 518,616 22,636 522,636
3 38,846 28,236 528,236 34,609 534,609
4 53,111 38,049 538,049 46,994 546,994
5 68,090 48,031 548,031 59,806 559,806
6 83,817 58,167 558,167 73,062 573,062
7 100,330 68,426 568,426 86,789 586,789
8 117,669 78,765 578,765 100,940 600,940
9 135,875 89,145 589,145 115,596 615,596
10 154,992 99,531 599,531 130,719 630,719
11 175,064 109,912 609,912 146,267 646,267
12 196,140 120,250 620,250 162,322 662,322
13 218,269 130,537 630,537 178,845 678,845
14 241,505 140,741 640,741 195,796 695,796
15 265,903 150,803 650,803 213,187 713,187
16 291,521 160,656 660,656 231,046 731,046
17 318,419 170,180 670,180 249,325 749,325
18 346,663 179,233 679,233 267,983 767,983
19 376,319 187,665 687,665 287,036 787,036
20 407,457 195,332 695,332 306,436 806,436
25 588,120 218,445 718,445 406,883 906,883
30 818,697 196,102 696,102 496,360 996,360
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-6
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.473%)
---------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
----------------------------- ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,476 $ 509,476 $ 11,463 $ 511,463
2 25,261 19,762 519,762 24,027 524,027
3 38,846 30,893 530,893 37,844 537,844
4 53,111 42,943 542,943 52,981 552,981
5 68,090 55,979 555,979 69,572 569,572
6 83,817 70,077 570,077 87,768 587,768
7 100,330 85,312 585,312 107,743 607,743
8 117,669 101,752 601,752 129,616 629,616
9 135,875 119,479 619,479 153,647 653,647
10 154,992 138,591 638,591 180,001 680,001
11 175,064 159,221 659,221 208,856 708,856
12 196,140 181,489 681,489 240,539 740,539
13 218,269 205,561 705,561 275,282 775,282
14 241,505 231,596 731,596 313,344 813,344
15 265,903 259,741 759,741 355,066 855,066
16 291,521 290,156 790,156 400,838 900,838
17 318,419 323,967 822,967 451,015 951,015
18 346,663 358,291 858,291 505,996 1,005,996
19 376,319 396,261 896,261 566,286 1,066,286
20 407,457 437,035 937,035 632,371 1,132,371
25 588,120 691,721 1,191,721 1,069,804 1,569,804
30 818,697 1,052,788 1,552,788 1,751,843 2,251,843
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-7
<PAGE>
Putnam
Variable
Trust
[PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LOGO]
. GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE POLICIES
Prospectus dated May 1, 1999
50455
Com
<PAGE>
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
ISSUED BY
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood
St. Louis, MO 63105
(314) 862-2211
This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."
The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.
The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.
The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.
Each Division of the Separate Account will invest solely in a corresponding
investment portfolio of Putnam Variable Trust:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FUND FUND
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Putnam VT Asia Pacific
Growth Fund Putnam VT International Growth and Income Fund
Putnam VT Diversified
Income Fund Putnam VT International New Opportunities Fund
Putnam VT Global Asset
Allocation Fund Putnam VT Money Market Fund
Putnam VT Global Growth
Fund Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund
Putnam VT Growth and Income
Fund Putnam VT Income Fund
Putnam VT High Yield Fund Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income Fund
Putnam VT International
Growth Fund Putnam VT Voyager Fund
</TABLE>
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1999.
1
<PAGE>
Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.
It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for
another type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance
protection if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life
insurance policy.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Summary.................................................................. 4
The Company and the Separate Account..................................... 10
The Company
The Separate Account
The Underlying Funds
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums....................................... 14
Issuance of a Policy
Premiums
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits.......................................................... 19
Death Benefit
Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges............................................. 24
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Loans
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
Transfers
Right to Examine Policy
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Eligibility Change Conversion
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
Payment of Policy Benefits.
Charges and Deductions................................................... 29
Sales Charges
Premium Tax Charge
Monthly Deduction
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy................................... 32
Distribution of the Policies............................................. 35
General Provisions of the Group Contract................................. 36
Federal Tax Matters...................................................... 37
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets............................. 41
Voting Rights............................................................ 41
State Regulation of the Company.......................................... 42
Management of the Company................................................ 43
Legal Matters............................................................ 44
Legal Proceedings........................................................ 44
Experts.................................................................. 44
Additional Information................................................... 44
Financial Statements..................................................... 44
Definitions.............................................................. 45
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE>
The Policies are not available in all states.
SUMMARY OF THE POLICY
The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.
The Policy
The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.
. First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
"General Provisions of the Group Contract");
. Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and
. Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.
The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. An Executive
Program Policy is issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under
a Group contract or an employer sponsored insurance program. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").
On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.
The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
4
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Fund" for a complete description of the
available Funds. An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.
Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
Premiums
An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.
. Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.
. In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
schedule agreed to by the Company.
However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")
A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Death Benefit
Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:
. Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
Value; and
. Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
percentage of Cash Value.
So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")
The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")
5
<PAGE>
Riders
Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored insurance programs may not provide each of the additional
benefits described above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the
acceleration of death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none
of the additional benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these
additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Cash Value
The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy
Loans, Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the
charges imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash
Value.") There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.
Charges and Deductions
Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.
Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")
Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:
. Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
specification pages of the Policy) based on (1) the number of Insureds
covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
program, and (2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.
. Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured, see
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance."
. A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.
Separate Account Charges.
. Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
.0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
Account Charges.")
. Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
. Annual Expenses of the Funds (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
applicable). The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
owns the Policy.
6
<PAGE>
These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net assets for the
year ended December 31, 1998. The prospectus for each Fund contains more
detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The Company, The
Separate Account and The Funds.")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Other Expenses
Management Fees (after Total
(after fee waiver reimbursement as Annual
Fund as applicable) applicable) Expenses
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth
Fund........................ 0.80% 0.32% 1.12%
Putnam VT Diversified Income
Fund........................ 0.67% 0.11% 0.78%
Putnam VT Global Asset
Allocation Fund............. 0.65% 0.13% 0.78%
Putnam VT Global Growth Fund. 0.60% 0.12% 0.72%
Putnam VT Growth and Income
Fund........................ 0.46% 0.04% 0.50%
Putnam VT High Yield Fund.... 0.64% 0.07% 0.71%
Putnam VT International
Growth Fund................. 0.80% 0.27% 1.07%
Putnam VT International
Growth and Income Fund...... 0.80% 0.19% 0.99%
Putnam VT International New
Opportunities Fund.......... 1.20% 0.42% 1.62%
Putnam VT Money Market Fund.. 0.45% 0.08% 0.53%
Putnam VT New Opportunities
Fund........................ 0.56% 0.05% 0.61%
Putnam VT Income Fund........ 0.60% 0.07% 0.67%
Putnam VT Utilities Growth
and Income Fund............. 0.65% 0.07% 0.72%
Putnam VT Voyager Fund....... 0.54% 0.04% 0.58%
</TABLE>
The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that
the reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")
Policy Loans
After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer
a portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account
to which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash
Value even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time
7
<PAGE>
while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and death benefit payable under the Policy. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders and
partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Conversion Right
During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")
Eligibility Change Conversion
In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.
If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Right and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Illustrations
Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Surrender Values
may vary based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as
assumptions pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not
guaranteed. They are illustrative only and do not show past or future
performance. If a Policy is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash
Surrender Value payable will be low compared to premiums accumulated with
interest, and consequently the insurance protection provided prior to surrender
will be costly.
Policy Tax Compliance
We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.
A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
8
<PAGE>
Specialized Uses of the Policy
Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Questions
If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.
9
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY, THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, AND THE FUNDS
The Company
Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1998, we had assets in excess of $300 million. We
are admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by General American Mutual Holding Company,
a Missouri mutual insurance holding company.
Guarantee. The Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will have sufficient
funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event a Policyholder
presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance Policy, the
Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if Paragon is
unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.
Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to it by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.
Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, growth, premium income, investment income, capital gains
and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force. Our
use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by the
NAIC.
Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.
10
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.
The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.
Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.
The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.
Putnam Variable Trust
The Separate Account invests shares of Putnam Variable Trust, a series-type
mutual fund registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management
investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the Prospectus
are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even though
additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for Putnam Variable
Trust.The assets of the Fund used by the Policies are held separate from the
assets of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and policies
which are generally different from those of the other Funds. The income or
losses of one Fund generally have no effect on the investment performance of
any other Fund.
The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios. The investment results
of the Funds may differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can
be no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the investment results of
any of the Funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other
portfolio.
The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund:
.Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth Fund
Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth Fund seeks capital appreciation by investing
primarily in securities of companies located in Asia and in the Pacific Basin.
The fund's investments will normally include common stocks, preferred stocks,
securities convertible into common stocks or preferred stocks, and warrants to
purchase common stocks or preferred stocks.
.Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund
Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund seeks high current income consistent with
capital preservation by investing in the following three sectors of the fixed
income securities markets: a U.S. Government Sector, a
11
<PAGE>
High Yield Sector (which invests primarily in lower rated, higher risk
securities commonly known as "junk bonds"), and an International Sector. See
the special considerations for investments in high yield securities described
in the fund prospectus.
.Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund
Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund seeks a high level of long-term total
return consistent with preservation of capital by investing in U.S. equities,
international equities, U.S. fixed income securities, and international fixed
income securities.
.Putnam VT Global Growth Fund
Putnam VT Global Growth Fund seeks capital appreciation through a globally
diversified portfolio of common stocks.
.Putnam VT Growth and Income Fund
Putnam VT Growth and Income Fund seeks capital growth and current income by
investing primarily in common stocks that offer potential for capital growth,
current income or both.
.Putnam VT High Yield Fund
Putnam VT High Yield Fund seeks high current income and, when consistent with
this objective, a secondary objective of capital growth, by investing primarily
in high yielding, lower-rated fixed income securities (commonly known as "junk
bonds") constituting a portfolio that Putnam Investment Management Inc.
("Putnam Management") believes does not involve undue risk to income or
principal. See the special considerations for investments in high yield
securities described in the fund prospectus.
.Putnam VT International Growth Fund
Putnam VT International Growth Fund seeks capital appreciation by investing
primarily in equity securities of companies located in a country other than the
United States.
.Putnam VT International Growth and Income Fund
Putnam VT International Growth and Income Fund seeks capital growth and a
secondary objective of high current income by investing primarily in common
stocks that Putnam Management believes offer potential for capital growth and
may, when consistent with its investment objectives, invest in common stocks
that offer potential for current income. Under normal market conditions, the
fund expects to invest substantially all of its assets in securities
principally traded on markets outside the United States.
.Putnam VT International New Opportunities Fund
Putnam VT International New Opportunities Fund seeks long-term capital
appreciation by investing in companies that have above-average growth prospect
due to the fundamental growth of their market sector. Under normal market
conditions, the fund expects to invest substantially all of its total assets,
other than cash or short-term investments held pending investment, in common
stocks, preferred stocks, convertible preferred stocks, convertible bonds, and
other equity securities principally traded in securities markets outside the
United States.
.Putnam VT Money Market Fund
Putnam VT Money Market Fund seeks as high a rate of current income as Putnam
Management believes is consistent with preservation of capital and maintenance
of liquidity by investing a high quality money market instruments.
12
<PAGE>
.Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund
Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by
investing principally in common stocks of companies in sectors of the economy
that Putnam Management believes possess above-average ongo-term growth
potential.
.Putnam VT Income Fund
Please note: This fund was previously named Putnam VT U.S. Government and High
Quality Bond Fund.
Putnam VT Income Fund seeks current income consistent with preservation of
capital by investing in U.S. government and corporate debt securities. The
corporate securities range in credit quality for investment grade to
potentially higher-yielding so-called "junk bonds." The fund also invests
significantly in mortgage--backed securities.
.Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income Fund
Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income Fund seeks capital growth and current
income concentrating its investments in debt and equity securities issued by
companies in the public utilities industries.
.Putnam VT Voyager Fund
Putnam VT Voyager Fund seeks capital appreciation by investing primarily in
common stocks of companies that Putnam Management believes have potential for
capital appreciation that is significantly greater than that of market
averages.
There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.
Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with Funds
pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual percentage of the
average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the Separate Account and
other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements are entered into
because of administrative services provided by the Company.
Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required
We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to
13
<PAGE>
existing Owners on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent
approved by the SEC, we may also:
. Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;
. Substitute one Division for another Division; or
. Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
conditions warrant.
We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.
If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:
(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;
(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
required; or
(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.
We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS
Issuance of a Policy
We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.
Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued
(1) to independent contractors of the employer;
(2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
terminated;
(3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
employed by the Group Contractholder;
(4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
impracticable; or
(5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
that does not involve a Group Contract.
14
<PAGE>
Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.
Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.
Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.
In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.
Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed
issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is required to
answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual Insurance, but is
not required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The maximum
Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue
procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up
to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs depending upon the number
of eligible employees or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.
Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:
. where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;
. where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;
. where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance are not met; or
. in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
guaranteed issue
A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.
Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.
15
<PAGE>
Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.
Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.
Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:
. the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;
. the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;
. the Insured is eligible for it; and
. the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
Company.
Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue Amount. If available, interim
insurance will start as of the date of the application. Interim insurance ends
on the earliest of the following dates:
. the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;
. the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
applicant;
. the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
proposed Insured is declined;
. 60 days from the date of application; or
. termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.
Premiums
The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.
We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the premiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.
Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned
premium payment schedule. A planned premium payment schedule provides for
premium payments in a level amount at fixed intervals (usually monthly) agreed
to by the Contractholder or employer and us.
The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
16
<PAGE>
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.
Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will generally be no change in planned
or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the employment of an Insured.
Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the
current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal
Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.
Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1)as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less
(2) the premium expense charge;
(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")
Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all
17
<PAGE>
premiums will be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our
receipt of the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to
a Division is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not
be used.
The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.
The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned premiums have been
paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without a sufficient
payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Grace
Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any amount does not
guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the Maturity Date.
The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.
Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:
. Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us (including
evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to reinstate
the rider).
. Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.
. Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness reinstated
will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.
The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.
18
<PAGE>
POLICY BENEFITS
Death Benefit
As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.
If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")
The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.
The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.
Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:
(1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.
The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.
19
<PAGE>
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
40...................... 250%
41...................... 243
42...................... 236
43...................... 229
44...................... 222
45...................... 215
46...................... 209
47...................... 203
48...................... 197
49...................... 191
50...................... 185
51...................... 178
52...................... 171
53...................... 164
54...................... 157
55...................... 150
56...................... 146
57...................... 142
58...................... 138
59...................... 134
60...................... 130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
61...................... 128%
62...................... 126
63...................... 124
64...................... 122
65...................... 120
66...................... 119
67...................... 118
68...................... 117
69...................... 116
70...................... 115
71...................... 113
72...................... 111
73...................... 109
74...................... 107
75 to 90................ 105
91...................... 104
92...................... 103
93...................... 102
94...................... 101
95 or older............. 100
</TABLE>
The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.
Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:
(1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.
Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).
Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B Provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.
Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.
20
<PAGE>
A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:
(1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;
(2) The next most recent increases successively; and
(3) The initial Face Amount.
This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").
Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")
Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
page for the increase;
. within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
or
. within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.
21
<PAGE>
Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")
Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:
(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable
percentage limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease
the pure insurance protection and the cost of insurance charges under
the Policy without reducing the Cash Value.
(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure
insurance protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the
resultant applicable percentage limitation. If the insurance protection
is increased, the Policy charges generally will increase as well.
(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable
percentage of Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is
in effect) or the Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in
effect), increased premium payments will increase the pure insurance
protection. Increased premiums should also increase the amount of funds
available to keep the Policy in force.
(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount
of pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage
limitations. If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient
to cover monthly deductions or to offset negative investment
performance, Cash Value may also decrease, which in turn will increase
the possibility that the Policy will lapse. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights
and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only
affects the amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance
charges if the death benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on
the applicable percentage of Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease
in the death benefit is offset by the amount of Cash Value withdrawn.
The primary use of a partial withdrawal is to withdraw Cash Value.
Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")
When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")
An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.
22
<PAGE>
Cash Value
The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:
. the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;
. the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;
. transfers;
. partial withdrawals;
. Policy Loans;
. Loan account interest rate credited; and
. the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.
An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.
Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:
(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date,
multiplied by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for
the current Valuation Period; plus
(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period
which are allocated to the Division; plus
(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period; plus
(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during
the current Valuation Period; plus
(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which
is allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period plus transfer charges if any; minus
(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period,
the portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during
the current Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts
during that Valuation Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.
Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:
(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period;
plus
(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--
credited to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net
Investment Factor is being determined; minus
(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those
assets during the Valuation Period; minus
23
<PAGE>
(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic
burden resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the
Company to be properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or
any amount set aside during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes
attributable to the operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and
expense risks; divided by
(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:
(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus
(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net
assets for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds
to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by
(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.
POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.
Loans
Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where
. (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan
is requested; and
. (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.
Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan will be
transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan. Unless the Owner
requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred from the Divisions
of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in
each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value, (not including the Cash
Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation Period during which the
request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be considered transfers
for purposes of the limitations on transfers between Divisions.
24
<PAGE>
Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.
Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account.
Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the
amount held in the Loan Account) does not participate in the performance of the
Separate Account while the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest
credited is less than the investment performance of the selected Division, the
Policy values will be lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan
Account interest credited is higher than the investment performance of the
Division, the Policy values may be higher.
In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:
(1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or
(2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
sufficient payment has been mailed.
If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.
Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal
25
<PAGE>
ordinarily will be paid within seven days of receipt of the written request.
(See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.")
Surrenders and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences.
(See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.
Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy, (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) on
the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.
A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
the death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.
Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.
The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.
Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")
Transfers
Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value, (not including
amounts credited to the Loan Account,) may be transferred among the Divisions
available with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must
be made in writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month.
Transfers must be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash
Value in a Division. We will make
26
<PAGE>
transfers and determine all values in connection with transfers as of the end
of the Valuation Period during which the transfer request is received.
All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.
Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
pages for the increase;
. 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or
. 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.
27
<PAGE>
Eligibility Change Conversion
If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.
If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")
If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.
When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Payment of Policy Benefits
A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.
Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.
Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
28
<PAGE>
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.
Sales Charges
Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.
In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make
an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for the
anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such a
Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.
The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:
. the premium expense charge less;
. any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
. the premium tax charge (described below).
The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.
Premium Tax Charge
Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.
Monthly Deduction
Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account,) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.
Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The
29
<PAGE>
amount of this charge is set forth in the specifications pages of the Policy
and depends on the number of employees eligible to be covered at issue of a
Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance program. The following table
sets forth the range of monthly administrative charges under the Policy:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Eligible First Subsequent
Employees Year Years
--------- ----- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
250-499.................................................. $5.00 $2.50
500-999.................................................. $4.75 $2.25
1000+.................................................... $4.50 $2.00
</TABLE>
For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1)with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.
These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.
Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.
Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.
The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we assume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.
If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.
30
<PAGE>
The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gener mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)
Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing
the death benefit by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for
purposes of computing the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed
monthly earnings at an annual rate of 5%.
The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.
Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.
Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")
Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.
Separate Account Charges
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.
31
<PAGE>
The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.
Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")
GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY
Postponement of Payments
Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the SEC;
(2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or
(3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
net assets.
Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
The Contract
The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.
Control of Policy
The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy, prior to its Maturity
Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change the payee nor the mode
of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any person whose rights of
ownership depend upon some future event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given time, all must exercise
the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and the Owner is not the
Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate unless otherwise
provided.
32
<PAGE>
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.
Change of Owner or Beneficiary
The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the
Insured is living when the request is received by us. We will not be liable for
any payment made or action taken before we receive the written request for
change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at the time of the
Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's death,
designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds.
Policy Changes
We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.
Conformity with Statutes
If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.
Claims of Creditors
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.
Incontestability
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.
Assignment
We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.
33
<PAGE>
Suicide
Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.
Misstatement of Age and Corrections
If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.
Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.
Additional Insurance Benefits
Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.
Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.
Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative
34
<PAGE>
processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner in a single
payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The rider may
be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets certain
underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV test
result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.
The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner
may make such an election under the rider if evidence, including a
certification from a licensed physician, is provided to us that the Insured (1)
has a life expectancy of 12 months or less or (2) is permanently confined to a
qualified nursing home and is expected to remain there until death. Any
irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record must provide written
authorization in order for the Owner to receive the accelerated benefit. The
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is not available with
Corporate Programs.
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
Pursuant to the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, we believe that for federal income tax purposes an
accelerated death benefit payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit
Settlement Option Rider should be fully excludable from the gross income of the
Beneficiary, as long as the Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy.
However, you should consult a qualified tax advisor about the consequences of
adding this Rider to a Policy or requesting an accelerated death benefit
payment under this Rider.
Records and Reports
We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.
An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES
Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation. Walnut Street is
registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-
dealer and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers.
35
<PAGE>
Walnut Street's Internal Revenue Service employer identification No. is 43-
1333368. It is a Missouri corporation formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's
address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite 1000, St. Louis, MO. 63102. The Policies
will be sold by broker-dealers who have entered into written sales agreements
with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies may take place in all states (except
New York) and the District of Columbia.
Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of the
part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums received in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may be up to 0.25%
per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy Year or calendar
year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20 years.
GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT
Issuance
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.
Premium Payments
The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.
Grace Period
If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Termination
Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."
36
<PAGE>
Right to Examine Group Contract
The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.
Entire Contract
The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.
Incontestability
We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.
Ownership of Group Contract
The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon the Company's understanding of the
present federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted by the
Internal Revenue Service. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or of the current
interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service.
Taxation of the Policy
Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") sets
forth a definition of a life insurance contract for federal tax purposes.
Although the Secretary of the Treasury (the "Treasury") is authorized to
prescribe regulations implementing Section 7702, while proposed regulations and
other interim guidance has been issued, final regulations have not been
adopted. In short, guidance as to how Section 7702 is to be applied is limited.
The Company nonetheless believes (largely in reliance on IRS Notice 88-128 and
the proposed regulations under Section 7702, issued on July 5, 1991) that the
Policy should meet the Section 7702 definition of a life insurance contract. If
a Policy were determined not to be a life insurance contract for purposes of
Section 7702, such Policy would not provide the tax advantages normally
provided by a life insurance policy. Therefore, if it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy Section 7702, we will take whatever
steps are appropriate and necessary to attempt to cause such Policy to comply
with Section 7702, including possibly refunding any premiums paid that exceed
the limitations allowable under Section 7702 (together with interest or other
earnings on any such premiums refunded as required by law). For these reasons,
we reserve the right to modify the Policy as necessary to attempt to qualify it
as a life insurance contract under Section 7702.
37
<PAGE>
Section 817(h) of the Code authorizes the Treasury to set standards by
regulation or otherwise for the investments of each Division to be "adequately
diversified" in order for the Policy to be treated as a life insurance contract
for federal tax purposes. Although we do not control the investment management
companies or their investments, the investment management companies have
represented that they intend to comply with the diversification requirements
prescribed by the Treasury in Reg. Section 1.817-5. Thus, the Company believes
that each Division of the Separate Account will be in compliance with the
requirements prescribed by the Treasury.
The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be
considered the owner of separate account assets, for federal income tax
purposes, if the contract owner possesses incidents of ownership in those
assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. If
that were determined to be the case, income and gains from the separate account
assets would be includible in the variable contract owner's gross
income. The Treasury Department has also announced, in connection with the
issuance of regulations concerning diversification, that those regulations "do
not provide guidance concerning the circumstances in which investor control of
the investments of a segregated asset account may cause the investor (i.e., the
Owner), rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the
assets in the account." This announcement also stated that guidance would be
issued by way of regulations or rulings on the "extent to which policyholders
may direct their investments to particular subaccounts without being treated as
owners of the underlying assets."
The ownership rights under the Policy are similar to, but different in certain
respects from, those described by the IRS in rulings in which it was determined
that policy owners were not owners of separate account assets. For example, the
Owner has additional flexibility in allocating Premium payments and Policy
Values. These differences could result in an Owner being treated as the owner
of a pro rata portion of the assets of the Separate Account. In addition, we do
not know what standards will be set forth, if any, in the regulations or
rulings which the Treasury Department has stated it expects to issue. We
therefore reserve the right to modify the Policy as necessary to attempt to
prevent an Owner from being considered the owner of a pro rata share of the
assets of the Separate Account.
The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits
1. In general. As a life insurance contract, the proceeds and Cash Value
increases of a Policy should be treated in a manner consistent with a fixed-
benefit life insurance policy for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the death
benefit under the Policy should be excludable from the gross income of the
Beneficiary under Section 101(a)(1) of the Code.
The exchange of a Policy, a change in the Policy's death benefit option (e.g.,
a change from Option B to Option A), a change in the Policy's Face Amount, a
conversion to a fixed policy, an exchange, a Policy loan, an unscheduled
premium payment, a Policy lapse with an outstanding loan, a partial withdrawal,
a surrender, or an assignment of the Policy may have federal income tax
consequences depending on the circumstances. In addition, federal estate and
state and local estate, inheritance, and other tax consequences of ownership or
receipt of Policy proceeds depend on the circumstances of each Policy Owner or
Beneficiary. A competent tax advisor should be consulted for further
information.
Pursuant to the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, the Company believes that for federal income tax
purposes an accelerated death benefit payment made under the Accelerated Death
Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be fully excludable from the gross
income of the Beneficiary, as long as the Beneficiary is the Insured under the
Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax advisor about the
consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy or requesting an accelerated
death benefit payment under this Rider.
38
<PAGE>
The Policies may be used in various arrangements, such as nonqualified deferred
compensation or salary continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans,
executive bonus plans, retiree medical benefit plans and others. The tax
consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular facts and
circumstances of each individual arrangement. Therefore, if you are
contemplating the use of such Policies in any arrangement the value of which
depends in part on its tax consequences, you should be sure to consult a
qualified tax advisor regarding the tax attributes of the particular
arrangement. In recent years, Congress has adopted new rules relating to life
insurance owned by businesses. Any business contemplating the purchase of a new
Policy or a change in an existing Policy should consult a tax advisor.
Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Cash Value, including increments thereof, under the Policy until there is a
distribution. The tax consequences of distributions from, and loans
taken from or secured by, a Policy depend on whether the Policy is classified
as a "modified endowment contract". Whether a Policy is or is not classified as
a modified endowment contract, upon a complete surrender or lapse of the Policy
or when benefits are paid at the maturity date, if the amount received plus the
amount of Indebtedness exceeds the total investment in the Policy, the excess
will generally be treated as ordinary income subject to tax.
2. Policies classified as modified endowment contracts. In general, a Policy
will be a modified endowment contract if the accumulated premiums paid at any
time during the first seven Policy years exceeds the sum of the net level
premiums which would have been paid on or before such time if the Policy
provided for paid-up future benefits after the payment of seven level annual
premiums. Further, a Policy that is not otherwise a modified endowment contract
may become a modified endowment contract if it is "materially changed." The
determination whether a Policy will be a modified endowment contract may become
a modified endowment contract if it is "materially changed." The determination
whether a Policy will be a modified endowment contract after a material change
generally depends upon the relationship of the death benefit and the Cash Value
at the time of such change and the additional premiums paid in the seven years
following the material change.
Due to the Policy's flexibility, classification as a modified endowment
contract will depend on the individual circumstances of each Policy. Moreover,
the rules relating to whether a Policy will be treated as a modified endowment
contract are extremely complex. Therefore, a current or prospective Policy
Owner is strongly advised to retain and consult with a competent advisor before
purchasing a Policy, making an unscheduled premium payment on an existing
Policy or making any change in an existing Policy, to determine whether the
Policy will be treated as a modified endowment contract.
The Company has adopted administrative steps designed to protect a Policy Owner
against inadvertently having the Policy become a modified endowment contract.
Although the Company cannot provide complete assurance at this time that a
Policy will not inadvertently become a modified endowment contract, it is
continuing its efforts to enhance its administrative systems to monitor
potential modified endowment classifications automatically.
3. Distributions from Policies Classified as Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts will be subject to the
following tax rules: First, all distributions, including distributions upon
surrender and benefits paid at maturity, from such a Policy are treated as
ordinary income subject to tax up to the amount equal to the excess (if any) of
the Cash Value immediately before the distribution over the investment in the
Policy (described below) at such time. Second, loans taken from, or secured by,
such a Policy (as well as due but unpaid interest that is added to the loan
amount) are treated as distributions from such a Policy and taxed accordingly.
Third, a 10% additional income tax is imposed on the portion of any
distribution from, or loan taken from or secured by, such a Policy that is
included in income except where the distributions or loan is made on or after
the Policy Owner attains age 59 1/2, is attributable to the Policy Owner's
becoming disabled, or is part of a series of substantially equal periodic
payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the Policy Owner or the joint
lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Policy Owner and the Policy Owner's
Beneficiary.
39
<PAGE>
If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract after it is issued,
distributions made during the Policy year in which it becomes a modified
endowment contract, distributions in any subsequent Policy year and
distributions within two years before the Policy becomes a modified endowment
contract will be subject to the tax treatment described above. This means that
a distribution from a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract could
later become taxable as a distribution from a modified endowment contract.
4. Distributions From Policies Not Classified as Modified Endowment Contracts.
Distributions from a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract, and
which is not materially changed, or, if materially changed, is not classified
as a modified endowment contract after such material change, are generally
treated as first recovering the investment in the Policy (described below) and
then, only after the return of all such
investment in the Policy, as distributing taxable income. An exception to this
general rule occurs in the case of a decrease in the Policy's death benefit
(e.g., partial withdrawal or a change from Option B to Option A) or any other
change that reduces benefits under the Policy in the first 15-years after the
Policy is issued and that results in a cash distribution to the Policy Owner in
order for the Policy to continue complying with the Section 7702 definitional
limits. Such a cash distribution will be taxed in whole or in part as ordinary
income (to the extent of any gain in the Policy) under rules prescribed in
Section 7702.
Loans from, or secured by, a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract
are not treated as distributions. Instead, such loans are treated as
Indebtedness of the Owner.
Finally, neither distributions (including distributions upon surrender or
lapse) nor loans from, or secured by, a Policy that is not a modified endowment
contract are subject to the 10% additional income tax.
5. Policy loan interest. If there is any borrowing against a Policy, the
interest paid on the loan generally will not be tax deductible. A Policy Owner
should consult a qualified tax adviser before deducting interest on a Policy
loan.
6. Investment in the Policy. Investment in the Policy means (i) the aggregate
amount of any premiums or other consideration paid for a Policy, minus (ii) the
aggregate amount received under the Policy which is excluded from gross income
of the Policy Owner (except that the amount of any loan from, or secured by, a
Policy that is a modified endowment contract, to the extent such amount is
excluded from gross income, will be disregarded), plus (iii) the amount of any
loan from, or secured by, a Policy that is a modified endowment contract to the
extent that such amount is included in the gross income of the Owner.
7. Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us
(or our affiliates) to the same Policy Owner during any calendar year are
treated as one modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the
amount includible in gross income.
Possible Charge for Taxes
At the present time, the Company makes no charge to the Separate Account for
any federal, state or local taxes we incur that may be attributable to the
Separate Account or to the Policies. We reserve the right in the future to make
a charge for any such tax or other economic burden resulting from the
application of the tax laws that we determine to be properly attributable to
the Separate Account or to the Policies.
Possible Changes in Taxation
Although the likelihood of legislative changes is uncertain, there is always
the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy could change by
legislation or otherwise. It is possible that any legislative change could be
retroactive (that is, effective prior to the date of the date of the change). A
tax advisor should be consulted with respect to legislative developments and
their effect on the Policy.
40
<PAGE>
SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS
The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for the assets of the Separate Account is
afforded by a blended executive risk insurance program, including blanket
fidelity coverage issued by CNA and Chubb Insurance Companies with a limit of
$25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who have access
to the assets of the Separate Account.
VOTING RIGHTS
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.
The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.
Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.
Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.
IMSA
The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.
41
<PAGE>
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.
In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.
Preparing for Year 2000
Like all financial service providers, we utilize systems that may be affected
by Year 2000 transition issues and rely on service providers, including the
Funds, that also may be affected. We have developed and implemented a Year 2000
transition plan, and sought disclosure from our service providers that they are
also so engaged. The resources devoted to this effort have been, and continue
to be, substantial. It is difficult to predict with precision whether the
amount of resources ultimately devoted, or the outcome of these efforts, will
have any negative impact. However, as of the date of this prospectus, it is not
anticipated that Policy Owners will experience negative effects on their
investment, or on the services provided in connection therewith, as a result of
Year 2000 transition implementation. We have examined our systems and made the
necessary changes to ensure proper Year 2000 transition, and put in place the
proper processes to ensure continued Year 2000 transition success. The results
of that examination have been independently reviewed, but there can be no
assurance that we will be completely successful, or that interaction with other
service providers will not impair our services at that time.
42
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years (1)
---- --------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
Executive Officers(2)
Carl H. Anderson(4) President and Chief Executive Officer since June,
1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June 1986,
General American Life Insurance Co., St. Louis, Mo.
(GenAm).
Matthew K. Duffy Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
July, 1996. Formerly Director of Accounting,
Prudential Insurance Company of America, March,
1987-- June, 1996.
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr. (4) Treasurer since December, 1994. Corporate Actuary
General American Life and Treasurer, GenAm since October, 1994. Executive
Insurance Company Vice President--Group Pensions, GenAm January,
700 Market Street 1990--October, 1994.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Matthew P. McCauley(4) Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
General American Life Secretary since August, 1981. Vice President and
Insurance Company Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December 30,
700 Market Street 1995.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Craig K. Nordyke(4) Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
November, 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
August, 1990--November, 1996; Second Vice President
and Chief Actuary, May, 1987--August, 1990.
John R. Tremmel Vice President--Operations and System Development
since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating
Officer, ISP Alliance, April 1998--December 1998.
Vice President and General Manager of National
Operations Centers, Norell Corporation, January
1995--March 1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp
Insurance Group, September 1986--December 1995.
Directors(3)
Richard A. Liddy Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer,
GenAm, since May, 1992. President and Chief
Operating Officer, GenAm, May, 1988--May, 1992.
Leonard M. Rubenstein Chairman and Chief Executive Officer--Conning
Corporation and Conning Asset Management Company
since January, 1997. Executive Vice President--
Investments, GenAm, February, 1991--January, 1997.
Warren J. Winer Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
September, 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm. M.
Mercer, July, 1993--August, 1995; President, WF
Corroon, September, 1990--July, 1993.
Bernard H Wolzenski Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
November, 1991. Vice President--Life Product
Management, GenAm, May, 1989--November, 1991.
A. Greig Woodring President, Reinsurance Group of America, Inc., since
May, 1993, and Executive Vice President--
Reinsurance, GenAm, since January, 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
(2) The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless
otherwise noted.
(3) The principal business address of each person listed is General American
Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 660 Mason Ridge Center Drive,
St. Louis, MO 63141.
(4) Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.
43
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of Federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.
44
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.
Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.
Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.
Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.
Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.
Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.
Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.
Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.
Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.
Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.
Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.
Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.
Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.
Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.
Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.
Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.
Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.
45
<PAGE>
Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.
Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.
Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.
Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.
Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.
Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.
Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.
Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.
Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.
Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.
Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.
Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.
Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.
Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.
Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.
46
<PAGE>
[KPMG LOGO]
10 South Broadway
Suite 900
St. Louis, MO 63102-1761
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
[LOGO SIGNATURE OF KPMG LLP]
February 3, 1999
F-1
[LOGO OF FOUR BOXES]
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Balance Sheets
December 31, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
--------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, available for sale....................... $ 83,384 75,704
Policy loans............................................... 14,135 11,487
Cash and cash equivalents.................................. 7,439 5,733
--------- -------
Total cash and invested assets......................... 104,958 92,924
Reinsurance recoverables................................... 1,170 1,733
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder account
balances.................................................. 6,688 6,416
Accrued investment income.................................. 1,545 1,377
Deferred policy acquisition costs.......................... 20,602 17,980
Fixed assets and leasehold improvements, net............... 4,504 2,609
Other assets............................................... 105 179
Separate account assets.................................... 168,222 118,051
--------- -------
Total assets........................................... $ 307,794 241,269
========= =======
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account balances.............................. 93,334 85,152
Policy and contract claims................................. 1,672 1,085
Federal income taxes payable............................... 281 163
Other liabilities and accrued expenses..................... 3,943 3,486
Payable to affiliates...................................... 2,062 1,620
Due to separate account.................................... 183 61
Deferred tax liability..................................... 5,591 4,394
Separate account liabilities............................... 168,222 118,051
--------- -------
Total liabilities...................................... $ 275,288 214,012
--------- -------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value $25; 100,000 shares authorized;
82,000 shares issued and outstanding.................... 2,050 2,050
Additional paid-in capital............................... 17,950 17,950
Accumulated other comprehensive income................... 2,809 1,958
Retained earnings........................................ 9,697 5,299
--------- -------
Total stockholder's equity............................. $ 32,506 27,257
--------- -------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity............. $ 307,794 241,269
========= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Policy contract charges............................... $20,437 16,417 13,719
Net investment income................................. 6,983 6,288 5,663
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
ceded................................................ 124 10 114
Net realized investment gains......................... 53 69 72
------- ------ ------
Total revenues...................................... 27,597 22,784 19,568
======= ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
Policy benefits....................................... 4,774 3,876 3,326
Interest credited to policyholder account balances.... 5,228 4,738 4,126
Commissions, net of capitalized costs................. 167 227 79
General and administration expenses, net of
capitalized costs.................................... 9,512 7,743 6,798
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..... 1,150 424 285
------- ------ ------
Total benefits and expenses......................... 20,831 17,008 14,614
======= ====== ======
Income before federal income tax expense............ 6,766 5,775 4,954
Federal income tax expense.............................. 2,368 1,885 1,738
------- ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 4,398 3,890 3,216
Other comprehensive income (loss)....................... 851 1,636 (1,261)
------- ------ ------
Comprehensive income.................................... $ 5,249 5,526 1,955
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Stockholder's Equity
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Additional other Retained Total
Common paid-in comprehensive earnings stockholder's
Stock capital income (deficit) equity
------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1995................... $2,050 17,950 1,583 (1,807) 19,776
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,216 3,216
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- (1,261) -- (1,261)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1996................... $2,050 17,950 322 1,409 21,731
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,890 3,890
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 1,636 -- 1,636
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... $2,050 17,950 1,958 5,299 27,257
Net income............ -- -- -- 4,398 4,398
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 851 -- 851
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... $2,050 17,950 2,809 9,697 32,506
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 4,398 3,890 3,216
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in:
Reinsurance recoverables..................... 563 (892) 407
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
account balances............................ (272) (342) (378)
Accrued investment income.................... (168) (79) (257)
Federal income tax payable................... 118 (648) 811
Other assets................................. (1,821) (1,280) (1,019)
Policy and contract claims................... 587 (23) 12
Other liabilities and accrued expenses....... 457 782 741
Payable to affiliates........................ 442 (669) 397
Due to separate account...................... 122 (34) (108)
Deferred tax expense........................... 740 732 615
Policy acquisition costs deferred.............. (3,808) (2,972) (2,447)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs......................................... 1,150 424 285
Interest credited to policyholder accounts..... 5,228 4,738 4,126
Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
maturities.................................... (53) (69) (72)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 7,683 3,558 6,329
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of fixed maturities..................... (14,915) (12,557) (15,290)
Sale or maturity of fixed maturities............. 8,632 5,255 6,860
Increase in policy loans, net.................... (2,648) (1,923) (2,358)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities.............. (8,931) (9,225) (10,788)
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net policyholder account deposits................ 2,954 2,294 6,509
-------- ------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents....................................... 1,706 (3,373) 2,050
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..... 5,733 9,106 7,056
-------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 7,439 5,733 9,106
======== ======= =======
Income taxes paid.................................. $ (1,460) (1,801) (198)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.
General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents
a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.
The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates
include deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.
The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:
(a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses
Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.
Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.
(b) Invested Assets
Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1998
and 1997, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes,
being reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate
component of stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid
balances.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.
Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the
actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences
occur, the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the
amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since
the acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to
interest income.
F-6
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(c) Policyholder Account Balances
Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest
general account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1998, 1997 and
1996. The actual crediting rate was 6.5% in 1998 and 1997, and ranged from
6.5% to 7.0% in 1996.
(d) Federal Income Taxes
The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on
deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is
paid to, or received from, General American. Paragon recognizes a tax benefit
to the extent that its tax losses are utilized by other members of the General
American consolidated tax group.
(e) Reinsurance
Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges.
Amounts applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.
(f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for
the impact on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on
investment securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated
regularly and are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates
that revision is appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to
date is adjusted by a charge or credit to income.
(g) Separate Account Business
The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding
variable life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life
insurance contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for
risks it assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal
charges to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract
holders. The assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at
fair value.
F-7
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used
with care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate
fair value:
Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.
Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
approximates fair value.
Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
account assets.
Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.
(j) Reclassifications
The Company has reclassified the presentation of certain prior period
information to conform to the 1998 presentation.
(2) Investments
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 6,705 267 -- 6,972
Corporate securities............ 64,607 4,481 (208) 68,881
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,854 192 (25) 7,021
Asset-backed securities......... 500 10 -- 510
------- ----- ---- ------
$78,666 4,950 (233) 83,384
======= ===== ==== ======
<CAPTION>
1997
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 4,472 131 -- 4,603
Corporate securities............ 56,973 3,098 (142) 59,929
Mortgage-backed securities...... 9,124 233 (48) 9,309
Asset-backed securities......... 1,762 101 -- 1,863
------- ----- ---- ------
$72,331 3,563 (190) 75,704
======= ===== ==== ======
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1998, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected
maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Amortized fair
cost value
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less............................... $ 605 616
Due after one year through five years................. 20,733 21,528
Due after five years through ten years................ 12,600 13,338
Due after ten years through twenty years.............. 37,873 40,881
Mortgage-backed securities............................ 6,855 7,021
------- ------
$78,666 83,384
======= ======
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
$4,069,000, $1,328,585 and $4,129,254 respectively. Gross gains of $53,180,
$68,876 and $71,604 were realized on those sales in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
The sources of net investment income follow (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Maturities.................................... $5,603 4,941 4,626
Short-term investments.............................. 535 608 449
Policy loans and other.............................. 924 807 680
------ ----- -----
$7,062 6,356 5,755
Investment expenses................................. (79) (68) (92)
------ ----- -----
Net investment income........................... $6,983 6,288 5,663
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in
000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Fixed maturities available-for-sale.............. $ 4,717 3,373 513
Deferred policy acquisition costs................ (396) (361) (17)
Deferred income taxes.............................. (1,512) (1,054) (174)
------- ------ ----
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)......... $ 2,809 1,958 322
======= ====== ====
</TABLE>
The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,121,000 and $3,982,000
at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
(3) Reinsurance
The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.
F-9
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $14,723 13,001 10,264
Policy benefits ceded............................. 17,071 14,070 6,274
Commissions and expenses ceded.................... 123 195 114
Reinsurance recoverables.......................... 1,109 1,661 774
</TABLE>
Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
insignificant.
(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.................... $17,980 15,776 13,006
Policy acquisition costs deferred............... 3,808 2,972 2,447
Policy acquisition costs amortized.............. (1,150) (424) (285)
Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
available for sale............................. (36) (344) 608
------- ------ ------
Balance at end of year.......................... $20,602 17,980 15,776
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
(5) Federal Income Taxes
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal
income tax expense is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax (benefit) expense.......................... $1,628 1,153 1,123
Deferred tax expense................................... 740 732 615
------ ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................. $2,368 1,885 1,738
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense....................... $2,368 2,022 1,734
Other, net............................................ 0 (137) 4
------ ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................ $2,368 1,885 1,738
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1998 and 1997
are presented below (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned reinsurance allowances...................... $ 218 217 153
Policy and contract liabilities...................... 709 1,031 1,305
Tax capitalization of acquisition costs.............. 2,147 1,755 1,386
Other, net........................................... 58 76 69
------ ----- -----
Total deferred tax assets.......................... $3,132 3,079 2,913
====== ===== =====
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on investments....................... $1,512 1,054 174
Deferred policy acquisition costs.................... 7,211 6,419 5,520
------ ----- -----
Total gross deferred tax liabilities............... $8,723 7,473 5,694
------ ----- -----
Net deferred tax liabilities....................... $5,591 4,394 2,781
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers
whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon
the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those
temporary differences become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax
return with its Parent. Realization of the gross tax asset will not be
dependent solely on the Company's ability to generate its own taxable income.
General American has a proven history of earnings and it appears more likely
than not that the Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully
realized.
(6) Related-Party Transactions
Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1998, 1997 and
1996 were $1,513,433, $1,348,198 and $1,250,396, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.
(7) Pension Plan
Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General
American. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level.
No pension expense was recognized in 1998, 1997 or 1996 due to overfunding of
the plan.
In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$188,316, $198,972 and $80,434 for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106--Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.
(8) Statutory Financial Information
The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements,
generally referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a
basis of accounting which varies in some
F-11
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
respects from generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Statutory
accounting principles include: (1) charging of policy acquisition costs to
income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and contract liabilities
computed using required valuation standards which may vary in methodology
utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes resulting from
temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset impairments
and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to maturity with
asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae and interest
stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their original purchase
maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities at amortized
cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; and (7) recognition of
deposits and withdrawals on universal life policies as revenues and expenses.
The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income (loss) of the Company at
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, as determined using statutory accounting
practices, is summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $10,500 10,725 10,751
Net income (loss) as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $ 1,596 1,397 982
</TABLE>
(9) Dividend Restrictions
Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to
the amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1998 without prior
notice or approval is $1,596,000. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1998, 1997
or 1996.
(10) Risk-Based Capital
The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a benchmark for the
regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance regulators. The
requirements apply various weighted factors to financial balances or activity
levels based on their perceived degree of risk.
The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the
Company or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual
total adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At
December 31, 1998, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess
of minimum levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory
authorities under the RBC formula.
(11) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31:
1999............................................................. $ 626
2000............................................................. 598
2001............................................................. 256
2002............................................................. 53
------
$1,533
======
</TABLE>
Rent expense totaled $489,999, $433,864 and $388,976 in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
F-12
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Concluded)
(12) Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and
its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of
general-purpose financial statements. The most significant items of
comprehensive income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses
on securities. The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of
operations or financial position, but affects their presentation and
disclosure. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and
the following summaries present the components of the Company's comprehensive
income, other than net income, for the periods ending December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996 (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $ 1,361 (476) 885
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (53) 19 (34)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income.................... 1,308 (457) 851
------- ---- ------
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $ 2,585 (904) 1,681
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (69) 24 (45)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income.................... 2,516 (880) 1,636
------- ---- ------
<CAPTION>
1996
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $(1,868) 654 (1,214)
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (72) 25 (47)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income (loss)............. (1,940) 679 (1,261)
------- ---- ------
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
[KPMG LOGO]
10 South Broadway
Suite 900
St. Louis, MO 63102-1761
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's Putnam Divisions:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Putnam VT Money Market, Putnam VT New
Opportunities, Putnam VT Growth and Income, Putnam VT High Yield, Putnam VT
Diversified Income, Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation, Putnam VT Voyager,
Putnam VT U.S. Government and High Quality Bond, Putnam VT Global Growth,
Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income, Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth, Putnam VT
International Growth, Putnam VT International Growth and Income, and Putnam VT
International New Opportunities Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of
December 31, 1998, and the related statements of operations and changes in net
assets for the periods presented. These financial statements are the
responsibility of Paragon Separate Account B's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1998 by
correspondence with the Putnam Variable Trust. An audit also includes assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Putnam VT Money Market,
Putnam VT New Opportunities, Putnam VT Growth and Income, Putnam VT High Yield,
Putnam VT Diversified Income, Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation, Putnam VT
Voyager, Putnam VT U.S. Government and High Quality Bond, Putnam VT Global
Growth, Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income, Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth,
Putnam VT International Growth, Putnam VT International Growth and Income,
Putnam VT International New Opportunities Divisions of Paragon Separate Account
B as of December 31, 1998, and the results of their operations and changes in
their net assets for the periods presented, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
[SIGNATURE LOGO OF KPMG LLP]
April 2, 1999
F-14
[LOGO OF FOUR BOXES]
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
U.S.
Government &
Money New Growth & Diversified Global Asset High
Market Opportunities Income High Yield Income Allocation Voyager Quality Bond
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- -------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Put-
nam Variable Trust,
at Market Value
(See Schedule of
Investments)....... $ 21,405 359,699 383,374 148,118 78,625 74,918 323,668 3,609
Receivable from
Paragon Life
Insurance Company.. 363 3,296 4,920 2,180 1,672 938 4,676 122
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- -----
Total Net Assets... 21,768 362,995 388,294 150,298 80,297 75,856 328,344 3,731
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======= =====
Group Variable
Universal Life Cash
Value Invested in
Separate Account... 21,768 362,995 388,294 150,298 80,297 75,856 328,344 3,731
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- -----
$ 21,768 362,995 388,294 150,298 80,297 75,856 328,344 3,731
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======= =====
Total Units Held.... 19,145 14,031 11,272 11,002 6,868 3,305 6,553 243
Net Asset Value Per
Unit............... $ 1.14 25.87 34.45 13.66 11.69 22.95 50.11 15.35
Cost of Investments. $ 21,405 272,461 345,822 160,498 81,444 70,094 255,285 3,444
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======= =====
<CAPTION>
Utilities International International
Global Growth & Asia Pacific International Growth & New
Growth Income Growth Growth Income Opportunities
Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Put-
nam Variable Trust,
at Market Value
(See Schedule of
Investments)....... $161,006 11,811 114,157 2,482 2,181 587
Receivable from
Paragon Life
Insurance Company.. 3,050 219 1,772 128 198 32
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Total Net Assets... 164,056 12,030 115,929 2,610 2,379 619
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ======
Group Variable
Universal Life Cash
Value Invested in
Separate Account... 164,056 12,030 115,929 2,610 2,379 619
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
$164,056 12,030 115,929 2,610 2,379 619
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ======
Total Units Held.... 6,693 569 13,330 193 186 54
Net Asset Value Per
Unit............... $ 24.51 21.14 8.70 13.52 12.79 11.46
Cost of Investments. $140,807 10,478 126,692 2,346 2,156 554
======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-15
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and for the Period from April 15,
1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market New Opportunities Growth & Income High Yield
Division Division Division Division
---------------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 946 526 79 -- -- -- 4,668 2,280 -- 8,438 3,575 --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 142 76 18 2,030 1,064 264 2,270 1,191 262 944 496 122
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- ------ ------
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ 804 450 61 (2,030) (1,064) (264) 2,398 1,089 (262) 7,494 3,079 (122)
Net Realized Gain on In-
vestments
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... -- -- -- 3,510 -- -- 30,476 5,550 -- 1,234 415 --
Proceeds from Sales.... 91,184 25,049 16,444 33,161 37,344 6,211 32,638 12,784 3,792 6,065 5,800 9,552
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 91,184 25,049 16,444 28,400 36,869 6,257 30,358 11,255 3,703 6,143 5,459 9,467
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- ------ ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... -- -- -- 8,271 475 (46) 32,756 7,079 89 1,156 756 85
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year...... -- -- -- 29,656 (1,874) -- 28,979 7,003 -- 6,736 1,820 --
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year............ -- -- -- 87,238 29,656 (1,874) 37,552 28,979 7,003 (12,380) 6,736 1,820
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- ------ ------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. -- -- -- 57,582 31,530 (1,874) 8,573 21,976 7,003 (19,116) 4,916 1,820
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- ------ ------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments.......... -- -- -- 65,853 32,005 (1,920) 41,329 29,055 7,092 (17,960) 5,672 1,905
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- ------ ------
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations.............. $ 804 450 61 63,823 30,941 (2,184) 43,727 30,144 6,830 (10,466) 8,751 1,783
======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Diversified Income Global Asset Voyager U.S. Government & High
Division Allocation Division Division Quality Bond Division
---------------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 2,868 1,898 -- 1,152 1,057 -- 515 187 -- 120 63 --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 517 315 82 453 325 69 1,802 945 215 20 11 3
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- ------ ------
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ 2,351 1,583 (82) 699 732 (69) (1,287) (758) (215) 100 52 (3)
Net Realized Gain on In-
vestments
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... 1,219 299 -- 4,943 1,806 -- 12,485 4,031 -- 3 -- --
Proceeds from Sales.... 12,570 866 898 23,439 12,504 2,599 27,220 23,924 5,842 753 818 193
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 12,549 827 881 21,911 11,077 2,539 23,883 23,095 5,784 732 783 189
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- ------ ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Invest-
ments................ 1,240 338 17 6,471 3,233 60 15,822 4,860 58 24 35 4
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year...... 2,284 1,207 -- 4,368 1,369 -- 26,561 746 -- 68 34 --
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year............ (2,819) 2,284 1,207 4,824 4,368 1,369 68,383 26,561 746 165 68 34
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- ------ ------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. (5,103) 1,077 1,207 456 2,999 1,369 41,822 25,815 746 97 34 34
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- ------ ------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments.......... (3,863) 1,415 1,224 6,927 6,232 1,429 57,644 30,675 804 121 69 38
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------- ------ ------
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations.............. $(1,512) 2,998 1,142 7,626 6,964 1,360 56,357 29,917 589 221 121 35
======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-16
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS--(Continued)
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and for the Period from April 15,
1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
International International
Utilities International Growth & New
Global Growth Growth & Asia Pacific Growth Growth Income Opportunities
Division Income Division Division Division Division Division
------------------- ---------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1998 1998
------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ------- ------- ----- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income... $ 2,505 1,086 -- 104 56 -- 3,084 881 -- 8 27 --
Expenses:
Mortality and Ex-
pense Charge...... 858 451 110 58 15 5 626 388 113 5 6 2
------- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- ------- ------- ----- --- --- ---
Net Investment
Income (Ex-
pense).......... 1,647 635 (110) 46 41 (5) 2,458 493 (113) 3 21 (2)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
Realized Gain
from Distribu-
tions............. 12,526 1,168 -- 176 77 -- -- -- -- -- 65 --
Proceeds from
Sales............. 26,245 9,268 1,760 1,953 1,482 991 10,508 8,945 2,875 579 384 49
Cost of Invest-
ments Sold........ 24,547 8,265 1,737 1,861 1,333 968 12,561 8,631 2,873 587 390 50
------- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- ------- ------- ----- --- --- ---
Net Realized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments..... 14,224 2,171 23 268 226 23 (2,053) 314 2 (8) 59 (1)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Invest-
ments:
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) Beginning
of Year........... 5,171 2,094 -- 386 112 -- (9,973) 1,291 -- -- -- --
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) End of
Year.............. 20,199 5,171 2,094 1,333 386 112 (12,535) (9,973) 1,291 136 25 33
------- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- ------- ------- ----- --- --- ---
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... 15,028 3,077 2,094 947 274 112 (2,562) (11,264) 1,291 136 25 33
------- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- ------- ------- ----- --- --- ---
Net Gain (Loss)
on Investments.. 29,252 5,248 2,117 1,215 500 135 (4,615) (10,950) 1,293 128 84 32
------- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- ------- ------- ----- --- --- ---
Increase (Decrease)
in Assets Resulting
from Operations.... $30,899 5,883 2,007 1,261 541 130 (2,157) (10,457) 1,180 131 105 30
======= ===== ===== ===== ===== === ======= ======= ===== === === ===
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-17
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and the Period from April 15, 1996
(Inception) to December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market New Opportunities Growth & Income
Division Division Division High Yield Division
----------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............. $ 804 450 61 (2,030) (1,064) (264) 2,398 1,089 (262) 7,494 3,079 (122)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... -- -- -- 8,271 475 (46) 32,756 7,079 89 1,156 756 85
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... -- -- -- 57,582 31,530 (1,874) 8,573 21,976 7,003 (19,116) 4,916 1,820
------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations............ 804 450 61 63,823 30,941 (2,184) 43,727 30,144 6,830 (10,466) 8,751 1,783
Net Deposits into
Separate Account...... 7,829 7,110 5,514 82,102 102,551 85,761 102,404 126,292 78,897 63,083 49,608 37,539
------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------
Increase in Net
Assets.............. 8,633 7,560 5,575 145,925 133,493 83,577 146,131 156,436 85,727 52,617 58,359 39,322
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year................ 13,135 5,575 -- 217,070 83,577 -- 242,163 85,727 -- 97,681 39,322 --
------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------
Net Assets, End of
Year................... $21,768 $13,135 5,575 362,995 217,070 83,577 388,294 242,163 85,727 150,298 97,681 39,322
======= ======= ====== ======= ======= ====== ======= ======= ====== ======= ====== ======
<CAPTION>
U.S. Government &
Diversified Income Global Asset High Quality Bond
Division Allocation Division Voyager Division Division
----------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............. $ 2,351 1,583 (82) 699 732 (69) (1,287) (758) (215) 100 52 (3)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... 1,240 338 17 6,471 3,233 60 15,822 4,860 58 24 35 4
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments........... (5,103) 1,077 1,207 456 2,999 1,369 41,822 25,815 746 97 34 34
------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations............ (1,512) 2,998 1,142 7,626 6,964 1,360 56,357 29,917 589 221 121 35
Net Deposits into
Separate Account...... 20,485 32,252 24,932 12,108 24,714 23,084 82,247 90,250 68,984 1,567 875 912
------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------
Increase in Net
Assets.............. 18,973 35,250 26,074 19,734 31,678 24,444 138,604 120,167 69,573 1,788 996 947
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year................ 61,324 26,074 -- 56,122 24,444 -- 189,740 69,573 -- 1,943 947 --
------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------
Net Assets, End of
Year................... $80,297 61,324 26,074 75,856 56,122 24,444 328,344 189,740 69,573 3,731 1,943 947
======= ======= ====== ======= ======= ====== ======= ======= ====== ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-18
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS--(Continued)
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and the Period from April 15, 1996
(Inception) to December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
International
Utilities International Growth &
Growth & Asia Pacific Growth Growth Income
Global Growth Division Income Division Division Division Division
---------------------- ------------------ ------------------------ ------------- -------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1998
-------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ----- ------- ------- ------ ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. $ 1,647 635 (110) 46 41 (5) 2,458 493 (113) 3 21
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... 14,224 2,171 23 268 226 23 (2,053) 314 2 (8) 59
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... 15,028 3,077 2,094 947 274 112 (2,562) (11,264) 1,291 136 25
-------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ----- ------- ------- ------ ----- -----
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations... 30,899 5,883 2,007 1,261 541 130 (2,157) (10,457) 1,180 131 105
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.. 43,689 47,514 34,064 7,850 952 1,296 53,632 39,527 34,204 2,479 2,274
-------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ----- ------- ------- ------ ----- -----
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 74,588 53,397 36,071 9,111 1,493 1,426 51,475 29,070 35,384 2,610 2,379
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. 89,468 36,071 -- 2,919 1,426 -- 64,454 35,384 -- -- --
-------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ----- ------- ------- ------ ----- -----
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $164,056 89,468 36,071 12,030 2,919 1,426 115,929 64,454 35,384 2,610 2,379
======== ====== ====== ====== ===== ===== ======= ======= ====== ===== =====
<CAPTION>
International
New
Opportunities
Division
-------------
1998
-------------
<S> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. (2)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... (1)
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... 33
-------------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations... 30
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.. 589
-------------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 619
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. --
-------------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... 619
=============
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-19
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1998
(1) Organization
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on April 15, 1996. The Separate Account receives
and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into
fourteen divisions which invest exclusively in shares of a single fund of
Putnam Variable Trust (Putnam), an open-end, diversified management investment
company. These funds are the Money Market Fund Division, New Opportunities Fund
Division, Growth & Income Fund Division, High Yield Fund Division, Diversified
Income Fund Division, Global Asset Allocation Fund Division, Voyager Fund
Division, U.S. Government Bond & High Quality Bond Fund Division, Global Growth
Fund Division, Utilities Growth & Income Fund Division, Asia Pacific Growth
Fund Division, International Growth Division, International Growth & Income
Division, and International New Opportunities Division (the Divisions).
Policyholders have the option of directing their premium payments into any or
all of the Divisions.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Investments
The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Putnam are valued daily
based on the net asset values of the respective fund shares held. The average
cost method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on withdrawals by
the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent with trade
date accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested on the ex-
dividend date.
Federal Income Taxes
The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) Policy Charges
Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.
F-20
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Premium Expense Charge
Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the costs
associated with distributing the policy and, if applicable, is equal to 1% of
the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates Paragon for providing
the insurance benefits set forth in the policies, incurring expenses of
distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
policies. In addition, some policies have a premium tax assessment of 2% to
reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred. The premium payment less premium
expense and premium tax charges equals the net premium that is invested in the
underlying separate account.
Monthly Expense Charge
Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.
Cost of Insurance
The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.
Optional Rider Benefits Charge
The monthly deduction charge for any additional benefits provided by rider.
Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.
Mortality and Expense Charge
In addition to the above contract charges a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed
by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the
rate of .0000206% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account
which equals an annual rate of .75% of those net assets. The mortality risk
assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.
F-21
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(4) - Purchases and Sales
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and the Period from April 15,
1996 (inception) to December 31, 1996 purchases and proceeds from the sales of
the Putnam Variable Trust were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market New Opportunities Growth & High Yield
Division Division Income Division Division
--------------------- ----------------------------------------- ---------------------- --------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $98,746 32,069 21,717 113,596 139,967 86,913 133,018 137,137 78,008 67,934 55,046 44,834
Sales........... $91,184 25,049 16,444 33,161 37,344 6,211 32,638 12,784 3,792 6,065 5,799 9,552
======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ====== ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Diversified Income
Division
--------------------
1998 1997 1996
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... 32,074 32,966 24,377
Sales........... 12,570 866 898
====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Global Asset Voyager U.S. Government & High Global Growth
Allocation Division Division Quality Bond Division Division
--------------------- ----------------------------------------- ---------------------- --------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $35,360 37,308 23,994 106,091 114,199 70,439 2,237 1,675 1,050 68,329 55,975 33,766
Sales........... $23,439 12,504 2,599 27,220 23,924 5,842 753 818 193 26,245 9,268 1,760
======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ====== ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Utilities Growth &
Income Division
--------------------
1998 1997 1996
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... 9,617 2,398 2,213
Sales........... 1,953 1,482 991
====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
International International
International Growth & New
Asia Pacific Growth Growth Income Opportunities
Division Division Division Division
--------------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1998 1998
------- ------ ------ ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $63,472 48,243 35,077 2,925 2,454 604
Sales........... $10,508 8,945 2,875 579 384 49
======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======
</TABLE>
The purchases above do not include dividends and realized gains from
distributions that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.
F-22
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and the Period from April 15, 1996
(inception) to December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market New Opportunities Growth & Income High Yield Diversified
Division Division Division Division Income Division
-------------------- ------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in
Units
Deposits........ 89,171 30,375 21,520 5,119 7,568 5,232 4,190 4,996 3,673 4,707 4,039 3,205 2,740 2,863 2,404
Withdrawals..... 82,162 23,625 16,134 1,448 2,092 348 972 455 160 387 410 152 1,007 55 77
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Net Increase in
Units........... 7,009 6,750 5,386 3,671 5,476 4,884 3,218 4,541 3,513 4,320 3,629 3,053 1,733 2,808 2,327
Outstanding
Units,
Beginning of
Year............ 12,136 5,386 -- 10,360 4,884 -- 8,054 3,513 -- 6,682 3,053 -- 5,135 2,327 --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Outstanding
Units,
End of Year..... 19,145 12,136 5,386 14,031 10,360 4,884 11,272 8,054 3,513 11,002 6,682 3,053 6,868 5,135 2,327
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ====== ===== ===== ====== ===== ===== ===== ===== =====
<CAPTION>
U.S. Government &
Global Asset High Quality Bond Global Growth Utilities Growth
Allocation Division Voyager Division Division Division & Income Division
-------------------- ------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in
Units
Deposits........ 1,641 1,962 1,584 2,489 3,222 2,330 156 125 87 3,233 3,047 2,256 511 154 124
Withdrawals..... 1,092 632 158 610 700 178 50 60 15 1,240 497 106 100 93 27
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Net Increase in
Units........... 549 1,330 1,426 1,879 2,522 2,152 106 65 72 1,993 2,550 2,150 411 61 97
Outstanding
Units,
Beginning of
Year............ 2,756 1,426 -- 4,674 2,152 -- 137 72 -- 4,700 2,150 -- 158 97 --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Outstanding
Units,
End of Year..... 3,305 2,756 1,426 6,553 4,674 2,152 243 137 72 6,693 4,700 2,150 569 158 97
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ====== ===== ===== ====== ===== ===== ===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-23
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity--(continued)
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and the Period from April 15, 1996
(inception) to December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
International International
International Growth & New
Asia Pacific Growth Income Opportunities
Growth Division Division Division Division
------------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1998 1998
------ ----- ----- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 7,545 4,512 3,498 239 218 59
Withdrawals............ 1,168 794 263 46 32 5
------ ----- ----- --- --- ---
Net Increase in Units.. 6,377 3,718 3,235 193 186 54
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 6,953 3,235 -- -- -- --
------ ----- ----- --- --- ---
Outstanding Units,
End of Year............ 13,330 6,953 3,235 193 186 54
====== ===== ===== === === ===
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(6)--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Putnam Variable Trust.
Net deposits represent the amount available for investments in such shares
after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges, cost of
insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The following is a
summary of net deposits made for the Year ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
for the period from April 15, 1996 (inception) to December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market New Opportunities Growth & Income High Yield
Division Division Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $187,420 142,131 125,358 165,316 176,664 129,671 177,459 170,743 105,821 78,118 68,686 51,717
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (1,772) (1,939) (437) (21,214) (13,699) (584) (3,882) (2,820) (477) (2,362) (976) --
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ (8,401) (440) (9) 3,079 (3,765) 126 (18,609) 5,484 227 10,100 8 (227)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 177,247 139,752 124,912 147,181 159,200 129,213 154,968 173,407 105,571 85,856 67,718 51,490
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 5,616 4,387 3,763 4,954 5,452 3,892 5,317 5,270 3,177 2,338 2,120 1,552
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 7,913 2,902 203 2,905 3,607 3,045 2,282 3,486 3,124 987 1,402 1,433
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 155,889 125,353 115,432 57,220 47,590 36,515 44,965 38,359 20,373 19,448 14,588 10,966
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Total
Deductions...... 169,418 132,642 119,398 65,079 56,649 43,452 52,564 47,115 26,674 22,773 18,110 13,951
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $ 7,829 7,110 5,514 82,102 102,551 85,761 102,404 126,292 78,897 63,083 49,608 37,539
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
U.S. Goverment &
Diversified Income Global Asset Allocation Voyager High Quality Bond
Division Division Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $ 39,709 41,160 32,211 53,892 53,792 37,256 151,049 149,063 105,904 3,617 2,396 1,835
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (231) (123) -- (14,261) (5,339) (347) (13,314) (7,566) (605) (21) (371) --
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ (10,398) (1) (76) (129) -- -- 3,068 (2,579) (163) -- (1) (76)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 29,080 41,036 32,135 39,502 48,453 36,909 140,803 138,918 105,136 3,596 2,024 1,759
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 1,190 1,270 967 1,615 1,660 1,118 4,523 4,601 3,179 108 74 55
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 358 840 950 1,245 1,098 891 2,610 3,043 2,535 93 49 35
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 7,047 6,674 5,286 24,534 20,981 11,816 51,423 41,024 30,438 1,828 1,026 757
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Total
Deductions...... 8,595 8,784 7,203 27,394 23,739 13,825 58,556 48,668 36,152 2,029 1,149 847
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $ 20,485 32,252 24,932 12,108 24,714 23,084 82,247 90,250 68,984 1,567 875 912
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(6)--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account--
(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
International
Utilities Growth & Asia Pacific Growth Growth
Global Growth Division Income Division Division Division
---------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------- -------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998
------------- ------------- ------ ------ ----- ----- ------ ------ ------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 88,759 68,166 45,346 6,899 3,893 2,733 66,747 64,011 50,107 3,779
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (21,423) (5,983) (122) (613) (567) (43) (2,682) (3,911) (95) --
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... 1,887 2,526 248 5,352 (580) -- 9,609 (662) (351) 204
-------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ----- ------ ------ ------ -----
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers........... 69,223 64,709 45,472 11,638 2,746 2,690 73,674 59,438 49,661 3,983
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 2,659 2,104 1,361 207 120 82 2,000 1,976 1,504 113
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 1,105 1,392 1,314 173 79 52 872 1,307 1,289 67
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 21,770 13,699 8,733 3,408 1,595 1,260 17,170 16,628 12,664 1,324
-------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ----- ------ ------ ------ -----
Total Deductions..... 25,534 17,195 11,408 3,788 1,794 1,394 20,042 19,911 15,457 1,504
-------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ----- ------ ------ ------ -----
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $ 43,689 47,514 34,064 7,850 952 1,296 53,632 39,527 34,204 2,479
======== ====== ====== ====== ===== ===== ====== ====== ====== =====
<CAPTION>
International International
Growth & New
Income Opportunities
Division Division
------------- -------------
1998 1998
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 3,740 961
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (218) --
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... 25 21
-------- ------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers........... 3,547 982
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 112 29
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 56 18
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 1,105 346
-------- ------
Total Deductions..... 1,273 393
-------- ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $ 2,274 589
======== ======
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number Market
of Shares Value Cost
--------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Putnam Variable Trust:
Money Market Fund................................ 21,405 $ 21,405 $ 21,405
New Opportunities Fund........................... 13,803 359,699 272,461
Growth & Income Fund............................. 13,325 383,374 345,822
High Yield Fund.................................. 12,660 148,118 160,498
Diversified Income Fund.......................... 7,495 78,625 81,444
Global Asset Fund................................ 3,953 74,918 70,094
Voyager Fund..................................... 7,059 323,668 255,285
U.S. Government Bond Fund........................ 261 3,609 3,444
Global Growth Fund............................... 7,939 161,006 140,807
Utilities Growth & Income Fund................... 649 11,811 10,478
Asia Pacific Growth Fund......................... 13,704 114,157 126,692
International Growth Fund........................ 184 2,482 2,346
International Growth & Income Fund............... 178 2,181 2,156
International New Opportunities Fund............. 51 587 554
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.
F-27
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values
The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.
The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy as well as an Insured, age 50, in a
Corporate Program. This assumes the maximum monthly administrative charge. If a
particular Policy has different sales or administrative charges or if a
particular group is larger or smaller or has a different gender mix, the Cash
Values and Death Benefits would vary from those shown in the tables.
The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.
The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a
maximum .90% charge for mortality and expense risk, an assumed combined
investment advisory fee (representing the average of the fees incurred by the
Funds in which the Divisions invest) and the Funds' expenses (based on the
average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1998) of .673%. See the
respective Fund prospectus for details. After deduction for these amounts, the
illustrated gross annual investment rates of return of 0%, 6% and 12%
correspond to approximate net annual rates of -1.734%, 4.266%, and 10.266%,
respectively.
The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.
The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.
Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.
A-1
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.734%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $3,046 $500,000 $ 4,876 $500,000
2 12,630 5,886 500,000 9,583 500,000
3 19,423 8,478 500,000 14,162 500,000
4 26,555 10,814 500,000 18,544 500,000
5 34,045 12,871 500,000 22,743 500,000
6 41,908 14,630 500,000 26,762 500,000
7 50,165 16,062 500,000 30,606 500,000
8 58,834 17,126 500,000 34,218 500,000
9 67,937 17,786 500,000 37,665 500,000
10 77,496 18,011 500,000 40,891 500,000
11 87,532 17,793 500,000 43,842 500,000
12 98,070 17,101 500,000 46,583 500,000
13 109,134 15,928 500,000 49,065 500,000
14 120,752 14,246 500,000 51,235 500,000
15 132,951 12,000 500,000 53,100 500,000
16 145,760 9,127 500,000 54,665 500,000
17 159,209 5,514 500,000 55,877 500,000
18 173,331 1,024 500,000 56,683 500,000
19 188,159 0 0 57,093 500,000
20 203,728 0 0 57,054 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 47,204 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 8,258 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-2
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM: $6,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at
4.266%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,146 $500,000 $ 5,035 $500,000
2 12,630 6,269 500,000 10,199 500,000
3 19,423 9,322 500,000 15,536 500,000
4 26,555 12,291 500,000 20,983 500,000
5 34,045 15,147 500,000 26,554 500,000
6 41,908 17,863 500,000 32,258 500,000
7 50,165 20,398 500,000 38,104 500,000
8 58,834 22,701 500,000 44,039 500,000
9 67,937 24,722 500,000 50,133 500,000
10 77,496 26,414 500,000 56,338 500,000
11 87,532 27,750 500,000 62,603 500,000
12 98,070 28,680 500,000 68,996 500,000
13 109,134 29,176 500,000 75,477 500,000
14 120,752 29,186 500,000 81,999 500,000
15 132,951 28,628 500,000 88,574 500,000
16 145,760 27,411 500,000 95,212 500,000
17 159,209 25,384 500,000 101,870 500,000
18 173,331 22,368 500,000 108,509 500,000
19 188,159 18,164 500,000 115,142 500,000
20 203,728 12,562 500,000 121,731 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 151,898 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 167,986 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-3
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.266%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,244 $500,000 $ 5,192 $500,000
2 12,630 6,660 500,000 10,829 500,000
3 19,423 10,219 500,000 16,996 500,000
4 26,555 13,929 500,000 23,679 500,000
5 34,045 17,779 500,000 30,941 500,000
6 41,908 21,764 500,000 38,847 500,000
7 50,165 25,869 500,000 47,470 500,000
8 58,834 30,064 500,000 56,828 500,000
9 67,937 34,325 500,000 67,068 500,000
10 77,496 38,631 500,000 78,231 500,000
11 87,532 42,985 500,000 90,366 500,000
12 98,070 47,366 500,000 103,648 500,000
13 109,134 51,781 500,000 118,163 500,000
14 120,752 56,214 500,000 134,009 500,000
15 132,951 60,628 500,000 151,353 500,000
16 145,760 64,976 500,000 170,382 500,000
17 159,209 69,163 500,000 191,267 500,000
18 173,331 73,068 500,000 214,206 500,000
19 188,159 76,556 500,000 239,478 500,000
20 203,728 79,487 500,000 267,364 500,000
25 294,060 80,852 500,000 459,593 533,128
30 409,348 27,927 500,000 776,542 830,899
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-4
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.734%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,802 $508,802 $ 10,637 $510,637
2 25,261 17,282 517,282 20,998 520,998
3 38,846 25,398 525,398 31,122 531,122
4 53,111 33,144 533,144 40,942 540,942
5 68,090 40,497 540,497 50,470 550,470
6 83,817 47,441 547,441 59,710 559,710
7 100,330 53,946 553,946 68,668 568,668
8 117,669 59,973 559,973 77,283 577,283
9 135,875 65,488 565,488 85,626 585,626
10 154,992 70,466 570,466 93,637 593,637
11 175,064 74,902 574,902 101,257 601,257
12 196,140 78,772 578,772 108,556 608,556
13 218,269 82,079 582,079 115,483 615,483
14 241,505 84,803 584,803 121,977 621,977
15 265,903 86,900 586,900 128,047 628,047
16 291,521 88,323 588,323 133,699 633,699
17 318,419 88,976 588,976 138,877 638,877
18 346,663 88,748 588,748 143,522 643,522
19 376,319 87,530 587,530 147,650 647,650
20 407,457 85,227 585,227 151,205 651,205
25 588,120 55,780 555,780 157,496 657,496
30 818,697 0 0 133,383 633,383
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-5
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
4.266%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,089 $509,089 $ 10,985 $510,985
2 25,261 18,392 518,392 22,343 522,343
3 38,846 27,868 527,868 34,127 534,127
4 53,111 37,511 537,511 46,282 546,282
5 68,090 47,299 547,299 58,829 558,829
6 83,817 57,214 557,214 71,787 571,787
7 100,330 67,224 567,224 85,171 585,171
8 117,669 77,284 577,284 98,934 598,934
9 135,875 87,355 587,355 113,158 613,158
10 154,992 97,399 597,399 127,797 627,797
11 175,064 107,404 607,404 142,801 642,801
12 196,140 117,331 617,331 158,253 658,253
13 218,269 127,172 627,172 174,112 674,112
14 241,505 136,891 636,891 190,326 690,326
15 265,903 146,429 646,429 206,913 706,913
16 291,521 155,717 655,717 223,887 723,887
17 318,419 164,634 664,634 241,200 741,200
18 346,663 173,037 673,037 258,797 758,797
19 376,319 180,775 680,775 276,697 776,697
20 407,457 187,704 687,704 294,847 794,847
25 588,120 206,448 706,448 386,247 886,247
30 818,697 178,667 678,667 464,775 964,775
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-6
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.266%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- ---------- --------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,372 $ 509,372 $ 11,326 $ 511,326
2 25,261 19,527 519,527 23,717 523,717
3 38,846 30,492 530,492 37,320 537,320
4 53,111 42,341 542,341 52,184 552,184
5 68,090 55,131 555,131 68,444 568,444
6 83,817 68,935 568,935 86,244 586,244
7 100,330 83,819 583,819 105,744 605,744
8 117,669 99,844 599,844 127,048 627,048
9 135,875 117,083 617,083 150,411 650,411
10 154,992 135,624 635,624 175,977 675,977
11 175,064 155,588 655,588 203,902 703,902
12 196,140 177,084 677,084 234,498 734,498
13 218,269 200,264 700,264 267,979 767,979
14 241,505 225,270 725,270 304,570 804,570
15 265,903 252,233 752,233 344,593 844,593
16 291,521 281,292 781,292 388,401 888,401
17 318,419 312,550 812,550 436,315 936,315
18 346,663 346,101 846,101 488,687 988,687
19 376,319 382,050 882,050 545,984 1,045,984
20 407,457 420,527 920,527 608,644 1,108,644
25 588,120 658,215 1,158,215 1,020,078 1,520,078
30 818,697 988,219 1,488,219 1,652,557 2,152,557
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-7
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.266%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 7,521 $500,000 $ 9,971 $500,000
2 25,261 14,689 500,000 19,708 500,000
3 38,846 21,438 500,000 29,128 500,000
4 53,111 27,744 500,000 38,302 500,000
5 68,090 33,587 500,000 47,179 500,000
6 83,817 38,968 500,000 55,711 500,000
7 100,330 43,868 500,000 63,969 500,000
8 117,669 48,293 500,000 71,911 500,000
9 135,875 52,227 500,000 79,494 500,000
10 154,992 55,632 500,000 86,730 500,000
11 175,064 58,463 500,000 93,633 500,000
12 196,140 60,634 500,000 100,163 500,000
13 218,269 62,041 500,000 106,281 500,000
14 241,505 62,576 500,000 112,005 500,000
15 265,903 62,137 500,000 117,300 500,000
16 291,521 60,658 500,000 122,128 500,000
17 318,419 58,058 500,000 126,507 500,000
18 346,663 54,267 500,000 130,212 500,000
19 376,319 49,189 500,000 133,165 500,000
20 407,457 42,631 500,000 135,330 500,000
25 588,120 0 0 130,617 500,000
30 818,697 0 0 85,076 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-8
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
4.266%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 7,767 $500,000 $ 10,297 $500,000
2 25,261 15,639 500,000 20,973 500,000
3 38,846 23,553 500,000 31,954 500,000
4 53,111 31,483 500,000 43,328 500,000
5 68,090 39,408 500,000 55,056 500,000
6 83,817 47,333 500,000 67,106 500,000
7 100,330 55,238 500,000 79,563 500,000
8 117,669 63,135 500,000 92,406 500,000
9 135,875 71,011 500,000 105,613 500,000
10 154,992 78,837 500,000 119,220 500,000
11 175,064 86,577 500,000 133,263 500,000
12 196,140 94,155 500,000 147,736 500,000
13 218,269 101,481 500,000 162,635 500,000
14 241,505 108,464 500,000 178,016 500,000
15 265,903 115,018 500,000 193,889 500,000
16 291,521 121,093 500,000 210,275 500,000
17 318,419 126,629 500,000 227,244 500,000
18 346,663 131,577 500,000 244,694 500,000
19 376,319 135,870 500,000 262,655 500,000
20 407,457 139,363 500,000 281,201 500,000
25 588,120 135,166 500,000 385,709 500,000
30 818,697 49,109 500,000 525,805 552,096
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-9
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.266%)
----------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,009 $ 500,000 $ 10,617 $ 500,000
2 25,261 16,611 500,000 22,264 500,000
3 38,846 25,802 500,000 34,958 500,000
4 53,111 35,624 500,000 48,884 500,000
5 68,090 46,129 500,000 64,121 500,000
6 83,817 57,405 500,000 80,761 500,000
7 100,330 69,530 500,000 99,032 500,000
8 117,669 82,624 500,000 119,075 500,000
9 135,875 96,804 500,000 141,054 500,000
10 154,992 112,185 500,000 165,210 500,000
11 175,064 128,904 500,000 191,815 500,000
12 196,140 147,088 500,000 221,138 500,000
13 218,269 166,883 500,000 253,492 500,000
14 241,505 188,482 500,000 289,284 500,000
15 265,903 212,135 500,000 328,947 500,000
16 291,521 238,186 500,000 372,990 500,000
17 318,419 267,048 500,000 422,032 502,218
18 346,663 299,237 500,000 476,306 562,041
19 376,319 335,371 500,000 535,906 627,010
20 407,457 376,175 500,000 601,352 697,569
25 588,120 668,322 715,104 1,041,254 1,114,142
30 818,697 1,143,413 1,200,584 1,754,067 1,841,771
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-10
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $26,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.734%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 20,802 $520,802 $ 23,271 $523,271
2 54,732 40,959 540,959 46,049 546,049
3 84,168 60,404 560,404 68,247 568,247
4 115,075 79,109 579,109 89,941 589,941
5 147,528 97,050 597,050 111,075 611,075
6 181,603 114,229 614,229 131,592 631,592
7 217,382 130,623 630,623 151,568 651,568
8 254,950 146,240 646,240 170,955 670,955
9 294,397 161,064 661,064 189,696 689,696
10 335,816 175,056 675,056 207,803 707,803
11 379,305 188,170 688,170 225,287 725,287
12 424,970 200,316 700,316 242,094 742,094
13 472,917 211,386 711,386 258,170 758,170
14 523,262 221,274 721,274 273,534 773,534
15 576,124 229,888 729,888 288,133 788,133
16 631,629 237,186 737,186 301,916 801,916
17 689,909 243,118 743,118 314,902 814,902
18 751,104 247,662 747,662 326,786 826,786
19 815,358 250,775 750,775 337,464 837,464
20 882,825 252,329 752,329 346,891 846,891
25 1,274,261 228,553 728,553 370,968 870,968
30 1,773,845 130,673 630,673 344,381 844,381
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-11
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $26,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
4.266%)
--------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
---------------------------- ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 21,482 $ 521,482 $ 24,031 $ 524,031
2 54,732 43,587 543,587 48,995 548,995
3 84,168 66,261 566,261 74,835 574,835
4 115,075 89,486 589,486 101,653 601,653
5 147,528 113,249 613,249 129,426 629,426
6 181,603 137,562 637,562 158,128 658,128
7 217,382 162,411 662,411 187,864 687,864
8 254,950 187,814 687,814 218,620 718,620
9 294,397 213,764 713,764 250,371 750,371
10 335,816 240,230 740,230 283,160 783,160
11 379,305 267,172 767,172 317,032 817,032
12 424,970 294,503 794,503 351,967 851,967
13 472,917 322,112 822,112 387,943 887,943
14 523,262 349,881 849,881 425,012 925,012
15 576,124 377,704 877,704 463,154 963,154
16 631,629 405,515 905,515 502,347 1,002,347
17 689,909 433,242 933,242 542,644 1,042,644
18 751,104 460,833 960,833 583,763 1,083,763
19 815,358 488,216 988,216 625,613 1,125,613
20 882,825 515,224 1,015,224 668,159 1,168,159
25 1,274,261 634,205 1,134,205 886,959 1,386,959
30 1,773,845 693,709 1,193,709 1,101,085 1,601,085
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-12
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $26,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.266%)
----------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 22,150 $ 522,150 $ 24,779 $ 524,779
2 54,732 46,271 546,271 52,006 552,006
3 84,168 72,484 572,484 81,833 581,833
4 115,075 100,959 600,959 114,596 614,596
5 147,528 131,892 631,892 150,528 650,528
6 181,603 165,524 665,524 189,886 689,886
7 217,382 202,094 702,094 233,091 733,091
8 254,950 241,900 741,900 280,478 780,478
9 294,397 285,242 785,242 332,407 832,407
10 335,816 332,430 832,430 389,345 889,345
11 379,305 383,796 883,796 451,809 951,809
12 424,970 439,657 939,657 520,298 1,020,298
13 472,917 500,346 1,000,346 595,364 1,095,364
14 523,262 566,229 1,066,229 677,690 1,177,690
15 576,124 637,722 1,137,722 767,955 1,267,955
16 631,629 715,335 1,215,335 866,909 1,366,909
17 689,909 799,626 1,299,626 975,451 1,475,451
18 751,104 891,233 1,391,233 1,094,233 1,594,233
19 815,358 990,844 1,490,844 1,224,179 1,724,179
20 882,825 1,099,122 1,599,122 1,366,373 1,866,373
25 1,274,261 1,794,656 2,294,656 2,304,177 2,804,177
30 1,773,845 2,831,220 3,331,220 3,771,704 4,271,704
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-13
<PAGE>
MFS
Variable
Insurance
Trust
[PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LOGO]
. GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE POLICIES
Prospectus dated May 1, 1999
50456
Com
<PAGE>
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
ISSUED BY
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood
St. Louis, MO 63105
(314) 862-2211
This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."
The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.
The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.
The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.
Each Division of the Separate Account will invest solely in a corresponding
investment portfolio of MFS Variable Insurance Trust:
FUND FUND
MFS Emerging Growth Series MFS Global Governments Series
MFS Capital Opportunities Series MFS Foreign & Colonial Emerging
MFS Research Series Markets Equity Series
MFS Growth With Income Series MFS Bond Series
MFS Total Return Series MFS Limited Maturity Series
MFS Utilities Series MFS Money Market Series
MFS High Income Series MFS New Discovery Series
MFS Growth Series
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1999.
<PAGE>
Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.
It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for another
type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance protection
if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life insurance
policy.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Summary.................................................................. 4
The Company and the Separate Account..................................... 10
The Company
The Separate Account
The Underlying Funds
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums....................................... 15
Issuance of a Policy
Premiums
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits.......................................................... 19
Death Benefit
Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges............................................. 25
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Loans
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
Transfers
Right to Examine Policy
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Eligibility Change Conversion
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions................................................... 29
Sales Charges
Premium Tax Charge
Monthly Deduction
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy................................... 32
Distribution of the Policies............................................. 36
General Provisions of the Group Contract................................. 36
Federal Tax Matters...................................................... 38
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets............................. 41
Voting Rights............................................................ 41
State Regulation of the Company.......................................... 42
Management of the Company................................................ 43
Legal Matters............................................................ 44
Legal Proceedings........................................................ 44
Experts.................................................................. 44
Additional Information................................................... 44
Definitions.............................................................. 45
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
The Policies are not available in all states.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF THE POLICY
The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.
The Policy
The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.
. First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
"General Provisions of the Group Contract");
. Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and
. Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.
The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. An Executive
Program Policy is issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under
a Group contract or an employee-sponsored insurance program. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").
On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.
The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
4
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account, and The Funds") for a complete description of
the available. An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.
Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
Premiums
An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.
. Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.
. In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
schedule agreed to by the Company.
However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")
A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Death Benefit
Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:
. Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
Value; and
. Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
percentage of Cash Value.
So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")
The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")
5
<PAGE>
Riders
Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored insurance programs may not provide each of the additional
benefits described above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the
acceleration of death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none
of the additional benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these
additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Cash Value
The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.
Charges and Deductions
Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.
Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")
Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:
. Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
specification pages of the Policy) based on 1) the number of Insureds
covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
program, and 2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.
. Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured. See
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance."
. A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.
Separate Account Charges.
. Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
.0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
Account Charges.")
. Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for Federal or state income
taxes. (See "federal Tax Matters.")
6
<PAGE>
. Annual Expenses of the Funds (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
applicable). The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
owns the Policy. These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net
assets for the year ended December 31, 1998. The prospectus for each Fund
contains more detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds.")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Other Expenses(1)
Management Fees (after Total
(after fee waive reimbursement as Annual
Fund as applicable) applicable) Expenses
---- ---------------- ----------------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MFS Emerging Growth Series 0.75% 0.10% 0.85%
MFS Capital Opportunities
Series(/2/) 0.75% 0.27% 1.02%
MFS Research Series 0.75% 0.11% 0.86%
MFS Growth With Income Series 0.75% 0.13% 0.88%
MFS Total Return Series 0.75% 0.16% 0.91%
MFS Utilities Series 0.75% 0.26% 1.01%
MFS High Income Series 0.75% 0.28% 1.03%
MFS Global Governments
Series(/2/) 0.75% 0.26% 1.01%
MFS Foreign & Colonial
Emerging Markets Equity
Series(/2/) 1.25% 0.28% 1.53%
MFS Bond Series(/2/) 0.60% 0.42% 1.02%
MFS Limited Maturity
Series(/2/) 0.55% 0.48% 1.03%
MFS Money Market Series(/2/) 0.50% 0.12% 0.62%
MFS New Discovery Series(/2/) 0.90% 0.27% 1.17%
MFS Growth Series(/2/) 0.75% 0.25% 1.00%
</TABLE>
(/1/) Each series has an expense offset arrangement which reduces the
series' custodian fee based upon the amount of cash maintained by the
series with its custodian and dividend disbursing agent. Each series may
enter into other such arrangements and directed brokerage arrangements,
which would also have the effect of reducing the series' expenses.
Expenses do not take into account these expense reductions, and are
therefore higher than the actual expenses of the series.
(/2/) MFS has contractually agreed to bear expenses for these series,
subject to reimbursement by these series, such that each such series'
"Other Expenses" shall not exceed the following percentages of the average
daily net assets of the series during the current fiscal year: 0.40% for
the Bond Series, 0.45% for the Limited Maturity Series, 0.10% for the
Money Market Series, and 0.25% for each remaining series. The payments
made by MFS on behalf of each series under this arrangement are subject to
reimbursement by the series to MFS, which will be accomplished by the
payment of an expenses reimbursement fee by the series to MFS computed and
paid monthly at a percentage of the series' average daily net assets for
its then current fiscal year, with a limitation that immediately after
such payment the series' "Other Expenses" will not exceed the percentage
set forth above or that series. The obligation of MFS to bear a series'
"Other Expenses" pursuant to this arrangement, and the series' obligation
to pay the reimbursement fee to MFS, terminates on the earlier of the date
on which payments made by the series' equal the prior payment of such
reimbursable expenses by MFS, or December 31, 2001, in the case of the New
Discovery Series and May 1, 2002 in the case of the Growth Series and the
Global Equity Series.) MFS may, in its discretion, terminate this
contractual arrangement at an earlier date, provided that the arrangement
will continue for each series until at least May 1, 2000, unless
terminated with the consent of the board of trustees which oversees the
series.
The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that
the reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are
7
<PAGE>
no transaction charges imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In
addition, transfers and withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to
amount and frequency. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of
Net Premiums and Cash Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals--Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial
Withdrawal Transaction Charge.")
Policy Loans
After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a ten percent additional income tax would be imposed on the portion
of any loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")
Conversion Right
During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")
Eligibility Change Conversion
In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.
If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Right and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Illustrations
Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Surrender Values
may vary based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as
assumptions pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not
guaranteed. They are illustrative only and do not show past or future
performance. If a Policy is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash
Surrender Value payable will be low compared to premiums accumulated with
interest, and consequently the insurance protection provided prior to surrender
will be costly.
8
<PAGE>
Policy Tax Compliance
We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.
A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Specialized Uses of the Policy
Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Questions
If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.
9
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The Company
Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on our December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change
in operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our
main business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and
annuity contracts. As of December 31, 1998, it had assets in excess of $300
million. We are admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of
Columbia. Our principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri
63105 ("Home Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification
Number is 43-1235869.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by General American Mutual Holding Company,
a Missouri mutual insurance holding company.
Guarantee. The Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will have sufficient
funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event a Policyholder
presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance Policy, the
Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if Paragon is
unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.
Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.
Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.
Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.
10
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.
The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.
Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.
The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.
MFS Variable Insurance Trust
The Separate Account invests shares of MFS Variable Insurance Trust, a series-
type mutual fund registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management
investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the Prospectus
are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even though
additional Funds may be described in the Prospectus for MFS Variable Insurance
Trust. The assets of the Fund used by the Policies are held separate from the
assets of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and policies
which are generally different from those of the other Funds. The income or
losses of one Fund generally have no effect on the investment performance of
any other Fund.
The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios. The investment results
of the Funds may differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can
be no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the investment results of
any of the Funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other
portfolio.
The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund:
MFS Emerging Growth Series
MFS Emerging Growth Series will seek long-term growth of capital. The series
invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in
common stocks and related securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible
securities and depositary receipts for those securities, of emerging growth
companies. These companies are companies that the series' adviser believes are
either early in their life cycle but have the potential to become major
enterprises or are major enterprises whose rates of earnings growth are
expected to accelerate.
11
<PAGE>
MFS Capital Opportunities Series
Please note: This Series was previously named, MFS Value Series
MFS Capital Opportunities Series will seek capital appreciation. The series
invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in
common stocks and related securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible
securities and depositary receipts for those securities. The series focuses on
companies which the series' adviser believes have favorable growth prospects
and attractive valuations based on current and expected earnings or cash flow.
MFS Research Series
MFS Research Series will seek to provide long-term growth of capital and future
income. The series invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its
total assets in common stocks and related securities, such as preferred stocks,
convertible securities and depositary receipts. The series focuses on companies
that the series' adviser believes have favorable prospects for long-term
growth, attractive valuations based on current and expected earnings or cash
flow, dominant or growing market share and superior management.
MFS Growth With Income Series
MFS Growth With Income Series will seek long-term growth of capital and future
income while providing more current dividend income than is normally obtainable
from a portfolio of only growth stocks. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in common stock and related
securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities and depositary
receipts for those securities. While the fund may invest in companies of any
size, the fund generally focuses on companies with larger market
capitalizations that the series' adviser believes have sustainable growth
prospects and attractive valuations based on current and expected earnings or
cash flow.
MFS Total Return Series
MFS Total Return Series will primarily seek to obtain above-average income
(compared to a portfolio entirely invested in equity securities) consistent
with prudent employment of capital; its secondary objective is to take
advantage of opportunities for growth of capital and income since many
securities offering a better than average yield may also possess growth
potential. The series is a "balanced fund," and invests in a combination of
equity and fixed income securities. Under normal market conditions, the series
invests (I) at least 40%, but not more than 75%, of its net assets in common
stocks and related securities (referred to as equity securities), such as
preferred stocks, bonds, warrants or rights convertible into stock, and
depositary receipts for those securities; and (ii) at least 25% of its net
assets in non-convertible fixed income securities.
MFS Utilities Series
MFS Utilities Series will seek capital growth and current income (income above
that available from a portfolio invested entirely in equity securities) by
investing under normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in
equity and debt securities of both domestic and foreign companies in the
utilities industry.
MFS High Income Series
MFS High Income Series will seek high current income by investing primarily in
a professionally managed diversified portfolio of fixed income securities, some
of which may involve equity features. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 80% of its total assets in high yield fixed income
securities. Fixed income securities offering the high current income sought by
the series generally are lower rated bonds (junk bonds.)
MFS Global Governments Series
Please note: This Series was previously named, MFS World Governments Series
MFS Global Governments Series will seek to provide income and capital
appreciation. The series invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65%
of its total assets in debt obligations that are issued or guaranteed
12
<PAGE>
as to principal and interest by either (I) the U.S. Government, its agencies,
authorities or instrumentalities or (ii) the governments of foreign countries
(including emerging markets.) The series may also invest in corporate bonds
(including lower rated bonds commonly known as junk bonds) and mortgage-backed
and assets-backed securities.
MFS Foreign & Colonial Emerging Markets Equity Series
Please note: Shares of this series are not available for purchase by
variable life policyholders whose policies take effect on or after May 1,
1999.
MFS Foreign & Colonial Emerging Markets Equity Series will seek capital
appreciation. The series invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65%
of its total assets in common stocks and related securities, such as preferred
stock, convertible securities and depositary receipts of emerging market
issuers. Emerging market issuers are issuers whose principal activities are
located in emerging market countries.
MFS Bond Series
MFS Bond Series will primarily seek as high a level of current income as is
believed to be consistent with prudent investment risk; its secondary objective
is to seek to protect shareholders' capital. The series invests, under normal
market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in corporate bonds, U.S.
Government securities, and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.
MFS Limited Maturity Series
Please note: Shares of this series are not available for purchase by
variable life policyholders whose policies take effect on or after May 1,
1999.
MFS Limited Maturity Series will primarily seek to provide as high a level of
current income as is believed to be consistent with prudent investment risk.
Its secondary objective is to protect shareholders' capital. The series
invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in
fixed icnome securities with "limited" maturities (generally securities with
remaining maturities of 5 years or less.)
MFS Money Market Series
MFS Money Market Series will seek maximum current income to the extent
consistent with stability of principal by investing exclusively in money market
instruments maturing in less than 13 months. The series is a money market fund,
meaning it tries to maintain a share price of $1.00 while paying income to its
shareholders. The series will invest exclusively in U.S. dollar denominated
money market instruments.
MFS New Discovery Series
MFS New Discovery Series will seek capital appreciation. The series invests,
under normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in common
stocks and related securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities
and depositary receipts for those securities, of emerging growth companies.
These companies are companies that the series' adviser believes are either
early in their life cycle but have the potential to become major enterprises or
are major enterprises whose rates of earnings growth are expected to
accelerate.
MFS Growth Series
MFS Growth Series will seek to provide long-term growth of capital and future
income rather than current income. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 80% of its total assets in common stocks and related
securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities and depositary
receipts for those
13
<PAGE>
securities, of companies which the series' adviser believes offer better than
average prospects for long-term growth.
There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.
Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with Funds
pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual percentage of the
average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the Separate Account and
other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements are entered into
because of administrative services provided by the Company.
Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required
We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:
. Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;
. Substitute one Division for another Division; or
. Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
conditions warrant.
We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.
If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:
(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;
(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
required; or
(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.
We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate
14
<PAGE>
Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares. Should this
occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash Values or
premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing in such
shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS
Issuance of a Policy
We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.
Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued
(1) to independent contractors of the employer;
(2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
terminated;
(3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
employed by the Group Contractholder;
(4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
impracticable; or
(5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
that does not involve a Group Contract.
Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.
Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.
Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.
In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
15
<PAGE>
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.
Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed
issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is required to
answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual Insurance, but is
not required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The maximum
Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue
procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up
to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs depending upon the number
of eligible employees or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.
Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:
. where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;
. where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;
. where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance are not met; or
. in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
guaranteed issue
A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.
Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.
Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.
Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.
Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:
. the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;
. the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;
. the Insured is eligible for it; and
. the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
Company.
Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue
16
<PAGE>
Amount. If available, interim insurance will start as of the date of the
application. Interim insurance ends on the earliest of the following dates:
. the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;
. the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
applicant;
. the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
proposed Insured is declined;
. 60 days from the date of application; or
. termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.
Premiums
The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.
We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the prmeiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.
Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.
The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.
Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will generally be no change in planned
or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the employment of an Insured.
17
<PAGE>
Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the
current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal
Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.
Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1) as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less
(2) the premium expense charge;
(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")
Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.
The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.
The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned
18
<PAGE>
premiums have been paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is
insufficient to cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without
a sufficient payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group
Contract--Grace Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any
amount does not guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the
Maturity Date.
The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.
Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:
. Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us
(including evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to
reinstate the rider).
. Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.
. Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness
reinstated will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be
reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.
The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.
POLICY BENEFITS
Death Benefit
As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.
If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")
The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.
19
<PAGE>
The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.
Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:
(1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.
The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
40...................... 250%
41...................... 243
42...................... 236
43...................... 229
44...................... 222
45...................... 215
46...................... 209
47...................... 203
48...................... 197
49...................... 191
50...................... 185
51...................... 178
52...................... 171
53...................... 164
54...................... 157
55...................... 150
56...................... 146
57...................... 142
58...................... 138
59...................... 134
60...................... 130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
61...................... 128%
62...................... 126
63...................... 124
64...................... 122
65...................... 120
66...................... 119
67...................... 118
68...................... 117
69...................... 116
70...................... 115
71...................... 113
72...................... 111
73...................... 109
74...................... 107
75 to 90................ 105
91...................... 104
92...................... 103
93...................... 102
94...................... 101
95 or older............. 100
</TABLE>
The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.
20
<PAGE>
Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:
(1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.
Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).
Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B Provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.
Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.
A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:
(1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;
(2) The next most recent increases successively; and
(3) The initial Face Amount.
21
<PAGE>
This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").
Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")
Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:
.20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
page for the increase;
.within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
or
.within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.
Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")
Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:
(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable percentage
limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease the pure insurance
protection and the cost of insurance charges under the Policy without reducing
the Cash Value.
(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure insurance
protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the resultant applicable
percentage limitation. If the insurance protection is increased, the Policy
charges generally will increase as well.
(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable percentage of
Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is in effect) or the
Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in effect), increased premium
payments will increase the pure insurance protection. Increased premiums should
also increase the amount of funds available to keep the Policy in force.
(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount of
pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage limitations.
If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient to cover monthly
deductions or to offset negative investment performance, Cash Value may also
decrease, which in turn will increase the possibility that the Policy will
lapse. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and
Reinstatement.")
22
<PAGE>
(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only affects the
amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance charges if the death
benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on the applicable percentage of
Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease in the death benefit is offset by
the amount of Cash Value withdrawn. The primary use of a partial withdrawal is
to withdraw Cash Value.
Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")
When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")
An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.
Cash Value
The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:
. the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;
. the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;
. transfers;
. partial withdrawals;
. Policy Loans;
. Loan account interest rate credited; and
. the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.
An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.
Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:
(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date, multiplied
by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for the current
Valuation Period; plus
(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period which
are allocated to the Division; plus
23
<PAGE>
(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current Valuation
Period; plus
(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the
current Valuation Period; plus
(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which is
allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period plus transfer charges if any; minus
(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period, the
portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts during that Valuation
Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.
Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:
(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period; plus
(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--credited
to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net Investment Factor is
being determined; minus
(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those assets
during the Valuation Period; minus
(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the Company to be
properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or any amount set aside
during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense
risks; divided by
(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:
(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus
(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets
for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds to 0.90% per
year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by
(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.
24
<PAGE>
POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.
Loans
Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where
. (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
requested; and
.(b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.
Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan will be
transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan. Unless the Owner
requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred from the Divisions
of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in
each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value, (not including the Cash
Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation Period during which the
request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be considered transfers
for purposes of the limitations on transfers between Divisions.
Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.
Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account).
Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the
25
<PAGE>
selected Division, the Policy values will be lower as a result of the loan.
Conversely, if the Loan Account interest credited is higher than the investment
performance of the Division, the Policy values may be higher.
In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:
(1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or
(2)31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a sufficient
payment has been mailed.
If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.
Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.
Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on
the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.
26
<PAGE>
A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
the death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.
Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.
The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.
Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")
Transfers
Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value (not including amounts
credited to the Loan Account) may be transferred among the Divisions available
with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must be made in
writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month. Transfers must
be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash Value in a
Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in connection with
transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which the transfer
request is received.
All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.
Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
27
<PAGE>
As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
pages for the increase;
. 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or
. 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.
Eligibility Change Conversion
If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.
If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")
If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.
28
<PAGE>
When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Payment of Policy Benefits
A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.
Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.
Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.
Sales Charges
Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.
In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for
the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such
a Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.
29
<PAGE>
The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:
. the premium expense charge less;
. any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
. the premium tax charge (described below).
The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.
Premium Tax Charge
Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.
Monthly Deduction
Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.
Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Subsequent
Eligible Employees First Year Years
------------------ ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
250-499................................................ $5.00 $2.50
500-999................................................ $4.75 $2.25
1,000+................................................. $4.50 $2.00
</TABLE>
For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1) with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.
These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.
30
<PAGE>
Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.
Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.
The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we asume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.
If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.
The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gener mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)
Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.
The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount,
31
<PAGE>
we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in order,
starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will determine
the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount associated with
that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge, the cost of
insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at risk for the
corresponding rate class.
Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.
Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")
Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.
Separate Account Charges
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.
The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.
Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")
GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY
Postponement of Payments
Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted
as determined by the SEC;
32
<PAGE>
(2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or
(3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's net
assets.
Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
The Contract
The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.
Control of Policy
The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy, prior to its Maturity
Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change the payee nor the mode
of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any person whose rights of
ownership depend upon some future event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given time, all must exercise
the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and the Owner is not the
Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate unless otherwise
provided.
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.
Change of Owner or Beneficiary
The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action taken before we receive the
written request for change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at
the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's
death, designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds.
Policy Changes
We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will
33
<PAGE>
be permitted that would result in the death benefit under a Policy being
included in gross income due to not satisfying the requirements of Section 7702
of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable successor provision.
Conformity with Statutes
If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.
Claims of Creditors
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.
Incontestability
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.
Assignment
We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.
Suicide
Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.
Misstatement of Age and Corrections
If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.
Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.
Additional Insurance Benefits
Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer
34
<PAGE>
each of the additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be
available in all states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax
status of a Policy as life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of
any of these riders, we will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below
are intended to be general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the
additional benefits may vary from state to state, and the Policy should be
consulted. The cost of any additional insurance benefits will be deducted as
part of the monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction.")
Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.
Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.
Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner
in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The
rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets
certain underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV
test result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.
The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit. The Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is
not available with Corporate Programs.
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
35
<PAGE>
Pursuant to the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, we believe that for federal income tax purposes an
accelerated death benefit payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit
Settlement Option Rider should be fully excludable from the gross income of the
Beneficiary, as long as the Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy.
However, you should consult a qualified tax advisor about the consequences of
adding this Rider to a Policy or requesting an accelerated death benefit
payment under this Rider.
Records and Reports
We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.
An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES
Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation. Walnut Street is
registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-
dealer and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers.
Walnut Street's Internal Revenue Service employer identification No. is 43-
1333368. It is a Missouri corporation formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's
address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite 1000, St. Louis, MO 63102. The Policies
will be sold by broker-dealers who have entered into written sales agreements
with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies may take place in all states (except
New York) and the District of Columbia.
Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of
the part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums
received in excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may
be up to 0.25% per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy
Year or calendar year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20
years.
GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT
Issuance
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.
36
<PAGE>
Premium Payments
The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.
Grace Period
If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Termination
Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."
Right to Examine Group Contract
The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.
Entire Contract
The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.
Incontestability
We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.
Ownership of Group Contract
The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.
37
<PAGE>
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon the Company's understanding of the
present federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted by the
Internal Revenue Service. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or of the current
interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service.
Taxation of the Policy
Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") sets
forth a definition of a life insurance contract for federal tax purposes.
Although the Secretary of the Treasury (the "Treasury") is authorized to
prescribe regulations implementing Section 7702, while proposed regulations and
other interim guidance has been issued, final regulations have not been
adopted. In short, guidance as to how Section 7702 is to be applied is limited.
The Company nonetheless believes (largely in reliance on IRS Notice 88-128 and
the proposed regulations under Section 7702, issued on July 5, 1991) that the
Policy should meet the Section 7702 definition of a life insurance contract. If
a Policy were determined not to be a life insurance contract for purposes of
Section 7702, such Policy would not provide the tax advantages normally
provided by a life insurance policy. Therefore, if it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy Section 7702, we will take whatever
steps are appropriate and necessary to attempt to cause such Policy to comply
with Section 7702, including possibly refunding any premiums paid that exceed
the limitations allowable under Section 7702 (together with interest or other
earnings on any such premiums refunded as required by law). For these reasons,
we reserve the right to modify the Policy as necessary to attempt to qualify it
as a life insurance contract under Section 7702.
Section 817(h) of the Code authorizes the Treasury to set standards by
regulation or otherwise for the investments of each Division to be "adequately
diversified" in order for the Policy to be treated as a life insurance contract
for federal tax purposes. Although we do not control the investment management
companies or their investments, the investment management companies have
represented that they intend to comply with the diversification requirements
prescribed by the Treasury in Reg. Section 1.817-5. Thus, the Company believes
that each Division of the Separate Account will be in compliance with the
requirements prescribed by the Treasury.
The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be
considered the owner of separate account assets, for federal income tax
purposes, if the contract owner possesses incidents of ownership in those
assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. If
that were determined to be the case, income and gains from the separate account
assets would be includible in the variable contract owner's gross income. The
Treasury Department has also announced, in connection with the issuance of
regulations concerning diversification, that those regulations "do not provide
guidance concerning the circumstances in which investor control of the
investments of a segregated asset account may cause the investor (i.e., the
Owner), rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the
assets in the account." This announcement also stated that guidance would be
issued by way of regulations or rulings on the "extent to which policyholders
may direct their investments to particular subaccounts without being treated as
owners of the underlying assets."
The ownership rights under the Policy are similar to, but different in certain
respects from, those described by the IRS in rulings in which it was determined
that policy owners were not owners of separate account assets. For example, the
Owner has additional flexibility in allocating Premium payments and Policy
Values. These differences could result in an Owner being treated as the owner
of a pro rata portion of the assets of the
38
<PAGE>
Separate Account. In addition, we do not know what standards will be set forth,
if any, in the regulations or rulings which the Treasury Department has stated
it expects to issue. We therefore reserve the right to modify the Policy as
necessary to attempt to prevent an Owner from being considered the owner of a
pro rata share of the assets of the Separate Account.
The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits
1. In general. As a life insurance contract, the proceeds and Cash Value
increases of a Policy should be treated in a manner consistent with a fixed-
benefit life insurance policy for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the death
benefit under the Policy should be excludable from the gross income of the
Beneficiary under Section 101(a)(1) of the Code.
The exchange of a Policy, a change in the Policy's death benefit option (e.g.,
a change from Option B to Option A), a change in the Policy's Face Amount, a
conversion to a fixed policy, an exchange, a Policy loan, an unscheduled
premium payment, a Policy lapse with an outstanding loan, a partial withdrawal,
a surrender, or an assignment of the Policy may have federal income tax
consequences depending on the circumstances. In addition, federal estate and
state and local estate, inheritance, and other tax consequences of ownership or
receipt of Policy proceeds depend on the circumstances of each Policy Owner or
Beneficiary. A competent tax advisor should be consulted for further
information.
Pursuant to the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, the Company believes that for federal income tax
purposes an accelerated death benefit payment made under the Accelerated Death
Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be fully excludable from the gross
income of the Beneficiary, as long as the Beneficiary is the Insured under the
Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax advisor about the
consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy or requesting an accelerated
death benefit payment under this Rider.
The Policies may be used in various arrangements, such as nonqualified deferred
compensation or salary continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans,
executive bonus plans, retiree medical benefit plans and others. The tax
consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular facts and
circumstances of each individual arrangement. Therefore, if you are
contemplating the use of such Policies in any arrangement the value of which
depends in part on its tax consequences, you should be sure to consult a
qualified tax advisor regarding the tax attributes of the particular
arrangement. In recent years, Congress has adopted new rules relating to life
insurance owned by businesses. Any business contemplating the purchase of a new
Policy or a change in an existing Policy should consult a tax advisor.
Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Cash Value, including increments thereof, under the Policy until there is a
distribution. The tax consequences of distributions from, and loans taken from
or secured by, a Policy depend on whether the Policy is classified as a
"modified endowment contract". Whether a Policy is or is not classified as a
modified endowment contract, upon a complete surrender or lapse of the Policy
or when benefits are paid at the maturity date, if the amount received plus the
amount of Indebtedness exceeds the total investment in the Policy, the excess
will generally be treated as ordinary income subject to tax.
2. Policies classified as modified endowment contracts. In general, a Policy
will be a modified endowment contract if the accumulated premiums paid at any
time during the first seven Policy years exceeds the sum of the net level
premiums which would have been paid on or before such time if the Policy
provided for paid-up future benefits after the payment of seven level annual
premiums. Further, a Policy that is not otherwise a modified endowment contract
may become a modified endowment contract if it is "materially changed." The
determination whether a Policy will be a modified endowment contract may become
a modified endowment
39
<PAGE>
contract if it is "materially changed." The determination whether a Policy will
be a modified endowment contract after a material change generally depends upon
the relationship of the death benefit and the Cash Value at the time of such
change and the additional premiums paid in the seven years following the
material change.
Due to the Policy's flexibility, classification as a modified endowment
contract will depend on the individual circumstances of each Policy. Moreover,
the rules relating to whether a Policy will be treated as a modified endowment
contract are extremely complex. Therefore, a current or prospective Policy
Owner is strongly advised to retain and consult with a competent advisor before
purchasing a Policy, making an unscheduled premium payment on an existing
Policy or making any change in an existing Policy, to determine whether the
Policy will be treated as a modified endowment contract.
The Company has adopted administrative steps designed to protect a Policy Owner
against inadvertently having the Policy become a modified endowment contract.
Although the Company cannot provide complete assurance at this time that a
Policy will not inadvertently become a modified endowment contract, it is
continuing its efforts to enhance its administrative systems to monitor
potential modified endowment classifications automatically.
3. Distributions from Policies Classified as Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts will be subject to the
following tax rules: First, all distributions, including distributions upon
surrender and benefits paid at maturity, from such a Policy are treated as
ordinary income subject to tax up to the amount equal to the excess (if any) of
the Cash Value immediately before the distribution over the investment in the
Policy (described below) at such time. Second, loans taken from, or secured by,
such a Policy (as well as due but unpaid interest that is added to the loan
amount) are treated as distributions from such a Policy and taxed accordingly.
Third, a 10 % additional income tax is imposed on the portion of any
distribution from, or loan taken from or secured by, such a Policy that is
included in income except where the distributions or loan is made on or after
the Policy Owner attains age 59 1/2, is attributable to the Policy Owner's
becoming disabled, or is part of a series of substantially equal periodic
payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the Policy Owner or the joint
lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Policy Owner and the Policy Owner's
Beneficiary.
If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract after it is issued,
distributions made during the Policy year in which it becomes a modified
endowment contract, distributions in any subsequent Policy year and
distributions within two years before the Policy becomes a modified endowment
contract will be subject to the tax treatment described above. This means that
a distribution from a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract could
later become taxable as a distribution from a modified endowment contract.
4. Distributions From Policies Not Classified as Modified Endowment Contracts.
Distributions from a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract, and
which is not materially changed, or, if materially changed, is not classified
as a modified endowment contract after such material change, are generally
treated as first recovering the investment in the Policy (described below) and
then, only after the return of all such investment in the Policy, as
distributing taxable income. An exception to this general rule occurs in the
case of a decrease in the Policy's death benefit (e.g., partial withdrawal or a
change from Option B to Option A) or any other change that reduces benefits
under the Policy in the first 15-years after the Policy is issued and that
results in a cash distribution to the Policy Owner in order for the Policy to
continue complying with the Section 7702 definitional limits. Such a cash
distribution will be taxed in whole or in part as ordinary income (to the
extent of any gain in the Policy) under rules prescribed in Section 7702.
Loans from, or secured by, a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract
are not treated as distributions. Instead, such loans are treated as
Indebtedness of the Owner.
Finally, neither distributions (including distributions upon surrender or
lapse) nor loans from, or secured by, a Policy that is not a modified endowment
contract are subject to the 10% additional income tax.
40
<PAGE>
5. Policy loan interest. If there is any borrowing against a Policy, the
interest paid on the loan generally will not be tax deductible. A Policy Owner
should consult a qualified tax adviser before deducting interest on a Policy
loan.
6. Investment in the Policy. Investment in the Policy means (i) the aggregate
amount of any premiums or other consideration paid for a Policy, minus (ii) the
aggregate amount received under the Policy which is excluded from gross income
of the Policy Owner (except that the amount of any loan from, or secured by, a
Policy that is a modified endowment contract, to the extent such amount is
excluded from gross income, will be disregarded), plus (iii) the amount of any
loan from, or secured by, a Policy that is a modified endowment contract to the
extent that such amount is included in the gross income of the Owner.
7. Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us
(or our affiliates) to the same Policy Owner during any calendar year are
treated as one modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the
amount includible in gross income.
Possible Charge for Taxes
At the present time, the Company makes no charge to the Separate Account for
any federal, state or local taxes we incur that may be attributable to the
Separate Account or to the Policies. We reserve the right in the future to make
a charge for any such tax or other economic burden resulting from the
application of the tax laws that we determine to be properly attributable to
the Separate Account or to the Policies.
Possible Changes in Taxation
Although the likelihood of legislative changes is uncertain, there is always
the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy could change by
legislation or otherwise. It is possible that any legislative change could be
retroactive (that is, effective prior to the date of the date of the change). A
tax advisor should be consulted with respect to legislative developments and
their effect on the Policy.
SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS
The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for the assets of the Separate Account is
afforded by a blended executive risk insurance program, including blanket
fidelity coverage issued by CNA and Chubb Insurance Companies with a limit of
$25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who have access
to the assets of the Separate Account.
VOTING RIGHTS
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.
The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
41
<PAGE>
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.
Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.
Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.
IMSA
The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before
March 1 each year covering the operations and reporting on the financial
condition of the Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically,
the Director of Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the
liabilities and reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy.
A full examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.
In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.
Preparing for Year 2000
Like all financial service providers, we utilizes systems that may be affected
by Year 2000 transition issues and rely on service providers, including the
Funds, that also may be affected. We have developed and implemented a Year 2000
transition plan, and sought disclosure from our service providers that they are
also so engaged. The resources devoted to this effort that have been, and
continue to be, substantial. It is difficult to predict with precision whether
the amount of resources ultimately devoted, or the outcome of these efforts,
will have any
42
<PAGE>
negative impact. However, as of the date of this prospectus, it is not
anticipated that Policy Owners will experience negative effects on their
investment, or on the services provided in connection therewith, as a result of
Year 2000 transition implementation We have examined our systems and made the
necessary changes to ensure proper Year 2000 transition, and put in place the
proper processes to ensure continued Year 2000 transition success. The results
of that examination have been independently reviewed, but there can be no
assurance that we will be completely successful, or that interaction with other
service providers will not impair our services at that time.
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years/1/
--------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
Executive Officers/2/
Carl H. Anderson/4/ President and Chief Executive Officer since June,
1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June
1986, General American Life Insurance Co., St.
Louis, MO (GenAm).
Matthew K. Duffy Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
July, 1996. Formerly Director of Accounting,
Prudential Insurance Company of America, March,
1987-June, 1996.
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4/ Treasurer since December, 1994. Corporate Actuary
General American Life and Treasurer, GenAm since October, 1994.
Insurance Company Executive Vice President--Group Pensions, GenAm
700 Market Street January, 1990-October, 1994.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Matthew P. McCauley/4/ Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
General American Life Secretary since August, 1981. Vice President and
Insurance Company Associate General Counsel , GenAm, since December
700 Market Street 30, 1995.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Craig K. Nordyke/4/ Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
November, 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
August, 1990-November, 1996; Second Vice President
and Chief Actuary, May, 1987-August, 1990.
John R. Tremmel Vice President Operations and System Development
since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating
Officer, ISP Alliance, April 1998-December 1998.
Vice President and General Manager of National
Operations Centers, Norell Corporation, January
1995-March 1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp
Insurance Group, September 1986-December 1995.
Directors/3/
Richard A. Liddy Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer,
GenAm, since May, 1992. President and Chief
Operating Officer, GenAm, May, 1988-May, 1992.
Leonard M. Rubenstein Chairman and Chief Executive Officer-Conning
Corporation and Conning Asset Management Company
since January, 1997. Executive Vice President--
Investments, GenAm, February, 1991-January, 1997.
Warren J. Winer Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
September, 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm.
M. Mercer, July, 1993-August, 1995; President, WF
Corroon, September, 1990-July, 1993.
Bernard H Wolzenski Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
November, 1991. Vice President--Life Product
Management, GenAm, May, 1989-November, 1991.
A. Greig Woodring President, Reinsurance Group of America, Inc.,
since May, 1993, and
Executive Vice President--Reinsurance, GenAm,
since January, 1990.
</TABLE>
43
<PAGE>
- --------
/1/All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
/2/The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
noted.
/3/The principal business address of each person listed is General American
Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 660 Mason Ridge Center Drive,
St. Louis, MO 63141.
/4/Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.
LEGAL MATTERS
Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning Policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.
44
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.
Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.
Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.
Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.
Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.
Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.
Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.
Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.
Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.
Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.
Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.
Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.
Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.
Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.
Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.
Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.
Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.
45
<PAGE>
Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.
Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.
Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.
Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.
Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.
Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.
Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.
Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.
Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.
Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.
Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.
Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.
Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.
Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.
Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.
46
<PAGE>
[KPMG LOGO]
10 South Broadway
Suite 900
St. Louis, MO 63102-1761
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
[LOGO SIGNATURE OF KPMG LLP]
February 3, 1999
F-1
[LOGO OF FOUR BOXES]
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Balance Sheets
December 31, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
--------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, available for sale....................... $ 83,384 75,704
Policy loans............................................... 14,135 11,487
Cash and cash equivalents.................................. 7,439 5,733
--------- -------
Total cash and invested assets......................... 104,958 92,924
Reinsurance recoverables................................... 1,170 1,733
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder account
balances.................................................. 6,688 6,416
Accrued investment income.................................. 1,545 1,377
Deferred policy acquisition costs.......................... 20,602 17,980
Fixed assets and leasehold improvements, net............... 4,504 2,609
Other assets............................................... 105 179
Separate account assets.................................... 168,222 118,051
--------- -------
Total assets........................................... $ 307,794 241,269
========= =======
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account balances.............................. 93,334 85,152
Policy and contract claims................................. 1,672 1,085
Federal income taxes payable............................... 281 163
Other liabilities and accrued expenses..................... 3,943 3,486
Payable to affiliates...................................... 2,062 1,620
Due to separate account.................................... 183 61
Deferred tax liability..................................... 5,591 4,394
Separate account liabilities............................... 168,222 118,051
--------- -------
Total liabilities...................................... $ 275,288 214,012
--------- -------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value $25; 100,000 shares authorized;
82,000 shares issued and outstanding.................... 2,050 2,050
Additional paid-in capital............................... 17,950 17,950
Accumulated other comprehensive income................... 2,809 1,958
Retained earnings........................................ 9,697 5,299
--------- -------
Total stockholder's equity............................. $ 32,506 27,257
--------- -------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity............. $ 307,794 241,269
========= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Policy contract charges............................... $20,437 16,417 13,719
Net investment income................................. 6,983 6,288 5,663
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
ceded................................................ 124 10 114
Net realized investment gains......................... 53 69 72
------- ------ ------
Total revenues...................................... 27,597 22,784 19,568
======= ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
Policy benefits....................................... 4,774 3,876 3,326
Interest credited to policyholder account balances.... 5,228 4,738 4,126
Commissions, net of capitalized costs................. 167 227 79
General and administration expenses, net of
capitalized costs.................................... 9,512 7,743 6,798
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..... 1,150 424 285
------- ------ ------
Total benefits and expenses......................... 20,831 17,008 14,614
======= ====== ======
Income before federal income tax expense............ 6,766 5,775 4,954
Federal income tax expense.............................. 2,368 1,885 1,738
------- ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 4,398 3,890 3,216
Other comprehensive income (loss)....................... 851 1,636 (1,261)
------- ------ ------
Comprehensive income.................................... $ 5,249 5,526 1,955
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Stockholder's Equity
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Additional other Retained Total
Common paid-in comprehensive earnings stockholder's
Stock capital income (deficit) equity
------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1995................... $2,050 17,950 1,583 (1,807) 19,776
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,216 3,216
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- (1,261) -- (1,261)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1996................... $2,050 17,950 322 1,409 21,731
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,890 3,890
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 1,636 -- 1,636
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... $2,050 17,950 1,958 5,299 27,257
Net income............ -- -- -- 4,398 4,398
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 851 -- 851
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... $2,050 17,950 2,809 9,697 32,506
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 4,398 3,890 3,216
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in:
Reinsurance recoverables..................... 563 (892) 407
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
account balances............................ (272) (342) (378)
Accrued investment income.................... (168) (79) (257)
Federal income tax payable................... 118 (648) 811
Other assets................................. (1,821) (1,280) (1,019)
Policy and contract claims................... 587 (23) 12
Other liabilities and accrued expenses....... 457 782 741
Payable to affiliates........................ 442 (669) 397
Due to separate account...................... 122 (34) (108)
Deferred tax expense........................... 740 732 615
Policy acquisition costs deferred.............. (3,808) (2,972) (2,447)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs......................................... 1,150 424 285
Interest credited to policyholder accounts..... 5,228 4,738 4,126
Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
maturities.................................... (53) (69) (72)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 7,683 3,558 6,329
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of fixed maturities..................... (14,915) (12,557) (15,290)
Sale or maturity of fixed maturities............. 8,632 5,255 6,860
Increase in policy loans, net.................... (2,648) (1,923) (2,358)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities.............. (8,931) (9,225) (10,788)
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net policyholder account deposits................ 2,954 2,294 6,509
-------- ------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents....................................... 1,706 (3,373) 2,050
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..... 5,733 9,106 7,056
-------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 7,439 5,733 9,106
======== ======= =======
Income taxes paid.................................. $ (1,460) (1,801) (198)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.
General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents
a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.
The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates
include deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.
The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:
(a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses
Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.
Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.
(b) Invested Assets
Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1998
and 1997, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes,
being reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate
component of stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid
balances.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.
Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the
actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences
occur, the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the
amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since
the acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to
interest income.
F-6
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(c) Policyholder Account Balances
Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest
general account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1998, 1997 and
1996. The actual crediting rate was 6.5% in 1998 and 1997, and ranged from
6.5% to 7.0% in 1996.
(d) Federal Income Taxes
The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on
deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is
paid to, or received from, General American. Paragon recognizes a tax benefit
to the extent that its tax losses are utilized by other members of the General
American consolidated tax group.
(e) Reinsurance
Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges.
Amounts applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.
(f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for
the impact on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on
investment securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated
regularly and are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates
that revision is appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to
date is adjusted by a charge or credit to income.
(g) Separate Account Business
The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding
variable life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life
insurance contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for
risks it assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal
charges to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract
holders. The assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at
fair value.
F-7
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used
with care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate
fair value:
Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.
Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
approximates fair value.
Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
account assets.
Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.
(j) Reclassifications
The Company has reclassified the presentation of certain prior period
information to conform to the 1998 presentation.
(2) Investments
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 6,705 267 -- 6,972
Corporate securities............ 64,607 4,481 (208) 68,881
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,854 192 (25) 7,021
Asset-backed securities......... 500 10 -- 510
------- ----- ---- ------
$78,666 4,950 (233) 83,384
======= ===== ==== ======
<CAPTION>
1997
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 4,472 131 -- 4,603
Corporate securities............ 56,973 3,098 (142) 59,929
Mortgage-backed securities...... 9,124 233 (48) 9,309
Asset-backed securities......... 1,762 101 -- 1,863
------- ----- ---- ------
$72,331 3,563 (190) 75,704
======= ===== ==== ======
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1998, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected
maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Amortized fair
cost value
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less............................... $ 605 616
Due after one year through five years................. 20,733 21,528
Due after five years through ten years................ 12,600 13,338
Due after ten years through twenty years.............. 37,873 40,881
Mortgage-backed securities............................ 6,855 7,021
------- ------
$78,666 83,384
======= ======
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
$4,069,000, $1,328,585 and $4,129,254 respectively. Gross gains of $53,180,
$68,876 and $71,604 were realized on those sales in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
The sources of net investment income follow (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Maturities.................................... $5,603 4,941 4,626
Short-term investments.............................. 535 608 449
Policy loans and other.............................. 924 807 680
------ ----- -----
$7,062 6,356 5,755
Investment expenses................................. (79) (68) (92)
------ ----- -----
Net investment income........................... $6,983 6,288 5,663
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in
000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Fixed maturities available-for-sale.............. $ 4,717 3,373 513
Deferred policy acquisition costs................ (396) (361) (17)
Deferred income taxes.............................. (1,512) (1,054) (174)
------- ------ ----
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)......... $ 2,809 1,958 322
======= ====== ====
</TABLE>
The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,121,000 and $3,982,000
at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
(3) Reinsurance
The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.
F-9
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $14,723 13,001 10,264
Policy benefits ceded............................. 17,071 14,070 6,274
Commissions and expenses ceded.................... 123 195 114
Reinsurance recoverables.......................... 1,109 1,661 774
</TABLE>
Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
insignificant.
(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.................... $17,980 15,776 13,006
Policy acquisition costs deferred............... 3,808 2,972 2,447
Policy acquisition costs amortized.............. (1,150) (424) (285)
Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
available for sale............................. (36) (344) 608
------- ------ ------
Balance at end of year.......................... $20,602 17,980 15,776
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
(5) Federal Income Taxes
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal
income tax expense is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax (benefit) expense.......................... $1,628 1,153 1,123
Deferred tax expense................................... 740 732 615
------ ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................. $2,368 1,885 1,738
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense....................... $2,368 2,022 1,734
Other, net............................................ 0 (137) 4
------ ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................ $2,368 1,885 1,738
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1998 and 1997
are presented below (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned reinsurance allowances...................... $ 218 217 153
Policy and contract liabilities...................... 709 1,031 1,305
Tax capitalization of acquisition costs.............. 2,147 1,755 1,386
Other, net........................................... 58 76 69
------ ----- -----
Total deferred tax assets.......................... $3,132 3,079 2,913
====== ===== =====
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on investments....................... $1,512 1,054 174
Deferred policy acquisition costs.................... 7,211 6,419 5,520
------ ----- -----
Total gross deferred tax liabilities............... $8,723 7,473 5,694
------ ----- -----
Net deferred tax liabilities....................... $5,591 4,394 2,781
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers
whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon
the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those
temporary differences become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax
return with its Parent. Realization of the gross tax asset will not be
dependent solely on the Company's ability to generate its own taxable income.
General American has a proven history of earnings and it appears more likely
than not that the Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully
realized.
(6) Related-Party Transactions
Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1998, 1997 and
1996 were $1,513,433, $1,348,198 and $1,250,396, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.
(7) Pension Plan
Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General
American. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level.
No pension expense was recognized in 1998, 1997 or 1996 due to overfunding of
the plan.
In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$188,316, $198,972 and $80,434 for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106--Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.
(8) Statutory Financial Information
The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements,
generally referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a
basis of accounting which varies in some
F-11
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
respects from generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Statutory
accounting principles include: (1) charging of policy acquisition costs to
income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and contract liabilities
computed using required valuation standards which may vary in methodology
utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes resulting from
temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset impairments
and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to maturity with
asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae and interest
stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their original purchase
maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities at amortized
cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; and (7) recognition of
deposits and withdrawals on universal life policies as revenues and expenses.
The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income (loss) of the Company at
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, as determined using statutory accounting
practices, is summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $10,500 10,725 10,751
Net income (loss) as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $ 1,596 1,397 982
</TABLE>
(9) Dividend Restrictions
Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to
the amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1998 without prior
notice or approval is $1,596,000. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1998, 1997
or 1996.
(10) Risk-Based Capital
The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a benchmark for the
regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance regulators. The
requirements apply various weighted factors to financial balances or activity
levels based on their perceived degree of risk.
The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the
Company or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual
total adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At
December 31, 1998, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess
of minimum levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory
authorities under the RBC formula.
(11) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31:
1999............................................................. $ 626
2000............................................................. 598
2001............................................................. 256
2002............................................................. 53
------
$1,533
======
</TABLE>
Rent expense totaled $489,999, $433,864 and $388,976 in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
F-12
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Concluded)
(12) Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and
its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of
general-purpose financial statements. The most significant items of
comprehensive income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses
on securities. The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of
operations or financial position, but affects their presentation and
disclosure. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and
the following summaries present the components of the Company's comprehensive
income, other than net income, for the periods ending December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996 (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $ 1,361 (476) 885
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (53) 19 (34)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income.................... 1,308 (457) 851
------- ---- ------
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $ 2,585 (904) 1,681
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (69) 24 (45)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income.................... 2,516 (880) 1,636
------- ---- ------
<CAPTION>
1996
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $(1,868) 654 (1,214)
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (72) 25 (47)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income (loss)............. (1,940) 679 (1,261)
------- ---- ------
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
[KPMG LOGO]
10 South Broadway
Suite 900
St. Louis, MO 63102-1761
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's MFS Divisions:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Bond, High Income, Money Market, Emerging
Growth, Utilities, Growth with Income, Total Return, Research, World
Governments, Value, New Discovery and Emerging Markets Divisions of Paragon
Separate Account B as of December 31, 1998, and related statements of
operations and changes in net assets for the periods presented. These financial
statements are the responsibility of Paragon Separate Account B's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1998 by
correspondence with the MFS Variable Insurance Trust. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Bond, High Income, Money
Market, Emerging Growth, Utilities, Growth with Income, Total Return, Research,
World Governments, Value, New Discovery and Emerging Markets Divisions of
Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1998, and the results of their
operations and changes in their net assets for the periods presented, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
[LOGO SIGNATURE OF KPMG LLP]
April 2, 1999
F-14
[LOGO OF FOUR BOXES]
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
High Money Emerging Growth Total World New
Bond Income Market Growth Utilities with Income Return Research Governments Value Discovery
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- -------- -------- --------- --------- ----------- -------- --------- ----------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in
MFS
Investments, at
Market Value
(See Schedule
of
Investments)... $1,537 142,672 2,931 2,300,718 120,266 479,669 295,620 1,336,691 1,270 115,225 545,747
------ ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ----- ------- -------
Receivable
(payable)
from/to Paragon
Life Insurance
Company........ (1) (46,386) 225,149 (1,656) (89) (321) (219) (179,848) (1) (83) (382)
------ ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ----- ------- -------
Total Net
Assets......... 1,536 96,286 228,080 2,299,062 120,177 479,348 295,401 1,156,843 1,269 115,142 545,365
====== ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ========= ===== ======= =======
Group Variable
Universal Life
Cash Value
Invested in
Separate
Account........ 1,536 96,286 228,080 2,299,062 120,177 479,348 295,401 1,156,843 1,269 115,142 545,365
------ ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ----- ------- -------
$1,536 96,286 228,080 2,299,062 120,177 479,348 295,401 1,156,843 1,269 115,142 545,365
====== ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ========= ===== ======= =======
Total Units
Held........... 129 7,571 198,747 108,018 5,323 23,460 15,876 60,047 116 6,787 53,674
------ ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ----- ------- -------
Net Asset Value
Per Unit....... $11.92 12.72 1.15 21.28 22.58 20.43 18.61 19.27 10.97 16.93 10.16
Cost of
Investments.... $1,740 145,620 2,931 1,591,028 97,962 377,949 251,061 1,014,583 1,206 98,869 530,928
====== ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ========= ===== ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Emerging
Market
Division
--------
<S> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in
MFS
Investments, at
Market Value
(See Schedule
of
Investments)... --
--------
Receivable
(payable)
from/to Paragon
Life Insurance
Company........ --
--------
Total Net
Assets......... --
========
Group Variable
Universal Life
Cash Value
Invested in
Separate
Account........ --
--------
--
========
Total Units
Held........... --
--------
Net Asset Value
Per Unit....... --
Cost of
Investments.... --
========
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-15
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and for the period from February
16, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996 except for the Value Division and
the Emerging Market Series which are for the period from May 1, 1997
(Inception) to December 31, 1997and for the New Discovery Series which is for
the period May 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market
Bond Division High Income Division Division
------------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 59 -- 450 8,853 -- 1,481 316 916 52
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 14 72 65 1,226 581 191 55 169 13
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ 45 (72) 385 7,627 (581) 1,290 261 747 39
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... 1 -- -- 724 -- -- -- -- --
Proceeds from Sales.... 201 14,554 6,424 3,153 2,962 124,652 74,550 -- --
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 233 13,683 6,461 3,055 2,712 124,741 74,550 -- --
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... (31) 871 (37) 822 250 (89) -- -- --
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of the Year.. (279) (165) -- 8,214 615 -- -- -- --
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year............ (203) (279) (165) (2,948) 8,214 615 -- -- --
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... 76 (114) (165) (11,162) 7,599 615 -- -- --
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
Net Gain on
Investments.......... 45 757 (202) (10,340) 7,849 526 -- -- --
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
Increase in Assets
Resulting from
Operations.............. $ 90 685 183 (2,713) 7,268 1,816 261 747 39
======== ======= ====== ======= ====== ======= ======= ====== =====
<CAPTION>
Emerging Growth Growth with Income
Division Utilities Division Division
------------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 14,895 -- 4,652 6,856 -- 1,110 -- 2,353 560
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 17,931 11,059 4,309 934 369 105 3,090 1,625 193
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ (3,036) (11,059) 343 5,922 (369) 1,005 (3,090) 728 367
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... 5,320 -- 534 610 -- 239 -- 3,197 55
Proceeds from Sales.... 599,882 86,187 44,470 1,753 1,160 41,990 6,136 29,594 2,018
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 445,880 73,076 41,467 1,495 1,010 42,077 5,067 24,559 1,922
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... 159,322 13,111 3,537 868 150 152 1,069 8,232 151
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain
Beginning of Year...... 257,879 44,927 -- 12,172 622 -- 32,838 3,549 --
Unrealized Gain End of
Year................... 709,690 257,879 44,927 22,304 12,172 622 101,720 32,838 3,549
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
Net Unrealized Gain
on Investments....... 451,811 212,952 44,927 10,132 11,550 622 68,882 29,289 3,549
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments.......... 611,133 226,063 48,464 11,000 11,700 774 69,951 37,521 3,700
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ -----
Increase in Assets
Resulting from
Operations.............. $608,097 215,004 48,807 16,922 11,331 1,779 66,861 38,249 4,067
======== ======= ====== ======= ====== ======= ======= ====== =====
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-16
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS-- (Continued)
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and for the period from February
16, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996 except for the Value Division and
the Emerging Market Series which are for the period from May 1, 1997
(Inception) to December 31, 1997and for the New Discovery Series which is for
the period May 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
World Governments
Total Return Division Research Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ --------- -------- ------- ------ ---- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 5,553 -- 1,534 21,826 -- 4,835 9 -- --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 2,215 1,145 328 9,542 5,591 2,279 8 5 3
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --- ------ -----
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ 3,338 (1,145) 1,206 12,284 (5,591) 2,556 1 (5) (3)
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... 1,734 -- 251 2,190 -- 441 -- -- --
Proceeds from Sales.... 8,211 28,882 19,403 47,939 59,911 22,483 138 11,868 3,021
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 7,145 25,063 19,297 38,306 48,918 20,877 135 11,881 3,020
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --- ------ -----
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... 2,800 3,819 357 11,823 10,993 2,047 3 (13) 1
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain
Beginning of Year...... 24,304 3,734 -- 132,618 39,163 -- 2 14 --
Unrealized Gain End of
Year................... 44,559 24,304 3,734 322,108 132,618 39,163 64 2 14
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --- ------ -----
Net Unrealized Gain
on Investments....... 20,255 20,570 3,734 189,490 93,455 39,163 62 (12) 14
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --- ------ -----
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments.......... 23,055 24,389 4,091 201,313 104,448 41,210 65 (25) 15
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --- ------ -----
Increase in Assets
Resulting from
Operation............... $26,393 23,244 5,297 213,597 98,857 43,766 66 (30) 12
======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ====== === ====== =====
<CAPTION>
New Emerging
Discovery Market
Value Division Division Division
--------------- --------- --------
1998 1997 1998 1998
------- ------ --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 236 2,226 -- --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 700 70 2,153 --
------- ------ ------ -------
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ (464) 2,156 (2,153) --
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... -- 211 -- --
Proceeds from Sales.... 2,742 2,730 5,289 490
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 2,606 2,286 6,171 504
------- ------ ------ -------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... 136 655 (882) (14)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain
Beginning of Year...... (501) -- -- --
Unrealized Gain End of
Year................... 16,356 (501) 14,819 --
------- ------ ------ -------
Net Unrealized Gain
on Investments....... 16,857 (501) 14,819 --
------- ------ ------ -------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments.......... 16,993 154 13,937 (14)
------- ------ ------ -------
Increase in Assets
Resulting from
Operation............... $16,529 2,310 11,784 (14)
======= ====== ====== =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-17
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and for the period from February
16, 1996 (Inception)
to December 31, 1996 except for the Value Division and the Emerging Market
Series which
are for the period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997 and for
the
New Discovery Series which is for the period May 1, 1998 through December 31,
1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bond Division High Income Division Money Market Division
------------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
---------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net investment Income
(Expense)............. $ 45 (72) 385 7,627 (581) 1,290 261 747 39
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. (31) 871 (37) 822 250 (89) -- -- --
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 76 (114) (165) (11,162) 7,599 615 -- -- --
---------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations....... 90 685 183 (2,713) 7,268 1,816 261 747 39
Net Deposits into
Separate Account...... (183) (12,606) 13,367 1,747 63,165 25,003 206,264 20,576 193
---------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets....... (93) (11,921) 13,550 (966) 70,433 26,819 206,525 21,323 232
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 1,629 13,550 -- 97,252 26,819 -- 21,555 232 --
---------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Assets, End of Year. $ 1,536 1,629 13,550 96,286 97,252 26,819 228,080 21,555 232
========== ========= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Growth with Income
Emerging Growth Division Utilities Division Division
------------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
---------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net investment Income
(Expense)............. $ (3,036) (11,059) 343 5,922 (369) 1,005 (3,090) 728 367
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 159,322 13,111 3,537 868 150 152 1,069 8,232 151
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 451,811 212,952 44,927 10,132 11,550 622 68,882 29,289 3,549
---------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations....... 608,097 215,004 48,807 16,922 11,331 1,779 66,861 38,249 4,067
Net Deposits into
Separate Account...... 231,020 631,572 564,562 40,499 35,205 14,441 201,186 137,397 31,588
---------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets....... 839,117 846,576 613,369 57,421 46,536 16,220 268,047 175,646 35,655
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 1,459,945 613,369 -- 62,756 16,220 -- 211,301 35,655 --
---------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Assets, End of Year. $2,299,062 1,459,945 613,369 120,177 62,756 16,220 479,348 211,301 35,655
========== ========= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-18
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS--(Continued)
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and for the period from February
16, 1996 (Inception)
to December 31, 1996 except for the Value Division and the Emerging Market
Series which
are for the period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997 and for
the
New Discovery Series which is for the period May 1, 1998 through December 31,
1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total Return Research World Governments
Division Division Division
------------------------ -------------------------- -------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- ------ --------- ------- ------- ----- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net investment Income
(Expense)............. $ 3,338 (1,145) 1,206 12,284 (5,591) 2,556 1 (5) (3)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 2,800 3,819 357 11,823 10,993 2,047 3 (13) 1
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 20,255 20,570 3,734 189,490 93,455 39,163 62 (12) 14
-------- ------- ------ --------- ------- ------- ----- ------ -----
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations....... 26,393 23,244 5,297 213,597 98,857 43,766 66 (30) 12
Net Deposits into
Separate Account...... 78,575 84,909 76,983 200,453 279,591 320,578 728 (1,150) 1,643
-------- ------- ------ --------- ------- ------- ----- ------ -----
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets....... 104,968 108,153 82,280 414,050 378,448 364,344 794 (1,180) 1,655
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 190,433 82,280 -- 742,792 364,344 -- 475 1,655 --
-------- ------- ------ --------- ------- ------- ----- ------ -----
Net Assets, End of Year. $295,401 190,433 82,280 1,156,842 742,792 364,344 1,269 475 1,655
======== ======= ====== ========= ======= ======= ===== ====== =====
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Value New Discovery Emerging Market
Division Division Division
---------------- ------------- ---------------
1998 1997 1998 1998
-------- ------ ------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net investment Income
(Expense).................... $ (464) 2,156 (2,153) --
Net Realized Gain (Loss) on
Investments.................. 136 655 (882) (14)
Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on
Investments.................. 16,857 (501) 14,819 --
-------- ------ ------- ----
Increase (Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting from
Operations................... 16,529 2,310 11,784 (14)
Net Deposits into Separate
Account...................... 79,992 16,311 533,581 14
-------- ------ ------- ----
Increase (Decrease) in Net
Assets..................... 96,521 18,621 545,365 --
Net Assets, Beginning of Year.. 18,621 -- -- --
-------- ------ ------- ----
Net Assets, End of Year........ $115,142 18,621 545,365 --
======== ====== ======= ====
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-19
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1998
(1) Organization
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on February 16, 1996 with the exception of the
Value and Emerging Market Divisions which commenced operations on May 1, 1997
and New Discovery Division which commenced operations on May 1, 1998. The
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for flexible premium group
variable life insurance policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate
Account is divided into divisions, twelve of which invest exclusively in shares
of a single fund of MFS Variable Insurance Trust, an open-end, diversified
management investment company. These funds are the Bond Portfolio, High Income
Portfolio, Money Market Portfolio, Emerging Growth Portfolio, Utilities
Portfolio, Growth with Income Portfolio, Total Return Portfolio, Research
Portfolio, World Governments Portfolio, Value Portfolio, New Discovery
Portfolio and Emerging Markets Portfolio (the Divisions). Policyholders have
the option of directing their premium payments into any or all of the
Divisions.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Investments
The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of MFS Variable Insurance
Trust are valued daily based on the net asset values of the respective fund
shares held. The average cost method is used in determining the cost of shares
sold on withdrawals by the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded
consistent with trade date accounting. All dividends received are immediately
reinvested on the ex-dividend date.
Federal Income Taxes
The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) Policy Charges
Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.
Premium Expense Charge
Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the costs
associated with distributing the policy and, if applicable,
F-20
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(3) Policy Charges--Continued
is equal to 1% of the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the policies,
incurring expenses of distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in
connection with the policies. In addition, some policies have a premium tax
assessment of 2% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred. The premium
payment less premium expense and premium tax charges equals the net premium
that is invested in the underlying separate account.
Monthly Expense Charge
Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.
Cost of Insurance
The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.
Optional Rider Benefits Charge
The monthly deduction charge for any additional benefits provided by rider.
Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
During the first policy years, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.
Mortality and Expense Charge
In addition to the above contract charges against the operations of each
division, a daily charge is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed by
Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the rate
of .0024547% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account which
equals an annual rate of .90% of those net assets. The mortality risk assumed
by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.
F-21
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 4--Purchases and Sales of MFS Variable Insurance Trust Shares
During the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and the period from February
16, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996 except for the Value Division and the
Emerging Market Series which are for the period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to
December 31, 1997 and for the New Discovery Series which is for the period May
1, 1998 through December 31, 1998, purchases and proceeds from the sales of MFS
Insurance Trust were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bond Division High Income Division Money Market Division
-------------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- --------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ -- 1,882 19,725 49,993 65,613 149,463 55,679 65,355 92,422
Sales................... $ 201 14,554 6,424 3,153 2,962 124,652 74,550 44,928 92,243
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Growth with Income
Emerging Growth Division Utilities Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- --------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $813,342 707,970 604,738 41,361 36,041 56,327 204,351 165,568 33,414
Sales................... $599,882 86,187 44,470 1,753 1,160 41,990 6,136 29,594 2,018
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
World Governments
Total Return Division Research Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- --------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 84,648 112,787 96,060 418,040 334,559 340,792 859 10,714 4,662
Sales................... $ 8,211 28,882 19,403 47,939 59,911 22,483 138 11,868 3,021
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
New Emerging
Discovery Market
Value Division Division Division
---------------- --------- --------
1998 1997 1998 1998
-------- ------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 82,101 18,987 537,100 505
Sales................... $ 2,742 2,730 5,289 490
======== ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The purchases do not include dividends and realized gains from distributions
that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.
F-22
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and the period from February 16, 1996
(Inception) to December 31, 1996, except for the Value Division, and the
Emerging Market Division which are for the period from May 1, 1997 (Inception)
to December 31, 1997 and for the New Discovery Division which is for the period
May 1, 1998 (Inception) through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bond Division High Income Division Money Market Division
-------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ --------- -------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... -- 181 1,392 3,805 5,418 2,451 246,405 61,300 91,253
Withdrawals............ 16 1,349 79 3,800 201 102 67,341 41,837 91,033
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
Net Increase in Unit... (16) (1,168) 1,313 5 5,217 2,349 179,064 19,463 220
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 145 1,313 -- 7,566 2,349 -- 19,683 220 --
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 129 145 1,313 7,571 7,566 2,349 198,747 19,683 220
======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======= ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Growth with Income
Emerging Growth Division Utilities Division Division
-------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ --------- -------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 46,392 49,892 49,390 2,112 2,207 1,139 11,114 11,515 2,875
Withdrawals............ 29,592 4,974 3,090 42 51 42 192 1,698 154
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
Net Increase in Unit... 16,800 44,918 46,300 2,070 2,156 1,097 10,922 9,817 2,721
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 91,218 46,300 -- 3,253 1,097 -- 12,538 2,721 --
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 108,018 91,218 46,300 5,323 3,253 1,097 23,460 12,538 2,721
======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======= ====== ======
<CAPTION>
World Governments
Total Return Division Research Division Division
-------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------ --------- -------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 4,828 7,256 6,408 24,336 23,141 29,198 82 1,024 164
Withdrawals............ 348 1,779 489 11,440 3,554 1,634 12 1,132 10
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
Net Increase in Unit... 4,480 5,477 5,919 12,896 19,587 27,564 70 (108) 154
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 11,396 5,919 -- 47,151 27,564 -- 46 154 --
------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 15,876 11,396 5,919 60,047 47,151 27,564 116 46 154
======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======= ====== ======
<CAPTION>
New Emerging
Discovery Market
Value Division Division Division
--------------- --------- --------
1998 1997 1998 1998
------- ------ --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 5,557 1,601 54,086 61
Withdrawals............ 150 221 412 61
------- ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in Unit... 5,407 1,380 53,674 --
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 1,380 -- -- --
------- ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 6,787 1,380 53,674 --
======= ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-23
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of MFS Variable Insurance
Trust. Net deposits represent the amount available for investment in such
shares after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges,
cost of insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The
following is a summary of net deposits made for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and for the period from February 16, 1996 (Inception) to December
31, 1996 except for the Value Division and the Emerging Market Division which
are for the period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997 and for
the New Discovery Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (Inception)
through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bond Division High Income Division Money Market Division
--------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ -- 1,917 8,095 52,979 38,434 25,528 105,496 113,230 59,355
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............. -- 23 -- -- 7 -- (76) (15,685) --
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account..... -- (13,958) 6,587 (46,227) 28,246 1,650 181,870 -- --
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers.............. -- (12,018) 14,682 6,752 66,687 27,178 287,290 97,545 59,355
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges................ -- 57 243 1,591 1,153 766 3,167 3,397 1,781
Monthly Expense
Charges................ 9 12 76 148 233 151 3,377 689 1
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits...... 174 519 996 3,266 2,136 1,258 74,482 72,883 57,380
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
183 588 1,315 5,005 3,522 2,175 81,026 76,969 59,162
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders........... $ (183) (12,606) 13,367 1,747 63,165 25,003 206,264 20,576 193
========= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Growth with
Emerging Growth Division Utilities Division Income Division
--------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 842,124 734,521 633,446 43,322 26,094 13,848 160,117 160,666 35,060
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............. -- (16,610) -- (6) 4 -- -- 87 --
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account..... (521,315) (11,216) (6,587) -- 10,729 1,650 54,311 (13,719) --
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers.............. 320,809 706,695 626,859 43,316 36,827 15,498 214,428 147,034 35,060
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges................ 25,263 22,036 19,003 1,300 783 415 4,803 4,820 1,052
Monthly Expense
Charges................ 2,799 4,462 3,450 66 159 91 366 976 201
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits...... 61,727 48,625 39,844 1,451 680 551 8,073 3,841 2,219
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
89,789 75,123 62,297 2,817 1,622 1,057 13,242 9,637 3,472
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders........... $ 231,020 631,572 564,562 40,499 35,205 14,441 201,186 137,397 31,588
========= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account--
(continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
World Governments
Total Return Division Research Division Division
-------------------------- -------------------------- ---------------------
1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
------- ------- --------- -------- ------- ------- ----- ------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $94,127 91,579 86,889 455,620 349,248 356,646 1,118 10,982 147
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ -- (16,739) -- -- (16,853) -- -- 10 --
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... 44 22,925 1,650 (201,509) (12,391) (6,601) (23) (11,733) 1,650
------- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- ----- ------- -----
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............. 94,171 97,765 88,539 254,111 320,004 350,045 1,095 (741) 1,797
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 2,824 2,747 2,607 13,668 10,478 10,699 34 329 4
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 554 556 463 1,734 2,122 2,049 14 67 9
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 12,218 9,553 8,486 38,255 27,813 16,719 319 13 141
------- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- ----- ------- -----
15,596 12,856 11,556 53,657 40,413 29,467 367 409 154
------- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- ----- ------- -----
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $78,575 84,909 76,983 200,454 279,591 320,578 728 (1,150) 1,643
======= ======= ======= ======== ======= ======= ===== ======= =====
<CAPTION>
New Emerging
Value Division Discovery Markets
--------------- --------- --------
1998 1997 1998 1998
------- ------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $70,148 18,952 23,690 115
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ -- -- -- (5)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... 17,256 1,116 515,638 --
------- ------- ------- --------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............. 87,404 20,068 539,328 110
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 2,104 569 710 4
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 230 115 218 4
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 5,078 3,073 4,819 88
------- ------- ------- --------
7,412 3,757 5,747 96
------- ------- ------- --------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $79,992 16,311 533,581 14
======= ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values
The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.
The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy as well as an Insured, age 50, in a
Corporate Program. This assumes the maximum monthly administrative charge. If a
particular Policy has different sales or administrative charges or if a
particular group is larger or smaller or has a different gender mix, the Cash
Values and Death Benefits would vary from those shown in the tables.
The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.
The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a .90%
charge for mortality and expense risk, an investment advisory fee of .754%,
representing the average of the fees incurred in 1998 by the Funds in which the
Divisions invest (the actual investment advisory fee is shown in the Trust
prospectus), and a .242% charge that is an estimate of the Funds' expenses
based on the average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1998. After
deduction for these amounts, the illustrated gross annual investment rates of
return of 0%, 6% and 12% correspond to approximate net annual rates of--1.896%,
4.104%, and 10.104%, respectively.
The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges
under the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge,
and all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges
for federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (see "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.
The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.
Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon
the proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and
premium requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.
A-1
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.896%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM
AT CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ------- ------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,043 $500,000 $ 4,871 $500,000
2 12,630 5,875 500,000 9,565 500,000
3 19,423 8,453 500,000 14,121 500,000
4 26,555 10,772 500,000 18,474 500,000
5 34,045 12,807 500,000 22,636 500,000
6 41,908 14,542 500,000 26,610 500,000
7 50,165 15,946 500,000 30,404 500,000
8 58,834 16,980 500,000 33,959 500,000
9 67,937 17,609 500,000 37,344 500,000
10 77,496 17,802 500,000 40,502 500,000
11 87,532 17,553 500,000 43,380 500,000
12 98,070 16,830 500,000 46,044 500,000
13 109,134 15,629 500,000 48,445 500,000
14 120,752 13,920 500,000 50,531 500,000
15 132,951 11,651 500,000 52,308 500,000
16 145,760 8,759 500,000 53,783 500,000
17 159,209 5,133 500,000 54,903 500,000
18 173,331 636 500,000 55,615 500,000
19 188,159 0 0 55,930 500,000
20 203,728 0 0 55,794 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 45,474 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 6,158 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-2
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.104%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,143 $500,000 $ 5,030 $500,000
2 12,630 6,257 500,000 10,180 500,000
3 19,423 9,295 500,000 15,493 500,000
4 26,555 12,244 500,000 20,905 500,000
5 34,045 15,073 500,000 26,430 500,000
6 41,908 17,755 500,000 32,076 500,000
7 50,165 20,251 500,000 37,850 500,000
8 58,834 22,508 500,000 43,701 500,000
9 67,937 24,476 500,000 49,696 500,000
10 77,496 26,109 500,000 55,785 500,000
11 87,532 27,381 500,000 61,918 500,000
12 98,070 28,240 500,000 68,163 500,000
13 109,134 28,660 500,000 74,475 500,000
14 120,752 28,588 500,000 80,809 500,000
15 132,951 27,945 500,000 87,174 500,000
16 145,760 26,636 500,000 93,579 500,000
17 159,209 24,515 500,000 99,980 500,000
18 173,331 21,402 500,000 106,335 500,000
19 188,159 17,099 500,000 112,656 500,000
20 203,728 11,397 500,000 118,903 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 146,783 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 159,114 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-3
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
10.104%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.0% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,241 $500,000 $ 5,187 $500,000
2 12,630 6,648 500,000 10,809 500,000
3 19,423 10,191 500,000 16,951 500,000
4 26,555 13,877 500,000 23,593 500,000
5 34,045 17,694 500,000 30,799 500,000
6 41,908 21,635 500,000 38,630 500,000
7 50,165 25,684 500,000 47,155 500,000
8 58,834 29,810 500,000 56,389 500,000
9 67,937 33,986 500,000 66,475 500,000
10 77,496 38,191 500,000 77,449 500,000
11 87,532 42,423 500,000 89,355 500,000
12 98,070 46,661 500,000 102,361 500,000
13 109,134 50,907 500,000 116,546 500,000
14 120,752 55,143 500,000 131,998 500,000
15 132,951 59,328 500,000 148,876 500,000
16 145,760 63,411 500,000 167,356 500,000
17 159,209 67,289 500,000 187,592 500,000
18 173,331 70,837 500,000 209,771 500,000
19 188,159 73,913 500,000 234,152 500,000
20 203,728 76,368 500,000 260,993 500,000
25 294,060 73,958 500,000 444,757 515,918
30 409,348 12,735 500,000 746,622 798,885
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-4
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM: $12,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.896%)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- ---------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------ ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 12,322 8,793 508,793 10,626 510,626
2 25,261 17,249 517,249 20,957 520,957
3 38,846 25,325 525,325 31,033 531,033
4 53,111 33,019 533,019 40,788 540,788
5 68,090 40,306 540,306 50,234 550,234
6 83,817 47,172 547,172 59,377 559,377
7 100,330 53,588 553,588 68,222 568,222
8 117,669 59,517 559,517 76,711 576,711
9 135,875 64,925 564,925 84,915 584,915
10 154,992 69,788 569,788 92,774 592,774
11 175,064 74,103 574,103 100,230 600,230
12 196,140 77,847 577,847 107,356 607,356
13 218,269 81,023 581,023 114,099 614,099
14 241,505 83,613 583,613 120,401 620,401
15 265,903 85,575 585,575 126,270 626,270
16 291,521 86,862 586,862 131,716 631,716
17 318,419 87,380 587,380 136,680 636,680
18 346,663 87,019 587,019 141,107 641,107
19 376,319 85,672 585,672 145,013 645,013
20 407,457 83,245 583,245 148,343 648,343
25 588,120 53,336 553,336 153,511 653,511
30 818,697 0 0 128,449 628,449
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-5
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.104%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,081 $509,081 $ 10,974 $510,974
2 25,261 18,358 518,358 22,302 522,302
3 38,846 27,790 527,790 34,033 534,033
4 53,111 37,372 537,372 46,112 546,112
5 68,090 47,078 547,078 58,558 558,558
6 83,817 56,890 556,890 71,387 571,387
7 100,330 66,776 566,776 84,615 584,615
8 117,669 76,688 576,688 98,190 598,190
9 135,875 86,587 586,587 112,194 612,194
10 154,992 96,435 596,435 126,579 626,579
11 175,064 106,218 606,218 141,291 641,291
12 196,140 115,896 615,896 156,412 656,412
13 218,269 125,459 625,459 171,898 671,898
14 241,505 134,872 634,872 187,697 687,697
15 265,903 144,075 644,075 203,821 703,821
16 291,521 152,996 652,996 220,284 720,284
17 318,419 161,516 661,516 237,033 737,033
18 346,663 169,490 669,490 254,013 754,013
19 376,319 176,767 676,767 271,240 771,240
20 407,457 183,202 683,202 288,656 788,656
25 588,120 199,015 699,015 375,391 875,391
30 818,697 167,653 667,653 447,371 947,371
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-6
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM: $12,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT 10.104%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- ---------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,364 $ 509,364 $ 11,316 $ 511,316
2 25,261 19,492 519,492 23,675 523,675
3 38,846 30,410 530,410 37,221 537,221
4 53,111 42,187 542,187 51,996 551,996
5 68,090 54,877 554,877 68,132 568,132
6 83,817 68,547 568,547 85,767 585,767
7 100,330 83,260 583,260 105,052 605,052
8 117,669 99,069 599,069 126,084 626,084
9 135,875 116,042 616,042 149,109 649,109
10 154,992 134,259 634,259 174,260 674,260
11 175,064 153,833 653,833 201,683 701,683
12 196,140 174,863 674,863 231,675 731,675
13 218,269 197,492 697,492 264,435 764,435
14 241,505 221,849 721,849 300,172 800,172
15 265,903 248,052 748,052 339,188 839,188
16 291,521 276,226 776,226 381,815 881,815
17 318,419 306,458 806,458 428,349 928,349
18 346,663 338,823 838,823 479,115 979,115
19 376,319 373,406 873,406 534,549 1,034,549
20 407,457 410,313 910,313 595,054 1,095,054
25 588,120 636,131 1,136,131 989,771 1,489,771
30 818,697 943,945 1,443,945 1,589,817 2,089,817
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-7
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.896%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 7,514 $500,000 $ 9,961 $500,000
2 25,261 14,660 500,000 19,671 500,000
3 38,846 21,376 500,000 29,045 500,000
4 53,111 27,637 500,000 38,158 500,000
5 68,090 33,423 500,000 46,958 500,000
6 83,817 38,738 500,000 55,398 500,000
7 100,330 43,563 500,000 63,549 500,000
8 117,669 47,904 500,000 71,371 500,000
9 135,875 51,746 500,000 78,820 500,000
10 154,992 55,052 500,000 85,911 500,000
11 175,064 57,779 500,000 92,657 500,000
12 196,140 59,840 500,000 99,018 500,000
13 218,269 61,131 500,000 104,956 500,000
14 241,505 61,547 500,000 110,491 500,000
15 265,903 60,986 500,000 115,586 500,000
16 291,521 59,384 500,000 120,204 500,000
17 318,419 56,660 500,000 124,365 500,000
18 346,663 52,746 500,000 127,841 500,000
19 376,319 47,548 500,000 130,554 500,000
20 407,457 40,872 500,000 132,470 500,000
25 588,120 0 0 126,341 500,000
30 818,697 0 0 79,003 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-8
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.104%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 7,760 $500,000 $ 10,287 $500,000
2 25,261 15,610 500,000 20,934 500,000
3 38,846 23,487 500,000 31,866 500,000
4 53,111 31,364 500,000 43,168 500,000
5 68,090 39,219 500,000 54,800 500,000
6 83,817 47,055 500,000 66,729 500,000
7 100,330 54,854 500,000 79,037 500,000
8 117,669 62,622 500,000 91,701 500,000
9 135,875 70,349 500,000 104,698 500,000
10 154,992 78,002 500,000 118,059 500,000
11 175,064 85,543 500,000 131,819 500,000
12 196,140 92,896 500,000 145,968 500,000
13 218,269 99,967 500,000 160,500 500,000
14 241,505 106,662 500,000 175,466 500,000
15 265,903 112,894 500,000 190,872 500,000
16 291,521 118,607 500,000 206,733 500,000
17 318,419 123,739 500,000 223,115 500,000
18 346,663 128,236 500,000 239,906 500,000
19 376,319 132,025 500,000 257,129 500,000
20 407,457 134,955 500,000 274,848 500,000
25 588,120 126,637 500,000 373,341 500,000
30 818,697 32,045 500,000 503,295 528,459
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-9
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
10.104%)
----------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,002 $ 500,000 $ 10,608 $ 500,000
2 25,261 16,581 500,000 22,225 500,000
3 38,846 25,732 500,000 34,864 500,000
4 53,111 35,492 500,000 48,707 500,000
5 68,090 45,911 500,000 63,827 500,000
6 83,817 57,071 500,000 80,310 500,000
7 100,330 69,047 500,000 98,376 500,000
8 117,669 81,953 500,000 118,160 500,000
9 135,875 95,897 500,000 139,814 500,000
10 154,992 110,988 500,000 163,569 500,000
11 175,064 127,353 500,000 189,685 500,000
12 196,140 145,105 500,000 218,414 500,000
13 218,269 164,381 500,000 250,052 500,000
14 241,505 185,352 500,000 284,987 500,000
15 265,903 208,252 500,000 323,626 500,000
16 291,521 233,397 500,000 366,448 500,000
17 318,419 261,173 500,000 414,040 500,000
18 346,663 292,058 500,000 466,732 550,744
19 376,319 326,625 500,000 524,520 613,688
20 407,457 365,544 500,000 587,869 681,928
25 588,120 644,952 690,099 1,011,452 1,082,253
30 818,697 1,097,179 1,152,038 1,692,221 1,776,832
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-10
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM: $26,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.896%)
---------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
----------------------------- -----------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ---------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 20,781 $520,781 $ 23,247 $523,247
2 54,732 40,880 540,880 45,960 545,960
3 84,168 60,232 560,232 68,054 568,054
4 115,075 78,810 578,810 89,604 589,604
5 147,528 96,594 596,594 110,558 610,558
6 181,603 113,586 613,586 130,860 630,860
7 217,382 129,766 629,766 150,589 650,589
8 254,950 145,144 645,144 169,696 669,696
9 294,397 159,705 659,705 188,128 688,128
10 335,816 173,413 673,413 205,898 705,898
11 379,305 186,223 686,223 223,019 723,019
12 424,970 198,048 698,048 239,438 739,438
13 472,917 208,781 708,781 255,103 755,103
14 523,262 218,320 718,320 270,036 770,036
15 576,124 226,575 726,575 284,184 784,184
16 631,629 233,505 733,505 297,498 797,498
17 689,909 239,066 739,066 310,000 810,000
18 751,104 243,234 743,234 321,387 821,387
19 815,358 245,973 745,973 331,555 831,555
20 882,825 247,154 747,154 340,464 840,464
25 1,274,261 221,679 721,679 361,916 861,916
30 1,773,845 122,780 622,780 332,946 832,946
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-11
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM: $26,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.104%)
--------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
---------------------------- ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 21,462 $ 521,462 $ 24,008 $ 524,008
2 54,732 43,506 543,506 48,905 548,905
3 84,168 66,078 566,078 74,629 574,629
4 115,075 89,155 589,155 101,280 601,280
5 147,528 112,723 612,723 128,831 628,831
6 181,603 136,790 636,790 157,250 657,250
7 217,382 161,339 661,339 186,641 686,641
8 254,950 186,385 686,385 216,983 716,983
9 294,397 211,917 711,917 248,247 748,247
10 335,816 237,901 737,901 280,473 780,473
11 379,305 264,295 764,295 313,698 813,698
12 424,970 291,006 791,006 347,899 847,899
13 472,917 317,920 817,920 383,048 883,048
14 523,262 344,918 844,918 419,190 919,190
15 576,124 371,888 871,888 456,300 956,300
16 631,629 398,761 898,761 494,350 994,350
17 689,909 425,462 925,462 533,386 1,033,386
18 751,104 451,936 951,936 573,120 1,073,120
19 815,358 478,106 978,106 613,454 1,113,454
20 882,825 503,802 1,003,802 654,347 1,154,347
25 1,274,261 614,654 1,114,654 862,573 1,362,573
30 1,773,845 663,288 1,163,288 1,061,642 1,561,642
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-12
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $26,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
10.104%)
----------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 22,130 $ 522,130 $ 24,756 $ 524,756
2 54,732 46,189 546,189 51,914 551,914
3 84,168 72,290 572,290 81,614 581,614
4 115,075 100,594 600,594 114,184 614,184
5 147,528 131,288 631,288 149,844 649,844
6 181,603 164,600 664,600 188,837 688,837
7 217,382 200,758 700,758 231,570 731,570
8 254,950 240,044 740,044 278,358 778,358
9 294,397 282,742 782,742 329,541 829,541
10 335,816 329,141 829,141 385,564 885,564
11 379,305 379,553 879,553 446,916 946,916
12 424,970 434,273 934,273 514,069 1,014,069
13 472,917 493,603 993,603 587,538 1,087,538
14 523,262 557,880 1,057,880 667,971 1,167,971
15 576,124 627,486 1,127,486 756,001 1,256,001
16 631,629 702,892 1,202,892 852,330 1,352,330
17 689,909 784,612 1,284,612 957,803 1,457,803
18 751,104 873,236 1,373,236 1,073,009 1,573,009
19 815,358 969,396 1,469,396 1,198,802 1,698,802
20 882,825 1,073,694 1,573,694 1,336,186 1,836,186
25 1,274,261 1,738,654 2,238,654 2,236,592 2,736,592
30 1,773,845 2,716,709 3,216,709 3,631,198 4,131,198
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-13
<PAGE>
Underlying Funds Through:
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II
MFS Variable Insurance Trust
Putnam Variable Trust
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund
T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc.
T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc.
[PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LOGO]
. GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE POLICIES
Prospectus dated May 1, 1999
50451
Com
<PAGE>
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
ISSUED BY
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood
St. Louis, MO 63105
(314) 862-2211
This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."
The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.
The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.
The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.
Each of the 14 Divisions of the Separate Account will invest in one of the
following corresponding Funds:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FUND MANAGER
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Fidelity Variable Insurance Fidelity Management & Research Company
Products Fund or
Fidelity Variable Insurance
Products Fund II
VIP Growth Portfolio
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Variable Insurance Trust Massachusetts Financial Services Company
MFS Emerging Growth Series
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam Variable Trust Putnam Investment Management, Inc.
Putnam VT High Yield Fund ("Putnam Management")
Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund
Putnam VT Income
Putnam VT Voyager Fund
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder Variable Life Investment Scudder, Kemper Investments
Fund
Money Market Portfolio
International Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc. T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
and
T. Rowe Price Fixed Income
Series, Inc.
New America Growth Portfolio
Personal Strategy Balanced
Portfolio
Limited-Term Bond Portfolio
</TABLE>
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1999.
<PAGE>
Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.
It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for
another type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance
protection if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life
insurance policy.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Summary.................................................................. 4
The Company The Separate Account, and the Funds.......................... 10
The Company
The Separate Account
The Funds
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums....................................... 15
Issuance of a Policy
Premiums
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits.......................................................... 19
Death Benefit
Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges............................................. 24
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Loans
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
Transfers
Right to Examine Policy
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Eligibility Change Conversion
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions................................................... 29
Sales Charges
Premium Tax Charge
Monthly Deduction
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy................................... 32
Distribution of the Policies............................................. 36
General Provisions of the Group Contract................................. 36
Federal Tax Matters...................................................... 37
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets............................. 41
Voting Rights............................................................ 41
State Regulation of the Company.......................................... 42
Management of the Company................................................ 43
Legal Matters............................................................ 44
Legal Proceedings........................................................ 44
Experts.................................................................. 44
Additional Information................................................... 44
Definitions.............................................................. 45
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE>
The Policies are not available in all states.
SUMMARY OF THE POLICY
The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.
The Policy
The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.
. First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
"General Provisions of the Group Contract");
. Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and
. Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.
The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. An Executive
Program Policy is issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under
a Group contract or an employer-sponsored insurance program. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").
On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.
The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
4
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds" for a complete description of the
available Funds. An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.
Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
Premiums
An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.
. Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.
. In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
schedule agreed to by the Company.
However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")
A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Death Benefit
Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:
. Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
Value; and
. Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
percentage of Cash Value.
So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")
The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")
5
<PAGE>
Riders
Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored insurance programs may not provide each of the additional
benefits described above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the
acceleration of death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none
of the additional benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these
additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Cash Value
The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.
Charges and Deductions
Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.
Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")
Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:
. Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
specification pages of the Policy) based on (1) the number of Insureds
covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
program, and (2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.
. Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured. (See
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
. A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.
Separate Account Charges.
. Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
.0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
in connection with the Policies, see "Charges and Deductions--Separate
Account Charges."
. Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
6
<PAGE>
. Annual Expenses of the Funds. (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
applicable.) The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
owns the Policy. These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net
assets for the year ended December 31, 1998. The prospectus for each Fund
contains more detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account, and The Funds.")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Fees Other Expenses
(after fee (after Total
waiver as reimbursement as Annual
Fund applicable) applicable) Expenses
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
Fund(/1/)
VIP Growth Portfolio .59% .07% .66%
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio .49% .08% .57%
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
Fund II(/1/)
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio .24% .04% .28%
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio .59% .07% .66%
MFS Variable Insurance Trust
Emerging Growth Series .75% .10% .85%
Putnam Variable Trust
Putnam VT High Yield Fund .64% .07% .71%
Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund .56% .05% .61%
Putnam VT Income Fund .60% .07% .67%
Putnam VT Voyager Fund .54% .04% .58%
Scudder Variable Life Investment
Fund
Money Market Portfolio .37% .07% .44%
International Portfolio .87% .18% 1.05%
T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc.
New America Growth Portfolio .85% (/2/) .85%
Personal Strategy Balanced
Portfolio .90% (/2/) .90%
T. Rowe Price Income Series, Inc.
Limited-Term Bond Portfolio .70% (/2/) .70%
</TABLE>
(/1/)A portion of the brokerage commissions that certain funds pay was used
to reduce funds' expenses. In addition, certain funds have entered into
arrangements with their custodian whereby credits realized, as a result of
uninvested cash balances were used to reduce custodian expenses. Without
these reductions, the total operating expenses as a percentage of net
assets would have been as follows: Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
Fund--VIP Growth Portfolio .68% and VIP Equity-Income Portfolio .58%;
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II--VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
.35%; and VIP II Contrafund Portfolio .70%.
(/2/)T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. does not provide seperate Management
Fees and Other Expenses Fees, rather management fees include operating
expenses.
The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that
the reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are
7
<PAGE>
no transaction charges imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In
addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")
Policy Loans
After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")
Conversion Right
During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")
Eligibility Change Conversion
In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.
If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Illustrations
Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Surrender Values
may vary based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as
assumptions pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not
guaranteed. They are illustrative only and do not show past or future
performance. If a Policy is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash
Surrender Value payable will be low compared to premiums accumulated with
interest, and consequently the insurance protection provided prior to surrender
will be costly.
8
<PAGE>
Policy Tax Compliance
We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.
A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Specialized Uses of the Policy
Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Questions
If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.
9
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY, THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, AND THE FUNDS
The Company
Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1998, it had assets in excess of $300 million. We
are admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by General American Mutual Holding Company,
a Missouri mutual insurance holding company.
Guarantee. The Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will have sufficient
funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event a Policyholder
presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance Policy, the
Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if Paragon is
unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.
Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.
Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.
Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.
10
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.
The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.
Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.
The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.
The Funds
The Separate Account invests in shares of the Funds. The Funds are series-type
mutual funds registered with the SEC as open-end, investment management
companies. The assets of each Fund used by the Policies are held separate from
the assets of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and
policies which are generally different from those of the other Funds. The
income or losses of one Fund generally have no effect on the investment
performance of any other Fund.
The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios that may be managed by
the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of the Funds may
differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can be no guarantee,
and no representation is made, that the investment results of any of the Funds
will be comparable to the investment results of any other portfolio, even if
the other portfolio has the same investment adviser or manager.
The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund under the
corresponding investment management company:
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund
Variable Insurance Products Fund ("VIP") is an open-end diversified management
investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the Prospectus
are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even though
additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for VIP. Fidelity
Management & Research Company ("FMR") of Boston, Massachusetts is the manager
of the Funds.
. VIP Growth Portfolio
Investment objective: seeks to achieve long term capital appreciation by
investing primarily in common stocks.
11
<PAGE>
. VIP Equity-Income Portfolio
Investment objective: seeks reasonable income. The Portfolio will also
consider the potential for capital appreciation. The Portfolio seeks a
yield which exceeds the composite yield on the securities comprising the
S & P 500.
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II
Variable Insurance Products II Fund ("VIP II") is an open-end diversified
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
Prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for VIP II. Fidelity
Management & Research Company ("FMR") of Boston, Massachusetts is the manager
of the Funds.
. VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
Investment objective: seeks investment results that correspond to the
total return of common stocks publicly traded in the United States, as
represented by the S & P 500.
. VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
Investment objective: seeks long-term capital appreciation.
MFS Variable Insurance Trust
MFS Variable Insurance Trust ("MFS Trust") is an open-end diversified
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
Prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for MFS Trust.
Massachusetts Financial Services Company ("MFS") provides investment advisory
services to MFS Trust for fees in accordance with the terms of the current p
rospectus for the Fund.
. Emerging Growth Series
Investment objective: seeks long-term growth of capital. The series
invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets
in common stocks and related securities, such as preferred stock,
convertible securities and depository receipts for those securities, of
emerging growth companies. These companies are companies that the series'
adviser believes are either early in their life cycle but have the
potential to become major enterprises or are major enterprises whose
rates of earnings growth are expected to accelerate.
Putnam Variable Trust
Putnam Variable Trust is an open-end diversified management investment company.
Only the Funds described in this section of the Prospectus are currently
available as investment choices of the Policies even though additional Funds
may be described in the prospectus for Putnam Variable Trust. Putnam Management
provides investment advisory services to Putnam Variable Trust for fees in
accordance with the terms described in the current Fund prospectus.
. Putnam VT High Yield Fund
Seeks high current income and, when consistent with this objective, a
secondary objective of capital growth, by investing primarily in high-
yielding, lower-rated fixed income securities (commonly known as "junk
bonds"), constituting a portfolio that Putnam Management believes does
not involve undue risk to income or principal. See the special
considerations for investments in high yield securities described in the
Putnam Variable Trust prospectus.
12
<PAGE>
. Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund
Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing principally in common
stocks of companies in sectors of the economy that Putnam Management
believes possess above-average long-term growth potential.
. Putnam VT Income Fund
Please note: This fund was previously named Putnam VT U.S. Government and
High Quality Bond Fund.
Seeks current income consistent with preservation of capital by investing
primarily in securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest
by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities and in
other debt obligations rated at least A by a nationally recognized
securities rating agency such as Standard & Poor's or Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. or, if not rated, determined by Putnam Management to be of
comparable quality.
. Putnam VT Voyager Fund
Seeks capital appreciation by investing primarily in common stocks of
companies that Putnam Management believes have potential for capital
appreciation that is significantly greater than that of market averages.
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund ("Scudder VLI") is a series-type mutual
fund registered with the SEC as an open-end, diversified management investment
company. Only the Money Market Portfolio and the Class A Shares of the
International Portfolio described herein are currently available as investment
choices of the Policies even though other classes and other Funds may be
described in the Prospectus for Scudder VLI. Scudder Kemper Investments
("Scudder") provides investment advisory services to Scudder VLI whose terms
and fees are set forth in the Scudder VLI prospectus.
. Money Market Portfolio
The investment objective seeks to maintain the stability of capital and,
consistent therewith, to maintain the liquidity of capital and to provide
current income. The Fund seeks to maintain a constant net asset value of
$1.00 per share, although there can be no assurance that this will be
achieved.
. International Portfolio
The investment objective seeks long-term growth of capital primarily
through diversified holdings of marketable foreign equity investments.
The Fund invests in companies, wherever organized, which do business
primarily outside the United States. The Fund intends to diversify
investments among several countries and to have represented in its
holdings, in substantial portions, business activities in not less than
three different countries. The Fund does not intend to concentrate
investments in any particular industry.
T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc.
T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc. (referred to as "TRP") is an open-end
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for TRP. T. Rowe
Price Associates, Inc. provides investment advisory services to TRP for fees in
accordance with the terms described in the current Fund prospectus.
. New America Growth Portfolio
The fund seeks to provide long-term growth of capital by investing
primarily in the common stocks of U.S. growth companies operating in
service industries.
. Personal Strategy Balanced Portfolio
The fund objective is to seek the highest total return over time
consistent with an emphasis on both capital appreciation and income.
13
<PAGE>
T. Rowe Price Income Series, Inc.
T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc. (referred to as "TRP") is an open-end
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for TRP. T. Rowe
Price Associates, Inc. provides investment advisory services to TRP for fees in
accordance with the terms described in the current Fund prospectus.
. Limited-Term Bond Portfolio
The fund seeks a high level of income consistent with moderate
fluctuations in principal value.
There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.
Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with Funds
pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual percentage of the
average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the Separate Account and
other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements are entered into
because of administrative services provided by the Company.
Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required
We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:
.Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;
.Substitute one Division for another Division; or
.Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
conditions warrant.
We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.
If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:
(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;
(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
required; or
(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.
14
<PAGE>
To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.
We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS
Issuance of a Policy
We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.
Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued
(1) to independent contractors of the employer;
(2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
terminated;
(3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
employed by the Group Contractholder;
(4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
impracticable; or
(5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
that does not involve a Group Contract.
Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.
Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.
Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the
15
<PAGE>
employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked per week must
not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive or modify the
"actively at work" requirement at our discretion.
In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.
Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed
issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is required to
answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual Insurance, but is
not required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The maximum
Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue
procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up
to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs depending upon the number
of eligible employees or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.
Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:
. where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;
. where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;
. where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance are not met; or
. in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
guaranteed issue
A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.
Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.
Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.
Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.
Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:
. the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;
16
<PAGE>
. the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;
. the Insured is eligible for it; and
. the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
Company.
Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue Amount. If available, interim
insurance will start as of the date of the application. Interim insurance ends
on the earliest of the following dates:
. the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;
. the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
applicant;
. the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
proposed Insured is declined;
. 60 days from the date of application; or
. termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.
Premiums
The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.
We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the premiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.
Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.
The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.
Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See
17
<PAGE>
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual
Insurance will also continue if the employee's employment with the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer terminates. In either circumstance, an
Owner of an Individual Policy (or a Certificate converted by amendment to an
Individual Policy) will establish a new schedule of planned premiums. The new
schedule will have the same planned annual premium, and the payment intervals
will be no more frequent than quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will
generally be no change in planned or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the
employment of an Insured.
Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the
current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal
Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.
Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1) as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less
(2) the premium expense charge;
(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")
Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.
The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.
The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.
18
<PAGE>
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned premiums have been
paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without a sufficient
payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Grace
Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any amount does not
guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the Maturity Date.
The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.
Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:
. Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us (including
evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to reinstate
the rider).
. Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.
. Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness reinstated
will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.
The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.
POLICY BENEFITS
Death Benefit
As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.
If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")
The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.")
19
<PAGE>
Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.
The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.
Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:
(1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.
The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
------------ ----------
<S> <C>
40...................... 250%
41...................... 243
42...................... 236
43...................... 229
44...................... 222
45...................... 215
46...................... 209
47...................... 203
48...................... 197
49...................... 191
50...................... 185
51...................... 178
52...................... 171
53...................... 164
54...................... 157
55...................... 150
56...................... 146
57...................... 142
58...................... 138
59...................... 134
60...................... 130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
------------ ----------
<S> <C>
61...................... 128%
62...................... 126
63...................... 124
64...................... 122
65...................... 120
66...................... 119
67...................... 118
68...................... 117
69...................... 116
70...................... 115
71...................... 113
72...................... 111
73...................... 109
74...................... 107
75 to 90................ 105
91...................... 104
92...................... 103
93...................... 102
94...................... 101
95 or older............. 100
</TABLE>
The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.
20
<PAGE>
Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:
(1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.
Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).
Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B Provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.
Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.
A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:
(1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;
(2) The next most recent increases successively; and
(3) The initial Face Amount.
21
<PAGE>
This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").
Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")
Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
page for the increase;
. within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
or
. within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.
Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")
Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:
(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable
percentage limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease
the pure insurance protection and the cost of insurance charges under
the Policy without reducing the Cash Value.
(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure
insurance protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the
resultant applicable percentage limitation. If the insurance protection
is increased, the Policy charges generally will increase as well.
(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable
percentage of Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is
in effect) or the Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in
effect), increased premium payments will increase the pure insurance
protection. Increased premiums should also increase the amount of funds
available to keep the Policy in force.
(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount
of pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage
limitations. If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient
to cover monthly deductions or to offset negative investment
performance, Cash Value may also decrease, which in turn will increase
the possibility that the Policy will lapse. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
22
<PAGE>
(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights
and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only
affects the amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance
charges if the death benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on
the applicable percentage of Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease
in the death benefit is offset by the amount of Cash Value withdrawn.
The primary use of a partial withdrawal is to withdraw Cash Value.
Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")
When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")
An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.
Cash Value
The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:
. the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;
. the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;
. transfers;
. partial withdrawals;
. Policy Loans;
. Loan account interest rate credited; and
. the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.
An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.
Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:
(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date,
multiplied by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for
the current Valuation Period; plus
(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period
which are allocated to the Division; plus
(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period; plus
23
<PAGE>
(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during
the current Valuation Period; plus
(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which
is allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period plus transfer charges if any; minus
(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period,
the portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during
the current Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts
during that Valuation Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.
Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:
(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period;
plus
(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--
credited to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net
Investment Factor is being determined; minus
(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those
assets during the Valuation Period; minus
(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic
burden resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the
Company to be properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or
any amount set aside during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes
attributable to the operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and
expense risks; divided by
(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:
(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus
(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net
assets for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds
to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by
(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.
POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.
24
<PAGE>
Loans
Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where
. (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
requested; and
. (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.
Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan will be
transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan. Unless the Owner
requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred from the Divisions
of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in
each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value, (not including the Cash
Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation Period during which the
request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be considered transfers
for purposes of the limitations on transfers between Divisions.
Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.
Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account.
Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the selected Division, the Policy values will be
lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan Account interest
credited is higher than the investment performance of the Division, the Policy
values may be higher.
In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:
(1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or
(2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
sufficient payment has been mailed.
25
<PAGE>
If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.
Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.
Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy, (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,)
on the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.
A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
the death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.
26
<PAGE>
Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.
The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.
Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")
Transfers
Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value, (not including
amounts credited to the Loan Account,) may be transferred among the Divisions
available with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must
be made in writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month.
Transfers must be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash
Value in a Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in
connection with transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which
the transfer request is received.
All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.
Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
pages for the increase;
. 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or
. 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the
27
<PAGE>
increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no request is
made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of these
additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in the
same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.
Eligibility Change Conversion
If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.
If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")
If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.
When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.")
28
<PAGE>
Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid within seven days
of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain circumstances.
(See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") A
Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age 95.
Payment of Policy Benefits
A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.
Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.
Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.
Sales Charges
Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.
In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for
the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such
a Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.
The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:
. the premium expense charge less;
. any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
. the premium tax charge (described below).
The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.
Premium Tax Charge
Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.
29
<PAGE>
Monthly Deduction
Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account,) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.
Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
First Subsequent
Eligible Employees Year Years
------------------ ----- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
250-499.................................................. $5.00 $2.50
500-999.................................................. $4.75 $2.25
1000+.................................................... $4.50 $2.00
</TABLE>
For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1) with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.
These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.
Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.
Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.
The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group
30
<PAGE>
Contract or employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally
increase as the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is
generally based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors
that may affect the mortality risk we assume in connection with a particular
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.
If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.
The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)
Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.
The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.
Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.
Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")
31
<PAGE>
Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.
Separate Account Charges
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.
The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.
Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")
GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY
Postponement of Payments
Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the SEC;
(2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or
(3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
net assets.
Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
The Contract
The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in
32
<PAGE>
the application and any supplemental applications can be used to contest a
claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be approved
in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the Company.
No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms, conditions, or
agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.
Control of Policy
The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy, prior to its Maturity
Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change the payee nor the mode
of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any person whose rights of
ownership depend upon some future event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given time, all must exercise
the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and the Owner is not the
Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate unless otherwise
provided.
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.
Change of Owner or Beneficiary
The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action taken before we receive the
written request for change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at
the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's
death, designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds.
Policy Changes
We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.
Conformity with Statutes
If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.
Claims of Creditors
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.
33
<PAGE>
Incontestability
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.
Assignment
We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.
Suicide
Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.
Misstatement of Age and Corrections
If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.
Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.
Additional Insurance Benefits
Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.
Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy
34
<PAGE>
will be paid upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from
accidental injury and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120
days from the date of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary
nearest age 70 of the Insured.
Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner
in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The
rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets
certain underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV
test result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.
The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit. The Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is
not available with Corporate Programs.
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
Pursuant to the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, we believe that for federal income tax purposes an
accelerated death benefit payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit
Settlement Option Rider should be fully excludable from the gross income of the
Beneficiary, as long as the Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy.
However, you should consult a qualified tax advisor about the consequences of
adding this Rider to a Policy or requesting an accelerated death benefit
payment under this Rider.
Records and Reports
We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid,
35
<PAGE>
deductions made since the last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The
Owner will also be sent without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a
list of the portfolio securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments
directly from the Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan
repayments, changes in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face
Amount, surrenders and reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each
transaction.
An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES
Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation. Walnut Street is
registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-
dealer and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers.
Walnut Street's Internal Revenue Service employer identification No. is 43-
1333368. It is a Missouri corporation formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's
address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite 1000, St. Louis, MO. 63102. The Policies
will be sold by broker-dealers who have entered into written sales agreements
with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies may take place in all states (except
New York) and the District of Columbia.
Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of
the part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums
received in excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may
be up to 0.25% per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy
Year or calendar year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20
years.
GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT
Issuance
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.
Premium Payments
The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.
36
<PAGE>
Grace Period
If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Termination
Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."
Right to Examine Group Contract
The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.
Entire Contract
The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.
Incontestability
We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.
Ownership of Group Contract
The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon the Company's understanding of the
present federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted by the
Internal Revenue Service. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or of the current
interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service.
37
<PAGE>
Taxation of the Policy
Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") sets
forth a definition of a life insurance contract for federal tax purposes.
Although the Secretary of the Treasury (the "Treasury") is authorized to
prescribe regulations implementing Section 7702, while proposed regulations and
other interim guidance has been issued, final regulations have not been
adopted. In short, guidance as to how Section 7702 is to be applied is limited.
The Company nonetheless believes (largely in reliance on IRS Notice 88-128 and
the proposed regulations under Section 7702, issued on July 5, 1991) that the
Policy should meet the Section 7702 definition of a life insurance contract. If
a Policy were determined not to be a life insurance contract for purposes of
Section 7702, such Policy would not provide the tax advantages normally
provided by a life insurance policy. Therefore, if it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy Section 7702, we will take whatever
steps are appropriate and necessary to attempt to cause such Policy to comply
with Section 7702, including possibly refunding any premiums paid that exceed
the limitations allowable under Section 7702 (together with interest or other
earnings on any such premiums refunded as required by law). For these reasons,
we reserve the right to modify the Policy as necessary to attempt to qualify it
as a life insurance contract under Section 7702.
Section 817(h) of the Code authorizes the Treasury to set standards by
regulation or otherwise for the investments of each Division to be "adequately
diversified" in order for the Policy to be treated as a life insurance contract
for federal tax purposes. Although we do not control the investment management
companies or their investments, the investment management companies have
represented that they intend to comply with the diversification requirements
prescribed by the Treasury in Reg. Section 1.817-5. Thus, the Company believes
that each Division of the Separate Account will be in compliance with the
requirements prescribed by the Treasury.
The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be
considered the owner of separate account assets, for federal income tax
purposes, if the contract owner possesses incidents of ownership in those
assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. If
that were determined to be the case, income and gains from the separate account
assets would be includible in the variable contract owner's gross income. The
Treasury Department has also announced, in connection with the issuance of
regulations concerning diversification, that those regulations "do not provide
guidance concerning the circumstances in which investor control of the
investments of a segregated asset account may cause the investor (i.e., the
Owner), rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the
assets in the account." This announcement also stated that guidance would be
issued by way of regulations or rulings on the "extent to which policyholders
may direct their investments to particular subaccounts without being treated as
owners of the underlying assets."
The ownership rights under the Policy are similar to, but different in certain
respects from, those described by the IRS in rulings in which it was determined
that policy owners were not owners of separate account assets. For example, the
Owner has additional flexibility in allocating Premium payments and Policy
Values. These differences could result in an Owner being treated as the owner
of a pro rata portion of the assets of the Separate Account. In addition, we do
not know what standards will be set forth, if any, in the regulations or
rulings which the Treasury Department has stated it expects to issue. We
therefore reserve the right to modify the Policy as necessary to attempt to
prevent an Owner from being considered the owner of a pro rata share of the
assets of the Separate Account.
The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits
1. In general. As a life insurance contract, the proceeds and Cash Value
increases of a Policy should be treated in a manner consistent with a fixed-
benefit life insurance policy for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the death
benefit under the Policy should be excludable from the gross income of the
Beneficiary under Section 101(a)(1) of the Code.
38
<PAGE>
The exchange of a Policy, a change in the Policy's death benefit option (e.g.,
a change from Option B to Option A), a change in the Policy's Face Amount, a
conversion to a fixed policy, an exchange, a Policy loan, an unscheduled
premium payment, a Policy lapse with an outstanding loan, a partial withdrawal,
a surrender, or an assignment of the Policy may have federal income tax
consequences depending on the circumstances. In addition, federal estate and
state and local estate, inheritance, and other tax consequences of ownership or
receipt of Policy proceeds depend on the circumstances of each Policy Owner or
Beneficiary. A competent tax advisor should be consulted for further
information.
Pursuant to the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, the Company believes that for federal income tax
purposes an accelerated death benefit payment made under the Accelerated Death
Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be fully excludable from the gross
income of the Beneficiary, as long as the Beneficiary is the Insured under the
Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax advisor about the
consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy or requesting an accelerated
death benefit payment under this Rider.
The Policies may be used in various arrangements, such as nonqualified deferred
compensation or salary continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans,
executive bonus plans, retiree medical benefit plans and others. The tax
consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular facts and
circumstances of each individual arrangement. Therefore, if you are
contemplating the use of such Policies in any arrangement the value of which
depends in part on its tax consequences, you should be sure to consult a
qualified tax advisor regarding the tax attributes of the particular
arrangement. In recent years, Congress has adopted new rules relating to life
insurance owned by businesses. Any business contemplating the purchase of a new
Policy or a change in an existing Policy should consult a tax advisor.
Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Cash Value, including increments thereof, under the Policy until there is a
distribution. The tax consequences of distributions from, and loans taken from
or secured by, a Policy depend on whether the Policy is classified as a
"modified endowment contract". Whether a Policy is or is not classified as a
modified endowment contract, upon a complete surrender or lapse of the Policy
or when benefits are paid at the maturity date, if the amount received plus the
amount of Indebtedness exceeds the total investment in the Policy, the excess
will generally be treated as ordinary income subject to tax.
2. Policies classified as modified endowment contracts. In general, a Policy
will be a modified endowment contract if the accumulated premiums paid at any
time during the first seven Policy years exceeds the sum of the net level
premiums which would have been paid on or before such time if the Policy
provided for paid-up future benefits after the payment of seven level annual
premiums. Further, a Policy that is not otherwise a modified endowment contract
may become a modified endowment contract if it is "materially changed." The
determination whether a Policy will be a modified endowment contract may become
a modified endowment contract if it is "materially changed." The determination
whether a Policy will be a modified endowment contract after a material change
generally depends upon the relationship of the death benefit and the Cash Value
at the time of such change and the additional premiums paid in the seven years
following the material change.
Due to the Policy's flexibility, classification as a modified endowment
contract will depend on the individual circumstances of each Policy. Moreover,
the rules relating to whether a Policy will be treated as a modified endowment
contract are extremely complex. Therefore, a current or prospective Policy
Owner is strongly advised to retain and consult with a competent advisor before
purchasing a Policy, making an unscheduled premium payment on an existing
Policy or making any change in an existing Policy, to determine whether the
Policy will be treated as a modified endowment contract.
The Company has adopted administrative steps designed to protect a Policy Owner
against inadvertently having the Policy become a modified endowment contract.
Although the Company cannot provide complete assurance at this time that a
Policy will not inadvertently become a modified endowment contract, it is
continuing its
39
<PAGE>
efforts to enhance its administrative systems to monitor potential modified
endowment classifications automatically.
3. Distributions from Policies Classified as Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts will be subject to the
following tax rules: First, all distributions, including distributions upon
surrender and benefits paid at maturity, from such a Policy are treated as
ordinary income subject to tax up to the amount equal to the excess (if any) of
the Cash Value immediately before the distribution over the investment in the
Policy (described below) at such time. Second, loans taken from, or secured by,
such a Policy (as well as due but unpaid interest that is added to the loan
amount) are treated as distributions from such a Policy and taxed accordingly.
Third, a 10% additional income tax is imposed on the portion of any
distribution from, or loan taken from or secured by, such a Policy that is
included in income except where the distributions or loan is made on or after
the Policy Owner attains age 59 1/2, is attributable to the Policy Owner's
becoming disabled, or is part of a series of substantially equal periodic
payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the Policy Owner or the joint
lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Policy Owner and the Policy Owner's
Beneficiary.
If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract after it is issued,
distributions made during the Policy year in which it becomes a modified
endowment contract, distributions in any subsequent Policy year and
distributions within two years before the Policy becomes a modified endowment
contract will be subject to the tax treatment described above. This means that
a distribution from a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract could
later become taxable as a distribution from a modified endowment contract.
4. Distributions From Policies Not Classified as Modified Endowment Contracts.
Distributions from a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract, and
which is not materially changed, or, if materially changed, is not classified
as a modified endowment contract after such material change, are generally
treated as first recovering the investment in the Policy (described below) and
then, only after the return of all such investment in the Policy, as
distributing taxable income. An exception to this general rule occurs in the
case of a decrease in the Policy's death benefit (e.g., partial withdrawal or a
change from Option B to Option A) or any other change that reduces benefits
under the Policy in the first 15-years after the Policy is issued and that
results in a cash distribution to the Policy Owner in order for the Policy to
continue complying with the Section 7702 definitional limits. Such a cash
distribution will be taxed in whole or in part as ordinary income (to the
extent of any gain in the Policy) under rules prescribed in Section 7702.
Loans from, or secured by, a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract
are not treated as distributions. Instead, such loans are treated as
Indebtedness of the Owner.
Finally, neither distributions (including distributions upon surrender or
lapse) nor loans from, or secured by, a Policy that is not a modified endowment
contract are subject to the 10% additional income tax.
5. Policy loan interest. If there is any borrowing against a Policy, the
interest paid on the loan generally will not be tax deductible. A Policy Owner
should consult a qualified tax adviser before deducting interest on a Policy
loan.
6. Investment in the Policy. Investment in the Policy means (i) the aggregate
amount of any premiums or other consideration paid for a Policy, minus (ii) the
aggregate amount received under the Policy which is excluded from gross income
of the Policy Owner (except that the amount of any loan from, or secured by, a
Policy that is a modified endowment contract, to the extent such amount is
excluded from gross income, will be disregarded), plus (iii) the amount of any
loan from, or secured by, a Policy that is a modified endowment contract to the
extent that such amount is included in the gross income of the Owner.
7. Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us
(or our affiliates) to the same Policy Owner during any calendar year are
treated as one modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the
amount includible in gross income.
40
<PAGE>
Possible Charge for Taxes
At the present time, the Company makes no charge to the Separate Account for
any federal, state or local taxes we incur that may be attributable to the
Separate Account or to the Policies. We reserve the right in the future to make
a charge for any such tax or other economic burden resulting from the
application of the tax laws that we determine to be properly attributable to
the Separate Account or to the Policies.
Possible Changes in Taxation
Although the likelihood of legislative changes is uncertain, there is always
the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy could change by
legislation or otherwise. It is possible that any legislative change could be
retroactive (that is, effective prior to the date of the date of the change). A
tax advisor should be consulted with respect to legislative developments and
their effect on the Policy.
SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS
The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for the assets of the Separate Account is
afforded by a blended executive risk insurance program, including blanket
fidelity coverage issued by CNA and Chubb Insurance Companies with a limit of
$25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who have access
to the assets of the Separate Account.
VOTING RIGHTS
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.
The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.
Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.
41
<PAGE>
Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.
IMSA
The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.
In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.
Preparing for Year 2000
Like all financial service providers, we utilizes systems that may be affected
by Year 2000 transition issues and rely on service providers, including the
Funds, that also may be affected. We have developed and implemented a Year 2000
transition plan, and sought disclosure from our service providers that they are
also so engaged. The resources devoted to this effort that have been, and
continue to be, substantial. It is difficult to predict with precision whether
the amount of resources ultimately devoted, or the outcome of these efforts,
will have any negative impact. However, as of the date of this prospectus, it
is not anticipated that Policy Owners will experience negative effects on their
investment, or on the services provided in connection therewith, as a result of
Year 2000 transition implementation We have examined our systems and made the
necessary changes to ensure proper Year 2000 transition, and put in place the
proper processes to ensure continued Year 2000 transition success. The results
of that examination have been independently reviewed, but there can be no
assurance that we will be completely successful, or that interaction with other
service providers will not impair our services at that time.
42
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years (1)
---- --------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
Executive Officers(2)
Carl H. Anderson(4) President and Chief Executive Officer since June,
1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June 1986,
General American Life Insurance Co., St. Louis, Mo.
(GenAm).
Matthew K. Duffy Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
July, 1996. Formerly Director of Accounting,
Prudential Insurance Company of America, March,
1987-- June, 1996.
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr. (4) Treasurer since December, 1994. Corporate Actuary
General American Life and Treasurer, GenAm since October, 1994. Executive
Insurance Company Vice President--Group Pensions, GenAm January,
700 Market Street 1990--October, 1994.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Matthew P. McCauley(4) Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
General American Life Secretary since August, 1981. Vice President and
Insurance Company Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December 30,
700 Market Street 1995.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Craig K. Nordyke(4) Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
November, 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
August, 1990--November, 1996; Second Vice President
and Chief Actuary, May, 1987--August, 1990.
John R. Tremmel Vice President--Operations and System Development
since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating
Officer, ISP Alliance, April 1998--December 1998.
Vice President and General Manager of National
Operations Centers, Norell Corporation, January
1995--March 1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp
Insurance Group, September 1986--December 1995.
Directors(3)
Richard A. Liddy Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer,
GenAm, since May, 1992. President and Chief
Operating Officer, GenAm, May, 1988--May, 1992.
Leonard M. Rubenstein Chairman and Chief Executive Officer--Conning
Corporation and Conning Asset Management Company
since January, 1997. Executive Vice President--
Investments, GenAm, February, 1991--January, 1997.
Warren J. Winer Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
September, 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm. M.
Mercer, July, 1993--August, 1995; President, WF
Corroon, September, 1990--July, 1993.
Bernard H. Wolzenski Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
November, 1991. Vice President--Life Product
Management, GenAm, May, 1989--November, 1991.
A. Greig Woodring President, Reinsurance Group of America, Inc., since
May, 1993, and Executive Vice President--
Reinsurance, GenAm, since January, 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
(2) The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless
otherwise noted.
(3) The principal business address of each person listed is General American
Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 660 Mason Ridge Center Drive,
St. Louis, MO 63141.
(4) Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.
43
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning Policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.
44
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.
Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.
Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.
Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.
Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.
Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.
Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.
Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.
Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.
Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.
Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.
Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.
Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.
Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.
Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.
Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.
Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.
45
<PAGE>
Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.
Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.
Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.
Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.
Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.
Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.
Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.
Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.
Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.
Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.
Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.
Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.
Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.
Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.
Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.
46
<PAGE>
[KPMG LOGO]
10 South Broadway
Suite 900
St. Louis, MO 63102-1761
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
[LOGO SIGNATURE OF KPMG LLP]
February 3, 1999
F-1
[LOGO OF FOUR BOXES]
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Balance Sheets
December 31, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
--------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, available for sale....................... $ 83,384 75,704
Policy loans............................................... 14,135 11,487
Cash and cash equivalents.................................. 7,439 5,733
--------- -------
Total cash and invested assets......................... 104,958 92,924
Reinsurance recoverables................................... 1,170 1,733
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder account
balances.................................................. 6,688 6,416
Accrued investment income.................................. 1,545 1,377
Deferred policy acquisition costs.......................... 20,602 17,980
Fixed assets and leasehold improvements, net............... 4,504 2,609
Other assets............................................... 105 179
Separate account assets.................................... 168,222 118,051
--------- -------
Total assets........................................... $ 307,794 241,269
========= =======
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account balances.............................. 93,334 85,152
Policy and contract claims................................. 1,672 1,085
Federal income taxes payable............................... 281 163
Other liabilities and accrued expenses..................... 3,943 3,486
Payable to affiliates...................................... 2,062 1,620
Due to separate account.................................... 183 61
Deferred tax liability..................................... 5,591 4,394
Separate account liabilities............................... 168,222 118,051
--------- -------
Total liabilities...................................... $ 275,288 214,012
--------- -------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value $25; 100,000 shares authorized;
82,000 shares issued and outstanding.................... 2,050 2,050
Additional paid-in capital............................... 17,950 17,950
Accumulated other comprehensive income................... 2,809 1,958
Retained earnings........................................ 9,697 5,299
--------- -------
Total stockholder's equity............................. $ 32,506 27,257
--------- -------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity............. $ 307,794 241,269
========= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Policy contract charges............................... $20,437 16,417 13,719
Net investment income................................. 6,983 6,288 5,663
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
ceded................................................ 124 10 114
Net realized investment gains......................... 53 69 72
------- ------ ------
Total revenues...................................... 27,597 22,784 19,568
======= ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
Policy benefits....................................... 4,774 3,876 3,326
Interest credited to policyholder account balances.... 5,228 4,738 4,126
Commissions, net of capitalized costs................. 167 227 79
General and administration expenses, net of
capitalized costs.................................... 9,512 7,743 6,798
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..... 1,150 424 285
------- ------ ------
Total benefits and expenses......................... 20,831 17,008 14,614
======= ====== ======
Income before federal income tax expense............ 6,766 5,775 4,954
Federal income tax expense.............................. 2,368 1,885 1,738
------- ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 4,398 3,890 3,216
Other comprehensive income (loss)....................... 851 1,636 (1,261)
------- ------ ------
Comprehensive income.................................... $ 5,249 5,526 1,955
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Stockholder's Equity
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Additional other Retained Total
Common paid-in comprehensive earnings stockholder's
Stock capital income (deficit) equity
------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1995................... $2,050 17,950 1,583 (1,807) 19,776
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,216 3,216
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- (1,261) -- (1,261)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1996................... $2,050 17,950 322 1,409 21,731
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,890 3,890
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 1,636 -- 1,636
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... $2,050 17,950 1,958 5,299 27,257
Net income............ -- -- -- 4,398 4,398
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 851 -- 851
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... $2,050 17,950 2,809 9,697 32,506
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 4,398 3,890 3,216
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in:
Reinsurance recoverables..................... 563 (892) 407
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
account balances............................ (272) (342) (378)
Accrued investment income.................... (168) (79) (257)
Federal income tax payable................... 118 (648) 811
Other assets................................. (1,821) (1,280) (1,019)
Policy and contract claims................... 587 (23) 12
Other liabilities and accrued expenses....... 457 782 741
Payable to affiliates........................ 442 (669) 397
Due to separate account...................... 122 (34) (108)
Deferred tax expense........................... 740 732 615
Policy acquisition costs deferred.............. (3,808) (2,972) (2,447)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs......................................... 1,150 424 285
Interest credited to policyholder accounts..... 5,228 4,738 4,126
Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
maturities.................................... (53) (69) (72)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 7,683 3,558 6,329
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of fixed maturities..................... (14,915) (12,557) (15,290)
Sale or maturity of fixed maturities............. 8,632 5,255 6,860
Increase in policy loans, net.................... (2,648) (1,923) (2,358)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities.............. (8,931) (9,225) (10,788)
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net policyholder account deposits................ 2,954 2,294 6,509
-------- ------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents....................................... 1,706 (3,373) 2,050
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..... 5,733 9,106 7,056
-------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 7,439 5,733 9,106
======== ======= =======
Income taxes paid.................................. $ (1,460) (1,801) (198)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.
General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents
a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.
The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates
include deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.
The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:
(a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses
Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.
Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.
(b) Invested Assets
Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1998
and 1997, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes,
being reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate
component of stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid
balances.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.
Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the
actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences
occur, the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the
amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since
the acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to
interest income.
F-6
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(c) Policyholder Account Balances
Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest
general account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1998, 1997 and
1996. The actual crediting rate was 6.5% in 1998 and 1997, and ranged from
6.5% to 7.0% in 1996.
(d) Federal Income Taxes
The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on
deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is
paid to, or received from, General American. Paragon recognizes a tax benefit
to the extent that its tax losses are utilized by other members of the General
American consolidated tax group.
(e) Reinsurance
Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges.
Amounts applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.
(f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for
the impact on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on
investment securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated
regularly and are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates
that revision is appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to
date is adjusted by a charge or credit to income.
(g) Separate Account Business
The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding
variable life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life
insurance contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for
risks it assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal
charges to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract
holders. The assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at
fair value.
F-7
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used
with care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate
fair value:
Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.
Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
approximates fair value.
Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
account assets.
Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.
(j) Reclassifications
The Company has reclassified the presentation of certain prior period
information to conform to the 1998 presentation.
(2) Investments
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 6,705 267 -- 6,972
Corporate securities............ 64,607 4,481 (208) 68,881
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,854 192 (25) 7,021
Asset-backed securities......... 500 10 -- 510
------- ----- ---- ------
$78,666 4,950 (233) 83,384
======= ===== ==== ======
<CAPTION>
1997
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 4,472 131 -- 4,603
Corporate securities............ 56,973 3,098 (142) 59,929
Mortgage-backed securities...... 9,124 233 (48) 9,309
Asset-backed securities......... 1,762 101 -- 1,863
------- ----- ---- ------
$72,331 3,563 (190) 75,704
======= ===== ==== ======
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1998, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected
maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Amortized fair
cost value
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less............................... $ 605 616
Due after one year through five years................. 20,733 21,528
Due after five years through ten years................ 12,600 13,338
Due after ten years through twenty years.............. 37,873 40,881
Mortgage-backed securities............................ 6,855 7,021
------- ------
$78,666 83,384
======= ======
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
$4,069,000, $1,328,585 and $4,129,254 respectively. Gross gains of $53,180,
$68,876 and $71,604 were realized on those sales in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
The sources of net investment income follow (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Maturities.................................... $5,603 4,941 4,626
Short-term investments.............................. 535 608 449
Policy loans and other.............................. 924 807 680
------ ----- -----
$7,062 6,356 5,755
Investment expenses................................. (79) (68) (92)
------ ----- -----
Net investment income........................... $6,983 6,288 5,663
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in
000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Fixed maturities available-for-sale.............. $ 4,717 3,373 513
Deferred policy acquisition costs................ (396) (361) (17)
Deferred income taxes.............................. (1,512) (1,054) (174)
------- ------ ----
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)......... $ 2,809 1,958 322
======= ====== ====
</TABLE>
The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,121,000 and $3,982,000
at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
(3) Reinsurance
The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.
F-9
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $14,723 13,001 10,264
Policy benefits ceded............................. 17,071 14,070 6,274
Commissions and expenses ceded.................... 123 195 114
Reinsurance recoverables.......................... 1,109 1,661 774
</TABLE>
Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
insignificant.
(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.................... $17,980 15,776 13,006
Policy acquisition costs deferred............... 3,808 2,972 2,447
Policy acquisition costs amortized.............. (1,150) (424) (285)
Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
available for sale............................. (36) (344) 608
------- ------ ------
Balance at end of year.......................... $20,602 17,980 15,776
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
(5) Federal Income Taxes
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal
income tax expense is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax (benefit) expense.......................... $1,628 1,153 1,123
Deferred tax expense................................... 740 732 615
------ ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................. $2,368 1,885 1,738
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense....................... $2,368 2,022 1,734
Other, net............................................ 0 (137) 4
------ ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................ $2,368 1,885 1,738
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1998 and 1997
are presented below (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned reinsurance allowances...................... $ 218 217 153
Policy and contract liabilities...................... 709 1,031 1,305
Tax capitalization of acquisition costs.............. 2,147 1,755 1,386
Other, net........................................... 58 76 69
------ ----- -----
Total deferred tax assets.......................... $3,132 3,079 2,913
====== ===== =====
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on investments....................... $1,512 1,054 174
Deferred policy acquisition costs.................... 7,211 6,419 5,520
------ ----- -----
Total gross deferred tax liabilities............... $8,723 7,473 5,694
------ ----- -----
Net deferred tax liabilities....................... $5,591 4,394 2,781
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers
whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon
the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those
temporary differences become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax
return with its Parent. Realization of the gross tax asset will not be
dependent solely on the Company's ability to generate its own taxable income.
General American has a proven history of earnings and it appears more likely
than not that the Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully
realized.
(6) Related-Party Transactions
Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1998, 1997 and
1996 were $1,513,433, $1,348,198 and $1,250,396, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.
(7) Pension Plan
Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General
American. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level.
No pension expense was recognized in 1998, 1997 or 1996 due to overfunding of
the plan.
In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$188,316, $198,972 and $80,434 for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106--Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.
(8) Statutory Financial Information
The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements,
generally referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a
basis of accounting which varies in some
F-11
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
respects from generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Statutory
accounting principles include: (1) charging of policy acquisition costs to
income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and contract liabilities
computed using required valuation standards which may vary in methodology
utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes resulting from
temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset impairments
and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to maturity with
asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae and interest
stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their original purchase
maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities at amortized
cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; and (7) recognition of
deposits and withdrawals on universal life policies as revenues and expenses.
The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income (loss) of the Company at
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, as determined using statutory accounting
practices, is summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $10,500 10,725 10,751
Net income (loss) as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $ 1,596 1,397 982
</TABLE>
(9) Dividend Restrictions
Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to
the amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1998 without prior
notice or approval is $1,596,000. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1998, 1997
or 1996.
(10) Risk-Based Capital
The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a benchmark for the
regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance regulators. The
requirements apply various weighted factors to financial balances or activity
levels based on their perceived degree of risk.
The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the
Company or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual
total adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At
December 31, 1998, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess
of minimum levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory
authorities under the RBC formula.
(11) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31:
1999............................................................. $ 626
2000............................................................. 598
2001............................................................. 256
2002............................................................. 53
------
$1,533
======
</TABLE>
Rent expense totaled $489,999, $433,864 and $388,976 in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
F-12
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Concluded)
(12) Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and
its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of
general-purpose financial statements. The most significant items of
comprehensive income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses
on securities. The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of
operations or financial position, but affects their presentation and
disclosure. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and
the following summaries present the components of the Company's comprehensive
income, other than net income, for the periods ending December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996 (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $ 1,361 (476) 885
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (53) 19 (34)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income.................... 1,308 (457) 851
------- ---- ------
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $ 2,585 (904) 1,681
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (69) 24 (45)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income.................... 2,516 (880) 1,636
------- ---- ------
<CAPTION>
1996
-------------------------
Before- Tax Net-
Tax (Expense) of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period....................................... $(1,868) 654 (1,214)
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income....................... (72) 25 (47)
------- ---- ------
Other comprehensive income (loss)............. (1,940) 679 (1,261)
------- ---- ------
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
[KPMG LOGO]
10 South Broadway
Suite 900
St. Louis, MO 63102-1761
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's Multi Manager Divisions:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Scudder Money Market, Scudder International,
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income, Fidelity VIP Growth, Fidelity VIPII Index 500,
Fidelity VIPII Contrafund, PutnamVT High Yield, PutnamVT Voyager, PutnamVT
U.S. Government and High Quality Bond, PutnamVT New Opportunities, TR Price
New America Growth, TR Price Limited-Term Bond, TR Price Personal Strategy
Balanced, and MFS Emerging Growth Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as
of December 31, 1998 and the related statements of operations and changes in
net assets for the period presented. These financial statements are the
responsibility of Paragon Separate Account B's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1998 by
correspondence with the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund, the Fidelity
Variable Insurance Products Fund, the Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
Fund II, the Putnam Variable Trust, the T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., the
T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc., and the MSF Variable Insurance Trust.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Scudder Money Market,
Scudder International, Fidelity VIP Equity Income, Fidelity VIP Growth,
Fidelity VIPII Index 500, Fidelity VIPII Contrafund, PutnamVT High Yield,
PutnamVT Voyager, PutnamVT U.S. Government and High Quality Bond, PutnamVT New
Opportunities, TR Price New America Growth, TR Price Limited-Term Bond, TR
Price Personal Strategy Balanced, and MFS Emerging Growth Divisions of Paragon
Separate Account B as of December 31, 1998, and the results of their
operations and changes in their net assets for the period presented, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
[LOGO SIGNATURE OF KPMG LLP]
April 2, 1999
F-14
[LOGO OF FOUR BOXES]
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder Money Scudder Fidelity Fidelity Fidelity Fidelity Putnam Putnam
Market International Equity Income Growth Index 500 Contrafund High Yield Voyager
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
------------- ------------- ------------- --------- --------- ---------- ---------- --------
1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998
------------- ------------- ------------- --------- --------- ---------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in
Multiple Fund
Investments, at
Market Value (See
Schedule of
Investments)......... $278,615 1,419,996 1,881,175 1,594,312 4,554,893 2,993,480 325,291 914,718
Receivable from
Paragon Life
Insurance Company.... 949 768 5,646 2,303 11,091 4,589 826 1,282
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Total Net Assets.... 279,564 1,420,764 1,886,821 1,596,615 4,565,984 2,998,069 326,117 916,000
======== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ======= =======
Group Variable
Universal Life Cash
Value Invested in
Separate Account..... 279,564 1,420,764 1,886,821 1,596,615 4,565,984 2,998,069 326,117 916,000
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
$279,564 1,420,764 1,886,821 1,596,615 4,565,984 2,998,069 326,117 916,000
======== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ======= =======
Total Units Held........ 258,628 86,073 70,582 31,290 31,540 117,088 24,620 18,481
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 1.08 16.51 26.73 51.03 144.77 25.61 13.25 49.56
Cost of Investments..... $278,615 1,392,848 1,739,485 1,297,864 3,687,332 2,416,939 354,369 755,547
======== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ======= =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TR Price MFS
Putnam US Gvt & Putnam New TR Price Limited-Term TR Price Emerging
High Quality Bond Opportunities New America Bond Personal Strategy Growth
Division Division Growth Division Division Balanced Division Division
----------------- ------------- --------------- ------------ ----------------- ---------
1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998
----------------- ------------- --------------- ------------ ----------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in
Multiple Fund
Investments, at
Market Value (See
Schedule of
Investments)......... $607,180 1,076,927 1,537,439 106,887 971,090 1,933,087
Receivable from
Paragon Life
Insurance Company.... 1,756 742 7,759 2,444 2,081 4,143
-------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ---------
Total Net Assets.... 608,936 1,077,669 1,545,198 109,331 973,171 1,937,230
======== ========= ========= ======= ======= =========
Group Variable
Universal Life Cash
Value Invested in
Separate Account..... 608,936 1,077,669 1,545,198 109,331 973,171 1,937,230
-------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ---------
$608,936 1,077,669 1,545,198 109,331 973,171 1,937,230
======== ========= ========= ======= ======= =========
Total Units Held........ 40,237 41,772 61,751 20,107 54,631 91,515
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 15.13 25.80 25.02 5.44 17.81 21.17
Cost of Investments..... $568,331 856,045 1,287,773 105,833 922,329 1,466,067
======== ========= ========= ======= ======= =========
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-15
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Year Ended December 31, 1998 and the Period from February 26, 1997
(Inception) to December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder Money Scudder Fidelity Fidelity
Market International Equity Income Equity Growth Fidelity Index
Division Division Division Division 500 Division
----------------- ---------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 10,143 3,261 16,096 1 14,639 -- 3,814 -- 27,845 --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 1,460 455 8,335 2,631 10,564 2,552 7,802 1,885 23,600 6,310
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Net Investment Income
(Expense).............. 8,683 2,806 7,761 (2,630) 4,075 (2,552) (3,988) (1,885) 4,245 (6,310)
Net Realized Gain on In-
vestments
Realized Gain from Dis-
tributions............. -- 105,862 -- 52,096 -- 99,760 -- 64,495 --
Proceeds from Sales.... 51,234 289,611 102,947 173,610 124,813 38,007 74,918 26,952 172,866 153,926
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 51,234 289,611 106,571 177,689 119,169 36,223 70,769 25,580 152,050 146,855
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... -- -- 102,238 (4,079) 57,740 1,784 103,909 1,372 85,311 7,071
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year...... -- -- (25,879) -- 56,580 -- 30,076 -- 158,189 --
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year............ -- -- 27,148 (25,879) 141,690 56,580 296,448 30,076 867,561 158,189
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. -- -- 53,027 (25,879) 85,110 56,580 266,372 30,076 708,372 158,189
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments.......... -- -- 155,265 (29,958) 142,850 58,364 370,281 31,448 794,683 165,260
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations......... $ 8,683 2,806 163,026 (32,588) 146,925 55,812 366,293 29,563 798,928 158,950
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= ====== ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Fidelity Putnam US Gvt Putnam
Contrafund Putnam High Putnam Voyager & High Quality New
Division Yield Division Division Bond Division Opportunities
----------------- ---------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 10,800 -- 17,896 277 1,303 32 24,286 24 -- --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 15,117 4,049 1,965 775 4,710 1,503 3,672 1,336 5,408 1,771
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Net Investment Income
(Expense).............. (4,317) (4,049) 15,931 (498) (3,407) (1,471) 20,614 (1,312) (5,408) (1,771)
Net Realized Gain on In-
vestments
Realized Gain from Dis-
tributions............. 79,460 -- 2,808 32 31,790 692 632 -- 8,780 --
Proceeds from Sales.... 103,003 45,697 57,532 22,023 72,208 39,294 9,892 13,191 88,851 21,590
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 94,211 42,658 53,897 20,837 63,834 36,437 9,414 12,846 75,941 19,924
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... 88,252 3,039 6,443 1,218 40,164 3,549 1,110 345 21,690 1,666
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments: 20,067 --
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year...... 83,162 -- 14,350 -- 46,424 -- 58,379 --
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year............ 576,541 83,162 (29,078) 14,350 159,171 46,424 38,849 20,067 220,882 58,379
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. 493,379 83,162 (43,428) 14,350 112,748 46,424 18,782 20,067 162,503 58,379
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments.......... 581,631 86,201 (36,985) 15,568 152,912 49,973 19,892 20,412 184,193 60,045
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations......... $577,314 82,152 (21,054) 15,070 149,505 48,502 40,506 19,100 178,785 58,274
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= ====== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-16
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)
For the Year Ended December 31, 1998 and the Period from February 26, 1997
(Inception) to December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TR Price
TR Price Personal
TR Price New Limited- Strategy MFS Emerging
America Growth Term Bond Balanced Growth
Division Division Division Division
---------------- ----------- -------------- ---------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
-------- ------ ----- ----- ------ ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ -- -- 3,964 1,148 22,815 8,442 7,893 --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 8,308 2,619 521 141 5,220 1,615 9,802 3,269
-------- ------ ----- ----- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Investment Income
(Expense).............. (8,308) (2,619) 3,443 1,007 17,595 6,827 (1,909) (3,269)
Net Realized Gain on In-
vestments
Realized Gain from Dis-
tributions............. 29,621 1,910 201 -- 32,671 7,070 2,818 --
Proceeds from Sales.... 64,424 25,684 5,557 3,027 81,578 128,464 104,262 85,782
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 56,227 24,158 5,494 2,981 77,738 125,119 91,161 80,415
-------- ------ ----- ----- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Invest-
ments................ 37,818 3,436 264 46 36,511 10,415 15,919 5,367
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year...... 74,143 -- 348 -- 10,497 -- 68,906 --
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year............ 249,666 74,143 1,054 348 48,761 10,497 467,020 68,906
-------- ------ ----- ----- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. 175,523 74,143 706 348 38,264 10,497 398,114 68,906
-------- ------ ----- ----- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments.......... 213,341 77,579 970 394 74,775 20,912 414,033 74,273
-------- ------ ----- ----- ------ ------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations......... $205,033 74,960 4,413 1,401 92,370 27,739 412,124 71,004
======== ====== ===== ===== ====== ======= ======= ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-17
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
For the Year Ended December 31, 1998 and the Period from February 26, 1997
(Inception) to December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder Scudder
Money Market International Fidelity Equity Fidelity Growth Fidelity Index 500
Division Division Income Division Division Division
--------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ --------------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
---------- --------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).... $ 8,683 2,806 7,761 (2,630) 4,075 (2,552) (3,988) (1,885) 4,245 (6,310)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... -- -- 102,238 (4,079) 57,740 1,784 103,909 1,372 85,311 7,071
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... -- -- 53,027 (25,879) 85,110 56,580 266,372 30,076 709,372 158,189
---------- --------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.......... 8,683 2,806 163,026 (32,588) 146,925 55,812 366,293 29,563 798,928 158,950
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.... 145,966 122,109 502,178 788,148 780,846 903,238 542,595 658,164 1,595,868 2,012,238
---------- --------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Increase in Net
Assets............ 154,649 124,915 665,204 755,560 927,771 959,050 908,888 687,727 2,394,796 2,171,188
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year.............. 124,915 -- 755,560 -- 959,050 -- 687,727 -- 2,171,188 --
---------- --------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Net Assets, End of
Year................. $ 279,564 124,915 1,420,764 755,560 1,886,821 959,050 1,596,615 687,727 4,565,984 2,171,188
========== ========= ========= ======= ========= ======= ========= ======= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
Putnam
US Gvt & High Putnam
Fidelity Contrafund Putnam High Yield Putnam Voyager Quality Bond New Opportunities
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ --------------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
---------- --------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).... $ (4,317) (4,049) 15,931 (498) (3,407) (1,471) 20,614 (1,312) (5,408) (1,771)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... 88,252 3,039 6,443 1,218 40,164 3,549 1,110 345 21,690 1,666
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... 493,379 83,162 (43,428) 14,350 112,748 46,424 18,782 20,067 162,503 58,379
---------- --------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.......... 577,314 82,152 (21,054) 15,070 149,505 48,502 40,506 19,100 178,785 58,274
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.... 996,842 1,341,761 125,158 206,943 317,314 400,679 176,598 372,732 359,780 480,830
---------- --------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Increase in Net
Assets............ 1,574,156 1,423,913 104,104 222,013 466,819 449,181 217,104 391,832 538,565 539,104
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year.............. 1,423,913 -- 222,013 -- 449,181 -- 391,832 -- 539,104 --
---------- --------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Net Assets, End of
Year................. $2,998,069 1,423,913 326,117 222,013 916,000 449,181 608,936 391,832 1,077,669 539,104
========== ========= ========= ======= ========= ======= ========= ======= ========= =========
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-18
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS--(Continued)
For the Year Ended December 31, 1998 and the Period from February 26, 1997
(Inception) to December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TR Price
TR Price Personal
TR Price New Limited- Strategy
America Growth Term Bond Balanced MFS Emerging
Division Division Division Growth Division
------------------- -------------- --------------- ------------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
---------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(Expense).............. $ (8,308) (2,619) 3,443 1,007 17,595 6,827 (1,909) (3,269)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. 37,818 3,436 264 46 36,511 10,415 15,919 5,367
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. 175,523 74,143 706 348 38,264 10,497 398,114 68,906
---------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- --------- -------
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations........ 205,033 74,960 4,413 1,401 92,370 27,739 412,124 71,004
Net Deposits into
Separate Account....... 514,647 750,558 62,044 41,473 377,161 475,901 582,487 871,615
---------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- --------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets............... 719,680 825,518 66,457 42,874 469,531 503,640 994,611 942,619
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year.................... 825,518 -- 42,874 -- 503,640 -- 942,619 --
---------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- --------- -------
Net Assets, End of Year. $1,545,198 825,518 109,331 42,874 973,171 503,640 1,937,230 942,619
========== ======= ======= ====== ======= ======= ========= =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-19
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1998
(1) Organization
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate
Account B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate
Account) commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division
options included herein commenced operations on February 26, 1997. The
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for flexible premium group
variable life insurance policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate
Account is divided into fourteen divisions which invests exclusively in shares
of Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund (Scudder), Fidelity Variable
Insurance Products Fund (Fidelity VIP I), Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
Fund II (Fidelity VIP II), Putnam Variable Trust (Putnam), T. Rowe Price
Equity Series, Inc. (TR Price I), T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc. (TR
Price II) and MFS Variable Insurance Trust (MFS), open-end, diversified
management investment companies. These funds are the Scudder Money Market
Fund, Scudder International Fund, Fidelity Equity Income Fund, Fidelity Growth
Fund, Fidelity Index 500 Fund, Fidelity Contra Fund, Putnam High Yield Fund,
Putnam Voyager Fund, Putnam U.S. Government and High Quality Bond Fund, Putnam
New Opportunities Fund TR Price New America Growth Fund, TR Price Limited-Term
Bond Fund, TR Price Personal Strategy Balanced Fund and MFS Emerging Growth
Fund (the Divisions). Policyholders have the option of directing their premium
payments into any or all of the Divisions.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by
the Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The
policies are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Investments
The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Scudder, Fidelity VIP I,
Fidelity VIP II, Putnam, TR Price I, TR Price II and MFS are valued daily
based on the net asset values of the respective fund shares held. The average
cost method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on withdrawals by
the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent with trade
date accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested on the ex-
dividend date.
Federal Income Taxes
The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make
estimates and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial
statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) Policy Charges
Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to
compensate Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the
contracts and any additional benefits added by rider, administering the
policies, incurring expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming
certain risks in connection with the policy.
F-20
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Premium Expense Charge
Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the
costs associated with distributing the policy and, if applicable, is equal to
1% of the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates Paragon for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the policies, incurring expenses
of distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with
the policies. In addition, some policies have a premium tax assessment equal
to 2% or 2.25% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred. The premium
payment less premium expense and premium tax charges equals the net premium
that is invested in the underlying separate account.
Monthly Expense Charge
Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a
monthly administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to
the size of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12
policy months and $3.50 per month thereafter.
Cost of Insurance
The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the
net amount at risk for each policy month.
Optional Rider Benefits Charge
The monthly deduction charge for any additional benefits provided by rider.
Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full
surrender or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums
received by Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event
takes place.
Mortality and Expense Charge
In addition to the above contract charges a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks
assumed by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account
at the rate of .0000206% of the net assets of each division of the Separate
Account which equals an annual rate of .75% of those net assets. The mortality
risk assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and
that, therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits
greater than anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred
in issuing and administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from
the administrative charges assessed against the policy.
F-21
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(4) Purchases and Sales
For the Year Ended December 31, 1998 and the Period from February 26, 1997
(Inception) to December 31, 1997, purchases and proceeds from the sales of the
Scudder Variable Insurance Products Fund, Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
Fund, Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Putnam Variable Trust, T.
Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc. and
MFS Variable Insurance Trust.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder
Scudder Money International Fidelity Equity Fidelity Growth Fidelity Index 500 Fidelity Contrafund
Market Division Division Income Division Division Division Division
---------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ------------------- -------------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $194,773 411,282 596,570 958,562 889,293 938,848 607,056 683,583 1,735,116 2,158,781 1,080,030 1,383,519
Sales........... $ 51,234 289,611 102,947 173,610 124,813 38,007 74,918 26,952 172,866 153,926 103,003 45,697
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
Putnam High
Yield Division
---------------
1998 1997
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Purchases....... 180,347 227,743
Sales........... 57,532 22,023
======= =======
<CAPTION>
Putnam
US Govt & Putnam New TR Price New TR Price Personal
Putnam Voyager High Quality Opportunities America Growth TR Price Limited- Strategy Balanced
Division Bond Division Division Division Term Bond Division Division
---------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ------------------- -------------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $383,609 438,392 180,773 384,876 442,543 500,587 564,498 772,129 64,606 44,390 454,551 599,637
Sales........... $ 72,208 39,294 9,892 13,191 88,851 21,590 64,424 25,684 5,557 3,027 81,578 128,464
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
MSF Emerging
Growth Division
---------------
1998 1997
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Purchases....... 673,884 952,779
Sales........... 104,262 85,782
======= =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder Fidelity Fidelity Fidelity Fidelity Putnam High
Scudder Money International Equity Income Growth Index 500 Contrafund Yield
Market Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
--------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------------ -------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ --------- -------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in
Units
Deposits........ 185,432 406,623 38,766 65,985 35,673 41,371 14,418 19,373 13,795 20,471 50,010 74,108 13,125 16,908
Withdrawals..... 47,582 285,844 6,564 12,114 4,810 1,652 1,748 753 1,322 1,404 4,628 2,401 3,862 1,551
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ --------- -------- ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units ........... 137,849 120,779 32,202 53,871 30,863 39,719 12,670 18,620 12,473 19,067 45,383 71,707 9,263 15,357
Outstanding
Units,
Beginning of
Year............ 120,779 -- 53,871 -- 39,719 -- 18,620 -- 19,067 -- 71,707 -- 15,357 --
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ --------- -------- ------ ------
Outstanding
Units,
End of Year..... 258,628 120,779 86,073 53,871 70,582 39,719 31,290 18,620 31,540 19,067 117,090 71,707 24,620 15,357
======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ========= ======== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Putnam TR Price New
US Govt & Putnam New America TR Price TR Price Personal MSF Emerging
Putnam Voyager High Quality Opportunities Growth Limited-Term Strategy Balanced Growth
Division Bond Division Division Division Bond Division Division Division
--------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------------ -------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ --------- -------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in
Units
Deposits........ 9,055 12,048 12,927 28,842 20,017 26,662 25,749 40,110 12,759 8,977 27,507 40,523 38,091 64,495
Withdrawals..... 1,599 1,023 600 932 3,804 1,103 2,811 1,297 1,025 604 4,947 8,452 5,702 5,369
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ --------- -------- ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units............ 7,456 11,025 12,327 27,910 16,213 25,559 22,938 38,813 11,734 8,373 22,560 32,071 32,389 59,126
Outstanding
Units,
Beginning of
Year............ 11,025 -- 27,910 -- 25,559 -- 38,813 -- 8,373 -- 32,071 -- 59,126 --
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ --------- -------- ------ ------
Outstanding
Units,
End of Year..... 18,481 11,025 40,237 27,910 41,772 25,559 61,751 38,813 20,107 8,373 54,631 32,071 91,515 59,126
======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ========= ======== ====== ======
</TABLE>
The purchases above do not include dividends and realized gains from
distributions that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.
(5) Accumulation of Unit Activity
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Year ended December 31, 1998 and the period from February 26, 1997
(Inception) to December 31, 1997:
F-22
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(6)--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of various funds. Net
deposits represent the amount available for investment in such shares after
deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges, cost of
insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The following is a
summary of net deposits made for the year ended December 31, 1998 and for the
period from February 26, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder
Scudder Money Market International Fidelity Equity Fidelity Growth
Division Division Income Division Division
--------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ----------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 454,499 572,646 722,702 806,785 1,044,412 1,039,412 828,226 756,226
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............. (4,278) (74) (20,489) (72) (56,750) (14,044) (61,120) (2,270)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account..... 17,780 (206,826) (59,542) 66,433 63,313 20,328 1,791 (56,593)
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............ 468,001 365,746 642,671 873,146 1,050,975 1,045,696 768,897 697,363
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges................ 12,204 16,024 19,405 22,575 28,044 29,085 22,239 21,161
Monthly Expense
Charges................ 17,632 4,660 6,891 6,565 13,776 8,458 11,613 6,154
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits...... 292,199 222,953 114,197 55,858 228,309 104,915 192,450 11,884
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Total Deductions..... 322,035 243,637 140,493 84,998 270,129 142,458 226,302 39,199
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders........... $ 145,966 122,109 502,178 788,148 780,846 903,238 542,595 658,164
========== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Fidelity Index 500 Fidelity Contrafund Putnam High Yield Putnam Voyager
Division Division Division Division
--------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ----------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $2,259,997 2,274,729 1,429,506 1,858,957 241,285 263,896 507,398 454,188
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............. (84,913) (15,614) (55,117) (2,130) (7,840) (7,735) (26,810) (14,199)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account..... 61,916 76,287 (16,713) (283,887) (41,786) (1,230) (8,874) 48,745
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............ 2,237,000 2,335,402 1,357,676 1,572,940 191,659 254,931 471,714 488,734
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges................ 60,684 63,651 38,384 52,017 6,479 7,384 13,624 12,709
Monthly Expense
Charges................ 33,032 18,511 18,350 15,127 3,416 2,147 8,011 3,696
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits...... 547,416 241,002 304,100 164,035 56,606 38,457 132,765 71,650
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Total Deductions..... 641,132 323,164 360,834 231,179 66,501 47,988 154,400 88,055
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders........... $1,595,868 2,012,238 996,842 1,341,761 125,158 206,943 317,314 400,679
========== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-23
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(6) Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
(continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TR Price
Putnam US Govt & Putnam New TR Price New Limited Term
High Quality Opportunities America Growth Bond
Bond Division Division Division Divisions
----------------- ------------------ ---------------- --------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits... $240,997 269,041 588,576 597,955 733,553 809,931 79,889 43,399
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........... (1,926) (1) (13,945) (214) (27,696) (1,562) (145) --
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account... 5,082 150,618 (54,349) 8,343 20,602 81,731 (854) 4,089
-------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers.......... 244,153 419,658 520,282 606,084 726,459 890,100 78,890 47,488
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges.............. 6,471 7,528 15,804 16,732 19,697 22,663 2,145 1,214
Monthly Expense
Charges.............. 3,476 2,189 8,234 4,866 10,933 6,591 837 353
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits.... 57,608 37,209 136,464 103,656 181,182 110,288 13,864 4,448
-------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------
67,555 46,926 160,502 125,254 211,812 139,542 16,846 6,015
-------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders......... $176,598 372,732 359,780 480,830 514,647 750,558 62,044 41,473
======== ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ====== ======
<CAPTION>
TR Price
Personal
Strategy
Balanced MFS Emerging
Division Growth Division
----------------- ------------------
1998 1997 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits... $537,081 617,298 906,166 937,102
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........... (25,095) (12,595) (29,602) (1,608)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account... 13,297 (42,168) (60,221) 80,406
-------- ------- ------- ---------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers.......... 525,283 562,535 816,343 1,015,900
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges.............. 14,421 17,273 24,324 26,222
Monthly Expense
Charges.............. 7,609 5,023 11,924 7,626
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits.... 126,092 64,338 197,608 110,437
-------- ------- ------- ---------
148,122 86,634 233,856 144,285
-------- ------- ------- ---------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders......... $377,161 475,901 582,487 871,615
======== ======= ======= =========
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number Market
of Shares Value Cost
--------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund:
Scudder Money Market Division................ 278,615 $ 278,615 $ 278,615
Scudder International Division............... 97,527 1,419,996 1,392,848
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund:
Fidelity Equity Income Division.............. 74,004 1,881,175 1,739,485
Fidelity Growth Division..................... 35,532 1,594,312 1,297,864
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II:
Fidelity Index 500 Division.................. 32,247 4,554,893 3,687,332
Fidelity Contrafund Division................. 122,483 2,993,480 2,416,939
Putnam Variable Trust:
Putnam High Yield Division................... 27,803 325,291 354,369
Putnam Voyager Division...................... 19,950 914,718 755,547
Putnam US Gov & High Quality Bond Division... 43,840 607,180 568,331
Putnam New Opportunities Division............ 41,325 1,076,927 856,045
T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc:
TR Price New America Growth Division......... 62,144 1,537,439 1,287,773
TR Price Limited-Term BD Division............ 21,292 106,887 105,833
TR Price Personal Strategy Balanced Division. 60,092 971,090 922,330
MFS Variable Insurance Trust:
MFS Emerging Growth Division................. 90,037 1,933,087 1,466,067
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.
F-25
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values
The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.
The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy. This assumes the maximum monthly
administrative charge. If a particular Policy has different sales or
administrative charges or if a particular group is larger or smaller or has a
different gender mix, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would vary from those
shown in the tables.
The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.
The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a
maximum .90% charge for mortality and expense risk, an assumed combined
investment advisory fee (representing the average of the fees incurred by the
Funds in which the Divisions invest) and the Funds' expenses (based on the
average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1998) of .681%. These
charges take into account expense reimbursement arrangements expected to be in
place for 1999 for some of the Funds. In the absence of the reimbursement
arrangements for some of the Funds, the charges would have totaled an average
of .691%. See the respective Fund prospectus for details. After deduction for
these amounts, the illustrated gross annual investment rates of return of 0%,
6% and 12% correspond to approximate net annual rates of -1.581%, 4.419%, and
10.419%, respectively.
The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge. The premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.
The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.
Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.
A-1
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.581%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,048 $500,000 $ 5,009 $500,000
2 12,630 5,895 500,000 9,912 500,000
3 19,423 8,496 500,000 14,681 500,000
4 26,555 10,845 500,000 19,262 500,000
5 34,045 12,918 500,000 23,660 500,000
6 41,908 14,696 500,000 27,937 500,000
7 50,165 16,148 500,000 32,038 500,000
8 58,834 17,233 500,000 35,970 500,000
9 67,937 17,916 500,000 39,734 500,000
10 77,496 18,164 500,000 43,332 500,000
11 87,532 17,970 500,000 46,657 500,000
12 98,070 17,301 500,000 49,830 500,000
13 109,134 16,150 500,000 52,796 500,000
14 120,752 14,488 500,000 55,447 500,000
15 132,951 12,260 500,000 57,844 500,000
16 145,760 9,401 500,000 59,996 500,000
17 159,209 5,798 500,000 61,851 500,000
18 173,331 1,314 500,000 63,357 500,000
19 188,159 0 0 64,577 500,000
20 203,728 0 0 65,399 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 61,684 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 35,153 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-2
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.419%)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- ---------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------ ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 6,161 3,148 500,000 5,172 500,000
2 12,630 6,277 500,000 10,546 500,000
3 19,423 9,341 500,000 16,100 500,000
4 26,555 12,326 500,000 21,786 500,000
5 34,045 15,202 500,000 27,612 500,000
6 41,908 17,941 500,000 33,646 500,000
7 50,165 20,506 500,000 39,842 500,000
8 58,834 22,843 500,000 46,210 500,000
9 67,937 24,903 500,000 52,763 500,000
10 77,496 26,638 500,000 59,507 500,000
11 87,532 28,023 500,000 66,348 500,000
12 98,070 29,006 500,000 73,407 500,000
13 109,134 29,559 500,000 80,644 500,000
14 120,752 29,629 500,000 87,963 500,000
15 132,951 29,137 500,000 95,431 500,000
16 145,760 27,988 500,000 103,066 500,000
17 159,209 26,032 500,000 110,832 500,000
18 173,331 23,091 500,000 118,693 500,000
19 188,159 18,962 500,000 126,720 500,000
20 203,728 13,436 500,000 134,830 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 175,738 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 212,056 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-3
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.419%)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- ---------------------------------
PREM
at CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 6,161 3,246 500,000 5,333 500,000
2 12,630 6,668 500,000 11,194 500,000
3 19,423 10,240 500,000 17,609 500,000
4 26,555 13,967 500,000 24,576 500,000
5 34,045 17,842 500,000 32,159 500,000
6 41,908 21,859 500,000 40,486 500,000
7 50,165 26,005 500,000 49,582 500,000
8 58,834 30,251 500,000 59,532 500,000
9 67,937 34,574 500,000 70,435 500,000
10 77,496 38,956 500,000 82,393 500,000
11 87,532 43,400 500,000 95,423 500,000
12 98,070 47,888 500,000 109,760 500,000
13 109,134 52,428 500,000 125,500 500,000
14 120,752 57,008 500,000 142,714 500,000
15 132,951 61,594 500,000 161,629 500,000
16 145,760 66,141 500,000 182,458 500,000
17 159,209 70,559 500,000 205,393 500,000
18 173,331 74,732 500,000 230,660 500,000
19 188,159 78,532 500,000 258,600 500,000
20 203,728 81,823 500,000 289,488 500,000
25 294,060 86,066 500,000 502,863 583,321
30 409,348 39,560 500,000 853,230 912,956
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-4
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.581%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- --------- ------ -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $8,808 $508,808 $10,775 $510,775
2 25,261 17,306 517,306 21,345 521,345
3 38,846 25,451 525,451 31,683 531,683
4 53,111 33,236 533,236 41,733 541,733
5 68,090 40,638 540,638 51,499 551,499
6 83,817 47,638 547,638 61,047 561,047
7 100,330 54,209 554,209 70,319 570,319
8 117,669 60,308 560,308 79,320 579,320
9 135,875 65,903 565,903 88,055 588,055
10 154,992 70,966 570,966 96,521 596,521
11 175,064 75,492 575,492 104,605 604,605
12 196,140 79,456 579,456 112,437 612,437
13 218,269 82,860 582,860 119,956 619,956
14 241,505 85,684 585,684 127,043 627,043
15 265,903 87,883 587,883 133,763 633,763
16 291,521 89,408 589,408 140,129 640,129
17 318,419 90,163 590,163 146,080 646,080
18 346,663 90,036 590,036 151,559 651,559
19 376,319 88,916 588,916 156,638 656,638
20 407,457 86,707 586,707 161,193 661,193
25 588,120 57,620 557,620 174,152 674,152
30 818,697 0 0 161,480 661,480
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-5
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT 4.419%)
-----------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
----------------------------- -----------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------------ ------------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,096 $509,096 $ 11,127 $ 511,127
2 25,261 18,417 518,417 22,709 522,709
3 38,846 27,924 527,924 34,737 534,737
4 53,111 37,613 537,613 47,167 547,167
5 68,090 47,461 547,461 60,018 560,018
6 83,817 57,451 557,451 73,370 573,370
7 100,330 67,553 567,553 87,184 587,184
8 117,669 77,723 577,723 101,480 601,480
9 135,875 87,920 587,920 116,280 616,280
10 154,992 98,110 598,110 131,599 631,599
11 175,064 108,280 608,280 147,339 647,339
12 196,140 118,393 618,393 163,646 663,646
13 218,269 128,439 628,439 180,479 680,479
14 241,505 138,387 638,387 197,732 697,732
15 265,903 148,175 648,175 215,485 715,485
16 291,521 157,737 657,737 233,767 733,767
17 318,419 166,953 666,953 252,533 752,533
18 346,663 175,678 675,678 271,739 771,739
19 376,319 183,764 683,764 291,470 791,470
20 407,457 191,065 691,065 311,617 811,617
25 588,120 212,039 712,039 416,845 916,845
30 818,697 187,023 687,023 519,267 1,019,267
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-6
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT 10.419%)
---------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------------- -------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,378 $ 509,378 $ 11,472 $ 511,472
2 25,261 19,552 519,552 24,103 524,103
3 38,846 30,552 530,552 37,981 537,981
4 53,111 42,453 542,453 53,172 553,172
5 68,090 55,317 555,317 69,813 569,813
6 83,817 69,219 569,219 88,119 588,119
7 100,330 84,229 584,229 108,201 608,201
8 117,669 100,414 600,414 130,242 630,242
9 135,875 117,850 617,850 154,448 654,448
10 154,992 136,631 636,631 181,038 681,038
11 175,064 156,884 656,884 210,134 710,134
12 196,140 178,726 678,726 242,130 742,130
13 218,269 202,316 702,316 277,259 777,259
14 241,505 227,805 727,805 315,715 815,715
15 265,903 255,334 755,334 357,908 857,908
16 291,521 285,054 785,054 404,234 904,234
17 318,419 317,080 817,080 455,055 955,055
18 346,663 351,520 851,520 510,770 1,010,770
19 376,319 388,496 888,496 571,959 1,071,959
20 407,457 428,152 928,152 639,055 1,139,055
25 588,120 674,816 1,174,816 1,084,535 1,584,535
30 818,697 1,021,745 1,521,745 1,783,789 2,283,789
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-7
<PAGE>
PART II
UNDERTAKING TO FILE REPORTS
Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 15(d) of the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission such supplementary and periodic
information, documents, and reports as may be prescribed by any rule or
regulation of the Commission heretofore, or hereafter duly adopted pursuant to
authority conferred in that section.
RULE 484 UNDERTAKING
Article III, Section 13 of the Company's Bylaws provide: "The Corporation
may indemnify any person who is made a party to any civil or criminal suit, or
made a subject of any administrative or investigative proceeding by reason of
the fact that he is or was a director, officer, or agent of the Corporation.
This indemnity may extend to expenses, including attorney's fees, judgments,
fine, and amounts paid in settlement. The indemnity shall not be available to
persons being sued by or upon the information of the Corporation not to person
who are being investigated by the Corporation. The indemnity shall be
discretionary with the Board of Directors and shall not be granted until the
Board of Directors has made a determination that the person who would be
indemnified acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in
the best interest of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have such other and
further powers of indemnification as are not inconsistent with the laws of
Missouri."
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act
of l933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the Charter and Articles of Incorporation of the Company,
the By-Laws of the Company, agreement, statute, or otherwise, the registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
II-1
<PAGE>
REPRESENTATION CONCERNING FEES AND CHARGES
Paragon Life Insurance Company hereby represents that the fees and charges
deducted under the terms of the Contract are, in the aggregate, reasonable in
relationship to the services rendered, the expenses expected, and the risks
assumed by Paragon.
II-2
<PAGE>
CONTENTS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT
This Registration Statement comprises the following Papers and Documents:
The facing sheet.
The Scudder Commissioned Prospectus, consisting of 73 pages;
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Prospectus, consisting of 82
pages; Putnam Prospectus, consisting of 85 pages; MFS
Prospectus, consisting of 85 pages; Multiple Manager
Commissioned, consisting of 78 pages.
The undertaking to file reports required by Section 15 (d),
1934 Act.
The undertaking pursuant to Rule 484.
Representation concerning fees and charges.
The signatures.
1. The following exhibits (which correspond in number to the numbers under
paragraph A of the instructions as to exhibits for Form N-8B-2):
(1) Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing
establishment of the Separate Account. /1/
(2) Not applicable.
(3) (a) Form of Underwriting Agreement. /1/
(b) Form of Selling Agreement. /1/
(c) Commission Schedule for Scudder Commissioned Policy and Dean
Witter Policy. /3/
(d) Commission Schedule for Putnam Policy and MFS Policy. /1/
(4) Not applicable.
(5) (a) Form of Group Contract. /1/
(b) Proposed Form of Individual Policy and Policy Riders. /3/
(c) Proposed Form of Certificate and Certificate Riders. /3/
(6) (a) Amended Charter and Articles of Incorporation of
the Company. /1/
(b) By-Laws of the Company. /2/
(7) Not applicable.
II-3
<PAGE>
(8) (a) Form of Series Participation Agreement with Scudder
Variable Life Investment Fund and Dean Witter
Variable Investment Series /3/
(b) Form of Participation Agreement with Putnam
Capital Manager Trust /4/
(c) Form of Participation Agreement with MFS Variable
Insurance Trust /5/
(d) Form of Participation Agreement with Fidelity Variable Insurance
Products Fund /2/
(e) Form of Participation Agreement with Fidelity Variable Insurance
Products Fund II /2/
(f) Form of Participation Agreement with T. Rowe Price Investment
Services, Inc. /6/
(9) Not applicable.
(10) (a) Form of Application for Group Contract. /1/
(b) Form of Application for Employee Insurance
(Guaranteed Issue) (Group Contract). /1/
(c) Form of Application for Employee Insurance
(Simplified Issue) (Group Contract). /1/
(d) Form of Application for Spouse Insurance
(Group Contract). /1/
(e) Form of Application for Employee Insurance
Guaranteed Issue (Individual Policy). /1/
(f) Form of Application for Employee Insurance
(Simplified Issue) (Individual Policy). /1/
(g) Form of Application for Spouse Insurance
(Individual Policy). /1/
(h) Form of Application for an Executive
Program. /1/
(i) Form of Application Supplement for Scudder
Commissioned Policy and Dean Witter Policy.
/3/
(j) Form of Application Supplement for Putnam
Policy. /4/
(k) Form of Application Supplement for MFS Policy. /5/
2. Memorandum describing the Company's issuance, transfer, and redemption
procedures for the Policies and the Company's procedure for conversion to a
fixed benefit policy. /1/
II-4
<PAGE>
3. The following exhibits are numbered to correspond to the numbers in the
instructions as to exhibits for Form S-6.
(1) See above.
(2) See Exhibit 1(5).
(3) Opinion of Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General
Counsel of Paragon Life Insurance Company. /1/
(4) No financial statements are omitted from the Prospectus pursuant
to Instruction 1(b) or (c) of Part I.
(5) Not applicable.
4. The opinion and consent of Craig K. Nordyke, F.S.A., M.A.A.A., Executive
Vice President and Chief Actuary. /9/
5. The consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent Certified Public
Accountants. /9/
6. Written consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP. /9/
7. Original powers of attorney authorizing Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H.
Anderson, and Craig K. Nordyke, and each of them singly, to sign this
Registration Statement and Amendments thereto on behalf of the Board of
Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company. /1/ /8/
/1/ Incorporated by reference to the initial Registration Statement in
File No. 33-58796.
/2/ Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement in File No.
33-67970.
/3/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the
Registration Statement in File No. 33-58796.
/4/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the
Registration Statement in File No. 33-58796.
/5/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the
Registration Statement in File No. 33-58796.
/6/ Incorporated by reference to the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the
Registration Statement in File No. 33-36515.
/7/ Incorporated by reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 to the
Registration Statement in File No. 33-58796.
/8/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the
Registration Statement in File No. 33-18341.
/9/ Filed herewith.
II-5
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Paragon Life
Insurance Company and Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company
certify that they meet all the requirements for effectiveness of this amended
Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933
and have duly caused this amended Registration Statement to be signed on their
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, and the seal of Paragon
Life Insurance Company to be hereunto affixed and attested, all in the City of
St. Louis, State of Missouri, on the 30th day of April, 1999.
(Seal) Paragon Life Insurance Company
Attest: /s/ By: /s/
----------------------- -----------------------
Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson, President
Secretary and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amended
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities on the dates indicated.
Signature Title Date
/s/ 4/30/99
- --------------------
Carl H. Anderson President and Director
(Chief Executive Officer)
/s/ 4/30/99
- --------------------
Matthew K. Duffy Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer (Principal
Accounting Officer and
Principal Financial Officer)
- --------------------
Warren J. Winer* Director
- --------------------
Richard A. Liddy* Director
/s/
- --------------------
Matthew P. McCauley Vice President 4/30/99
General Counsel,
Secretary, and Director
II-6
<PAGE>
Signature Title Date
/s/
- ------------------------- 4/30/99
Matthew P. McCauley Vice President
General Counsel,
Secretary and Director
/s/
- ------------------------- 4/30/99
Craig K. Nordyke Director
- -------------------------
Leonard M. Rubenstein* Director
- -------------------------
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr.* Director and Treasurer
- -------------------------
Bernard H. Wolzenski* Director
- -------------------------
A. Greig Woodring* Director
By: /s/
---------------------- 4/30/99
Craig K. Nordyke
*Original powers of attorney authorizing Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson,
and Craig K. Nordyke, and each of them singly, to sign this Registration
Statement and Amendments thereto on behalf of the Board of Directors of Paragon
Life Insurance Company have been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
33-58796
II-7
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
4. Opinion and consent of Craig K. Nordyke, F.S.A, M.A.A.A., Executive
Vice President and Chief Actuary
5. Written consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent Certified Public
Accountants.
6. Written consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 4
OPINION AND CONSENT OF CRAIG K. NORDYKE, F.S.A., M.A.A.A.,
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF ACTUARY
<PAGE>
RE: 33-58796
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon
Life Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for the Policies described in the Registration Statement.
It is my professional opinion that:
1. The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death benefits,
and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained in the
Registration Statement are based on the assumptions stated in the illustration,
and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate structure of
the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship between
premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.
2. The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/
Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
<PAGE>
RE: 33-58796
Prospectus 2 (Dean Witter)
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for the Policies described in the Registration Statement.
It is my professional opinion that:
1. The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death
benefits, and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained
in the Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the
illustration, and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate
structure of the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship
between premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.
2. The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/
Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
<PAGE>
RE: 33-58796
Prospectus 3 (Putnam)
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for Policies described in the Registration Statement.
It is my professional opinion that:
1. The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death benefits,
and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained in the
Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the illustration,
and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate structure of
the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship between
premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.
2. The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/
Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
<PAGE>
RE: 33-58796
Prospectus 4 (MFS)
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for Policies described in the Registration Statement.
It is my professional opinion that:
1. The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death benefits,
and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained in the
Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the illustration,
and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate structure of
the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship between
premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.
2. The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/
Craig K. Nordke, FSA, MAAA
Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
<PAGE>
RE: 33-58796
Prospectus #5 (Multi-Manager)
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for the Policies described in the Registration Statement.
It is my professional opinion that:
1. The illustrations of cash values, death benefits, and accumulated
premiums in the Appendix to the prospectuses contained in the
Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the
illustration, and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
The rate structure of the Policies has not been designed so as to make
the relationship between premiums and benefits, as shown in the
illustrations, appear to be more favorable to prospective purchasers of
Policies aged 45 in the rate class illustrated than to prospective
purchasers of Policies at other ages.
2. The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption
stated in the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the
Policies.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Registration Statement and to the use of ny
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/
Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
<PAGE>
Exhibit 5
WRITTEN CONSENT OF KPMG LLP,
INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
<PAGE>
Independent Auditors' Consent
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company
We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the heading "Experts" in the Registration Statement and Prospectus
of Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company.
KPMG LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
April 30, 1999
<PAGE>
Exhibit 6
WRITTEN CONSENT OF SUTHERLAND, ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP
<PAGE>
April 30, 1999
Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company
100 South Brentwood Boulevard
St. Louis, Missouri 63105
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We hereby consent to the reference to our name under the caption "Legal
Matters" in the Prospectus filed as part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to
the registration statement on Form S-6 for Separate Account B of Paragon Life
Insurance Company (File No. 33-58796). In giving this consent, we do not admit
that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7
of the Securities Act of 1933.
Very truly yours,
SUTHERLAND, ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP
By: /s/
------------------------
Stephen E. Roth